eas * —
ae A ee
Pe

er ~ eae a=
Se ee

ae as
FE tt ome a te

Ae OPN e a
eee

re

Ese <;
Fas ee be

4

i ee ee

\

Pe RsE HISTORY = ft -

FOR fHE YEAR 1919 “a

\

PRINTED BY
AUTHORITY OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY, . "ise.

: VICTORIA, B.C.:
e Printed by Wittiam H. Cutin, Printer to the King’s Most Excellent Majesty.
, 1920,

aoe oat TE 8
REPORT

ved i

| NATURAL HISTORY ~

~ Siz.

FOR THE YEAR 1919

OCT 26 1993
LIBRARIES.

PRINTED BY
AUTHORITY OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY.

; * VICTORIA, B.C. :
n ted by Wieurase CULLIN, Printer to the King’ s Most Excellent Majesty.
#2 _ 1920.

a

fee

To Colonel the Honourable Epwarp GAwtLprr Prior,
A Member of the King’s Privy Council for Canada,

Lieutenant-Governor of the Province of British Columbia.
May iT PLEASE your Honour:

The undersigned respectfully submits the Annual Report of the Provincial
Museum of Natural History for the year 1919.

J. D. MacLEAN,

Provincial Secretary.
Provincial Secretary’s Office,

Victoria, February, 1920.

aah The Honourable J. D. MacLean, M.D.,

ges Provincial Secretary, Victoria, B.C.

Bt) iidtony, to lay before you ee Report for the year ending December
; covering the activities of the Museum.

I have the honour to be,
Sir,

Your obedient servant,

By ? | 3 FRANCIS KERMOD

PROVINCIAL MUSEUM REPORT

FOR THE YEAR 1919.

In making the Annual Report for the year it is deemed advisable to give as much as
possible of the inception, history, and progress of the Institution.

: A museum is an institution for the preservation of those objects which best illustrate Nature
and the works of man; the use of these for the increase of knowledge and for the culture and
_ __ enlightenment of the people; its special functions being to preserve and utilize objects of nature
and works of art and industry. It supplies a need which is felt in every intelligent community,
which cannot be supplied by any other agency; it does not exist, except among highly enlightened
people, and attains its highest development only in great centres of civilization.

The growth of a museum from day to day may seem very small, but, if taken year by year,
it shows what is accomplished with hard work and deep study.

It was on December 2nd, 1886, that the Provincial Museum was formally opened in a small
room, 20 x 12 feet, in the old Government Building in the City of Victoria. The first Curator
was the late John Fannin, who was informed that he would have to make the best of the
~ accommodation until better quarters could be secured; in these quarters the first three years
of the life of the Museum was spent.

a“ On the removal of the Supreme Court to a new building, the Provincial Museum was moved
into the old Supreme Court Building, and was formally opened to the public on May 24th, 1889,
- and the work of building up the institution was commenced in earnest. Gradually, but surely,
_ the development of the Museum advanced until again the accommodaticn was totally inadequate.
Then, again, when the present Legislative Buildings were erected, the east wing was allotted to
the Provincial Museum, into which building the natural-history specimens were transferred in
April, 1898, but the mineral exhibit, which had been part of the Provincial Museum up to this
time, was transferred to the old Legislative Building for exhibition, and became part of the
Department of Mines. ‘The natural-history collections have now greatly outgrown the present
building, which is used for exhibition purposes. All the valuable study series and a mass of
- material are stored in a wooden frame building at the rear, and cannot be exhibited on account
of lack of exhibition space.

The collection is worthy of a large building, and is a credit not only to the Government,
under whose direction it is managed, but to the people of the Province, whose individual efforts
in the way of contributions have done so much to assist its growth.

“ The only financial support the institution receives is the annual vote granted by the Legis-
lative Assembly, which is used as economically as possible, so as to get the best results.

‘ee It was not until February 21st, 1918, that an Act of. Legislature was passed, endorsing the
establishment of a Provincial Museum, making it statutory, defining its objects, and making
regulations governing the working of the institution. The Department is under the control of
the Honourable J. D. MacLean, M.D., C.M., Provincial Secretary and Minister of Education.

OBJECTS.

(a.) To secure and preserve specimens illustrating the natural history of the Province.
(b.) To collect anthropological material relating to the aboriginal races of the Province.

- (¢.) To obtain information respecting the natural sciences, relating particularly to the
natural history of the Province, and diffuse knowledge regarding the same.

ADMISSION.

The Provincial Museum is open, free, to the public daily throughout the year from 9 a.m. to
5p.m. (except New Year’s Day, Good Friday, and Christmas Day); it is also open on Sunday
, afternoons from 1 p.m. to 5 p.m. from May ist until the end of October.

VISITORS.

put number of visitors to the Provincial Museum during the year 1919 has been a slight
increase oyer that of 1918, over 40,000 having signed the visitors’ register.

P8 British CotuMBia. . Oe ney 192

These figures are by no means accurate, as a great many people - do not seem ia like” Ss
the idea of recording their names, and no record has been kept of the number of classes 34 5
from the public schools of the city who, accompanied by their teachers, visited the Museum in”. >
connection with their nature-study. There have also been a number of specialists in several ee me
branches of natural sciences from some of the large museums of the continent who wished to © ay
examine the study Series, which are stored in the annex, for which permission was gladly given ,
by the Director.

It will be noticed, by referring to the first register that was kept by the Museum, in 1888,
that only 500 people left their signatures. The number of visitors increased year by year until |
the year 1914, when, on the outbreak of the European war, the tourist travel to the West at
that time received a considerable set-back. For about two years this seemed to affect the travel,
but from then on, I am pleased to say, the visitors again began to increase not only throughout —
the summer seasons, but also a great many came from Alberta and Saskatchewan during our
winter seasons on account of our milder climate. 1

ACTIVITIES.

As will be seen by the ‘report in the several branches of natural history, no actual field :
parties were sent afield during the last summer, but this does not mean that the activities of __
the Museum were dormant, as considerable work has always to be done in connection with the % :
Museum, in classification and identification of specimens from time te time, to make them more
accessible to inspection and for study. ‘ry

This work is carried on by a very small staff, all scientific work involving upon the Direston, ye
and the Assistant Biologist, who are assisted by a few personal friends. The invaluable assis- om
tance afforded the institution by members of the large institutions of America, more particularly , gt
the staff of the Smithsonian Institution and the Biological Survey of the United States National a.
Museum of Washington, D.C. (to whom a large number of specimens are sert for their specialists
to identify and verify), cannot be too highly appreciated. a oe

The specific identification of many of our small mammals is a difficult problem, owing to the *:
lack of any large series from many localities, and not having the necessary appliances for the
examination of cranial*and dental characters, upon which determinations are greatly based. 3 ee

In many instances it is also necessary to make comparison with type specimens, most of —
which are to be found in the largest institutions of America and Europe, and for this reason — .
we have to rely greatly on the generosity and kindness of several well-known scientists. ;

ANTHROPOLOGY.

Very little material has been added to the anthropological collection this year, with the Cis
exception of several small specimens. Bert
Mr. G. E.’ Darby, Medical Superintendent of the Bella Bella Hospital, donated in the
Museum a piece of rope made of cedar-bark, which he states was found by an Indian, Moses ef
Knight, who found a considerable quantity of it concealed in a cave on a small island ear ~ ee
Bella Bella. me
Miss Dorothy Matthews presented an Indian skull which she had found at Patricia Bay, x it
North Saanich, in July, 1917. This skull is typical of the Indians of the Saanich Tribe of the
Coast-Salaish Indians.
Mr. J. P. Babcock, the Deputy Commissioner of Fisheries, presented an Indian blanket ‘made
from the feet of the grey timber-wolves. This blanket was made by the Babine Indians at Babine —
Lake, B.C., which tribe of Indians belongs to Athapascan or Déné stock.

MAMMALS.

The Museum has received, through the efforts of Mr. H. W. Dodd, Government Pe at
Telegraph Creek, a magnificent pair of locked caribou antlers in a perfect state of preservation,
These antlers were found on Cariboo Mountain, West Cassiar, by Mr. W. Beach, of New York — a
City, a big-game hunter, who was hunting at the headwaters of the Stikine in 1918. The battle Si
which caused the death of these animals took place, no doubt, in the month of September, 1917, a x
as traces of the velvet still remain on the antlers. The dimensions of the antlers are:—No. Trot
Length of beam, 52 inches; spread, 44%4 inches; points, 29 inches. No. 2: Length of bey ak

me ee EO, —t ‘
el (Gug.b 2 SA Provincrat Museum Report. P 9

ene inches; spread, 32 inches; points, 29 inches. These two heads make a magnificent exhibit
‘on the walls of the Museum.

=) * Mr: BE. W. Nelson, Chief of the Bureau of Biological Survey, United States Department
of Agriculture, Washington, D.C., wrote asking for the loan of our study series of Ochotona,
. commonly called Little Chief Hare, as Mr. A. H. Howell, a specialist in their Department, was
working on a reyision of this genus, and wished to have specimens from every available portion
of the country, so as to assist him in his classification and distribution of this interesting little
‘mammal. Highteen skins and skulls were loaned by this Department, which in due course were
returned.

BouNTIES ON WOLVES.

“ ‘S x According to the Orders in Council passed under the “ Game Protection Act,” all applications
_ for bounties on wolves must be sent to the Director of the Provincial Museum for verification.

; It is interesting to note that the Government, for the year 1919, was only called upon to pay
the bounty on 100 timber-wolves, the bounty on which was $10 per head, but was increased by
: _ Order in Council to $15 on September 1st, 1919. It will be noticed that most of these applications
have come from the Northern Coast and Northern Interior of the Province, very few applications
for bounties being made south of the main line of the Canadian Pacific Railway, and I have no
ecord of any applications being made on a wolf that was killed on Vancouver Island during the
Fa year. Wolves must be getting very rare on Vancouver Island, as the price now offered in the
Lee” fur market ranges from $25 to $40, plus the Government bounty of $15 per head. This makes
he pelts quite valuable, and therefore these animals would not be passed up by any hunter or
_ trapper.

Several coyotes have been turned in with the timber-wolves by persons making applications
for bounty; these, however, have been identified as coyotes, and bounty refused, unless the pelts
me turned in to the Government to receive the Government bounty, which is only $2 on this

DISTRIBUTION IN BRITISH COLUMBIA OF SOME FAMILIES OF THE ORDER RODENTIA.

Small Mammats.—Animal life is very generously represented in British Columbia, probably
‘due to the yaried climate, resulting from the variance of altitude within its borders and a wide
range of physiographic conditions. The life-zones range through the Transition, Canadian, and
Hudsonian to the Arctic- Alpine zones on the summits of the highest mountain ranges; the Upper
~ Sonoran zone covering a small strip of country in the Southern Okanagan.

jhe yr Under such conditions it is hardly to be wondered that many of the species overlap in their
range of distribution and subspecies become numerous. When the biological research of this
‘Province has been completed, where well-defined races are known to exist in these areas, no doubt
many new phases of intergrading will be revealed in the intervening territery.

_ he series of small mammal-skins in the collection of the Provincial Museum numbers some
Be 1,200 skins; a greater portion of these, however, belong to the order Rodentia, or rodents, and
ee it is proposed here to give a short account of ne distribution througbout the Proyince of some

; families belonging to this order.

Muride.

b ‘This genus includes the so-called wood-mice, deer-mice, vesper-mice, or white-footed mice,
E and is by far the most numerous in species and subspecies of all our small rodents, and in some
ay form or another inhabit almost every portion of North America.
oa mf From a large series of skins there might be an unlimited discussion of the variation in
Peromyscus, and one would deduct from the study of groups of a long series from various
loc alities that intergradation existed more widely than generally supposed; individual variation
q being greatest in specimens from localities between the ranges of two well-established forms. It
would therefore appear certain, with such a wide and frequent distribution, perfect intergrada-

“

[Pd Ky BririsH CoLuMBIA.

' In April, 1909, the Bureau of Biological Survey, United States Department of Agriculture, ‘
published a revision of the American genus Peromyscus by Mr. Wilfred H. Osgood. This work
has made it possible, to a reasonable degree of certainty, to classify, at least geographically, the
several species occurring throughout our range, represented by the following :— és 2

Peromyscus maniculatus arcticus (Osgood). Geographically distributed through the inteiee
of North-west Canada, from South-eastern Saskatchewan north along the Mackenzie River, west
to the upper waters of the Yukon River, then south to Eastern Alberta, in the Canadian and A.
Hudsonian zones. ; q

The British Columbia specimens identified as this species were taken in the Cariboo and s
Telegraph Creek Districts. ; ‘ “4

Peromyscus maniculatus oreas (Bangs). Type locality, Mount Baker Range, B.C., A. C.
Brooks, distributed through the Puget Sound region in the mountains and coast of Western ff
Washington, north to Southern British Columbia, south to the Columbia River.

Peromyscus maniculatus keeni (Rhoads). A small white-footed mouse occurring on the :
Queen Charlotte Islands, the type of which is from Masset, Graham Island. >

Peromyscus maniculatus macrorhinus (Rhoads). On the Coast of the Mainland of
Northern British Columbia and Southern Alaska; type collected by the Rey. J. H. Keen at
the North Pacific Salmon Cannery, mouth of the Skeena River.

Peromyscus maniculatus artemisie (Rhoads). Ranges through South-Central British
Columbia, south through parts of Washington, Idaho, and Western Montana, in the Transition
and Canadian zones; type from Ashcroft, B.C.

Peromyscus maniculatus saturatus (Bangs). Type locality, Saturna Island, Gulf of Georgia,
B.C., to which it is entirely confined. .

Peromyscus maniculatus austerus (Baird). Geographic distribution over the Coast region — i
of Puget Sound, Washington, north to Southern British Columbia and including Vancouver et

6 Bie
nail

Be a ol

pa

Pa

a Ge

Island. a
Peromyscus sitkensis prevostensis (Osgood). So far only recorded from Preyost Island, aE
Queen Charlotte Islands, and Forrester Island, Alaska. 4
Genus Microtus. ms re \
Voles, or meadow-mice, occur throughout the greater part of the Northern Hemisphere north % : ;
of the Tropics, and both species and individuals reach their maximum abundance in the Canadian =“
and Transition zones, a few species occurring to the north in the Hudsonian and Aretie zones, - 5
even in the barren grounds north to the Arctic Coast. “ }s %
They adapt themselves to the most diversified conditions of environment, inhabiting all ~ a
classes of ground, from dry arid regions to wet swamps, a few species being aquatic in their re :
habits. : (a
The following species are represented in the Proyince of British Columbia :— Ss
Microtus drummondi (Aud. & Bach.) (Drummond's Vole). Geographically distributed from S
the Hudson Bay to the west slope of the Rocky Mountains, the type locality being in the yicinity ~ a
of Jasper House, Alberta. =
Microtus townsendi (Bachman) (Townsend Vole). Distributed through the low country “3
west of the Cascades, from Port Moody, B.C., south to the Willamette Valley and to Yaquina 4
Bay, Oregon, in the Transition zone. coe
Microtus tetramerus (Rhoads) (Vancouver Vole). The distribution of this yole, so far as ie
known, is the southern end of Vancouver Island; type from Beacon Hill Park, Victoria, and *
described from the type, and seventeen specimens collected near type locality. “4 $ 4
Microtus mordax (Merriam), Ranges from latitude 60, Rocky Mountains and outlying

ranges, to Northern New Mexico; common in Canadian and Hudsonian zones; specimens recorded a
from Nelson, Sicamous, Hope, Shuswap, Glacier, Okanagan, and Bennett City. -
Microtus serpens (Merriam). Distributed through the low country of Southern British ind
Columbia and Northern Washington between the Cascade Mountains and Puget Sound.
Microtus nanus canescens (Bailey) (Gray Vole). Bast of the Cascades in Northern et
Washington and Southern British Columbia; specimens recorded from Okanagan, Vernon, and 5
Ducks, B.C.

Provincia Museum Report. P 11

- Genus Neotoma.

The wood-rats of this genus are confined to North America. The bushy-tailed wood-rats
occurring in this Province were separated from the round-tailed species, as the genus J'eonoma,
by Gray in 1843; although this name has been regarded by most later authors as only of
subgeneric rank.

The bushy-tailed wood-rats are confined chiefly to the boreal zones in the Sierra Nevada and
Rocky Mountain regions, extending nearly to north latitude 60. They are chiefly found in the
__ mountains, where they dwell and seek protection among the cliffs and caves, being expert

Climbers. Occasionally we hear of wood-rats in the vicinity of camps and farm-houses, where
they appear to develop a fascination of kleptomania, and ludicrous are the stories told of missing
a knives, forks, spoons, clothing, and other articles too numerous to mention, carried away and
__— added to the nest material. Four sag, species occur within our limits, none being known on
Vancouver Island. :

_-—s eotoma cinerea (Ord) (Grey Bushy-tailed Rat). Distributed throughout the Rocky
Raps Mountain region in Southern British Columbia, Montana, Idaho, and seyeral adjoining States.
ae — Neotoma cinerea drummondi (Richardson) (Bushy-tailed Wood-rat). Throughout the
ce . Canadian zone in the Rocky Mountains of Eastern British Columbia and Western Alberta,
si north of the range of N. cinerea.
a, Neotoma cinerea saxtamans (Osgood) (Osgood Bushy-tailed Wood-rat). Geographic dis-
old tribution in Northern British Columbia, west of. pe Rocky Mountains, in the Canadian and
se!” - Hudsonian zones; limits of range unknown.

he
*
+
eaten

By: Neotoma cinerea occidentalis (Cooper, M.C.) Baird (Western Bushy-tailed Wooda- -rat).
> p From the Pacific Coast region of South-western British Columbia south to Northern California.
ai. Min

oa 7 a Leporide.

bad Genus Lepus. ~

>, With the exception of Vancouver Island and most of the smaller islands on the Pacific

¥ Coast, hares and rabbits are more or less distributed throughout a greater portion of British

Columbia.

= =i Until some ten years ago, when Mr. HE. W. Nelson, of the Biological Survey, United States

- Department of Agriculture, made a revision of the rabbits of North America, very little was

known of the number of species and their geographic races.

r From an economic view, hares and rabbits of this genus, when numerous in agricultural

e: areas, do considerable damage to gardens, crops, fruit-trees, and young plantations. A peculiarity
_ also is that when they become very numerous an epidemic in the form of disease decimates them,

7 until hardly any can be found, and this state continues for a few years, when for the next few

2 years they again multiply very fast, and once more attain their zenith of abundance. This takes
- place about every seven years, and up to the present period the exact cause is little understood.

ie The following species are represented in the Province :—

_ Lepus campestris townsendi (Bachman) (Western White-tailed Jack-rabbit). It occurs in

a narrow tract of land along the Okanagan Valley, terminating at Fairview, also in the

__ Similkameen Valley for twenty miles north of the boundary.

amt Lepus americanus macfarlani (Merriam) (Mackenzie Varying Hare). Distributed through

all the Yukon Territory, Western Mackenzie, and Northern British Columbia; its extreme

~ northern limit coincides with that of the trees.

Lepus americanus columbiensis (Rhoads) (B.C. Snow-shoe Rabbit). Ranges through the

; act Mountain region of South-eastern British Columbia (except the extreme south-eastern

ra corner), and from Vernon, in the Okanagan, to Jasper House, Alberta.

Pe * _ Lepus washingtoni (Baird) (Washington Varying Hare). This hare occurs on the Coast

re from the Fraser River Valley to the western slope of the Cascade Mountains, at low altitude.

Bey _ Lepus bairdi (Hayden) (Rocky Mountain Snow-shoe Rabbit). Distributed through the

a higher: parts of the Rocky Mountains from Idaho south; a series of skins in the collection of

the Provincial Museum from Cranbrook, B.C., collected by Mr. C. B. Garrett, are referred to in
a this species.

_ —sLepus bairdi cascadensis (Nelson) (Cascade Mountain Snow-shoe Rabbit). Ranges from
s Hope, B.G., on the Fraser River, to the Okanagan, south on the east side of the Cascade Moun-
tains into Washington.

P 12 Bririsu *CoLuMBIA. BS hee

Ochotonide.

Genus Ochotona. ‘

The Pika, or Little Chief Hare, has the appearance of a miniature brown rabbit, althouga
it represents an independent family, being neither a hare nor a rabbit. Its habitat is high up
on the mountain ranges of the West, from near timber-line up to the line of perpetual snow. __

They live among the caves and crevices of the rock-slides and are to be found sitting on the
top of some prominent rock; at the least alarm they give a shrill call and disappear into their
retreats, only to appear again to see if the intruder has gone away. Fie

These little animals are very industrious, and work constantly through the day, gathering Shes
grass and various alpine plants, which are piled up (like miniature stacks of hay) among the ~
rocks for their winter use.

The series of skins in the collection of the Proyincial-Museum are all from the Mainland of
the Province,"and have recently been identified by Mr. Howell, of the Biological Survey, United — 9
States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. : ie

So far as is known, there is no record of the genus occurring on Vancouver Island; although ~ be ¥
it is quite possible that biological research in our PES ORG zones may add this mammal 5
the fauna of Vancouver Island.

Species known to occur in British Columbia are as follows :— ers

Ochotona princeps princeps (Richards). Distributed throughout the _Rocky Mountains in — Ret
British Columbia, northward to the South Branch of the Mackenzie River. :

Ochotona collaris (Nelson). This is a northern species found in the mountains from south
of Fort Yukon, including Atlin District, Northern British Columbia. The two skins in the.
Museum collection from White Mountain, Moose Arm, Tagish Lake, Atlin, presented Dy, the lata
I’. H. Mobley, M.P.P., are identified as this species. J

Ochotona cuppes (Bangs). Throughout the Gold Range, British Columbia. Type locality,
Monishe Divide. id 8.

Ochotona fenisez. Distributed through the Okanagan and Tulameen, the data of skins in
the Museum collection recording an altitude of from 3,500 to 4,000 feet. ae

Ochotona fenisex brooksi. Skins recorded from Sicamous to Mount McLean, Lillooet. A
comparatively new subspecies ranging through the Cascades. a . Spee

Ochotona minimus (Lord). Distribution in British Columbia near the boundary-line. P=: A
Limits of range unknown. Type from Ptarmigan Hill, Cascade Range, B.C. ; Bite ONS

ORNITHOLOGY.

Birds.—In this branch considerable work has been carried on throughout the year with the a
study series, ten new specimen sectional storage-cases having been added. The collection has t
been considerably worked over and made more accessible for students, and at the present time
we are installing another sixteen sectional cases to take care of the balance of the valuable —
study skins, which have been stored in boxes and were not very accessible to those persons who —
wished to consult our large bird-skin collection of the birds of this Province.

Since Mr. J. W. Gibson, the Director of Elementary Education, has inaugurated his rity
study in the public schools of this Province, considerable call has been made on the Museum,
more particularly in the study of bird-life. Numbers of classes have been brought here by their
teachers, and the Director and his assistants have given all the possible instruction to these
young students in their study of ornithology. The Department has also loaned a number of
skins to several of the school-teachers upon request, so that they should haye them handy for
instructions in their nature-study at different times during the school term. -

This, however, is not very satisfactory, on account of breaking into the series that should
not really be loaned out for this purpose. It would be a capital idea if the Department of
Education would take up the matter of having small collections of mounted specimens under —
their own jurisdiction; these to be sent round from school to school throughout the Province . sa
in cities and towns and districts where there are no measures similar to the Natural History
Museum in Victoria. This would assist the children greatly in their identification of species, »
and also give them an idea of what to look for in their rambles throughout the country.

Numbers of requests come from time to time from other museums for the loan of ornitho- x as
logical material for study by specialists who are working out the exact species and subspecies:
that vary so in different portions of America, according to geographical conditions. 2

.

ProvinciAL Muspum Reporv. 1278 3

Mr. - Grinnell, Director of the Museum of the University of California, wrote this year
asking permission of the Provincial Museum to loan to Mr. Harry S. Swarth, ornithologist of
__ their Department, our collection of bird-skins of the genus Passerella (fox-sparrows), as he is

working on a monograph of this species and is very anxious to secure the specimens from this
wa northern portion of the country. Twenty specimens of this genus were loaned for comparison
and have been returned—namely, three P. 7. townsendi, four P. i. fuliginosa, two P. i. meruloides,
- five P. i. sinuosa, and six P. i. altivagans.

OOLOGY.

_____ During the year the Provincial Museum was very fortunate in having a magnificent collection
_ of birds’ eggs presented by Mr. W. F. Burton, of this city.

; : Mr. Burton is an enthusiastic student of bird-life and a careful collector. He has added a
Bay “number of sets of eggs not heretofore represented in the Oological division in the Museum.
It has been the request of the donor that these specimens be exhibited in a case and kept by
_ themselves as the W. F. Burton collection.

List of. EaGs IN THE BURTON COLLECTION.

Species. Common Name.

Gamnaaminer ((Brunnich))) 4.22. 6 ces lee ole ees Loon.

Re Gavia stellata (Pontoppidan) ................ Red-throated Loon.

See em PCLT UM CNIT I COs (hat) pvc fs evslare icc «22s oyeteeieis «6 Tufted Puffin.

oes Cerorhinca monocerata (Pallas) ............-. Rhinoceros Auklet.

ae Ptychoramphus aleuticus (Pallas) ..........+. Cassin’s Auklet.
PEEPLES TUL OMA CEA ULVALS)) Yotte teneatties ot seo Serpe) petennvarevetmce! « Least Auklet.

... | Synthliboramphus antiquus (Gmelin) ......... Ancient Murrelet.
CED DIIULS COUMMO MEE RILAS) .crctc fete. cia's + spe1e)s ole 0 ole Pigeon Guillemot.

é Uria troille californica (H. Bryant) .......... California Murre.

BE ESELUSS MUTE CUROSUT USI: SSE TICH )) vs: sje ose c's, «ava, ejay \+ oe ele Red-legged Kittiwake.

22) Lams glaweescens Naumann ..........-....-- Glacous-winged Gull.

a BIVOIUS POTUCHUG. TANMNEBUS) Si4.tc «ee es werd ete © alee ere Laughing Gull.

ea LEME RCOS PT BEULAH tye etalon «saci cic » ele’ eo ont vie 0 0 Caspian Tern.

r Sterna Iwrumdo Linnzeus -............-5.2.00- Common Tern.

Diomeded albatrus Pallas co... cee eee eee Short-tailed Albatross.

ke Fulmarus rodgersi Cassin ........-..e.ececees Rodger’s Fulmar.

.. | Puffinus tenuirostris (Temminck) ............. Slender-billed Shearwater.
Rha Oceanodroma furcata (Gmelin) .............-- Forked-tailed Petrel.

Ge Oceanodroma leucorhoa (Vieillot) ............ Leach’s Petrel.

aie Oceanodroma melania (Bonaparte) ........... Black Petrel.

...| Oceanodroma socorrensis C. H. Townsend ..... Socorro Petrel.

... | Phalacrocorae penicillatus (Brandt) .......... Brandt’s Cormorant.

neon Phalacrocoraz pelagicus robustus Ridgway ..... | Violet-green Cormorant.
.-- | Pelecanus californieus Ridgway .............- California Brown Pelican.
So Branta canadensis canadensis Linneus ........ - | Canada Goose.

.. | Botaurus lentiginosus (Montague) ............ Bittern.

.. | Ardea herodias fanninti Chapman -............. Northwestern Coast Heron.
reves Nycticorar nycticorar nevius (Boddert) ...... Black-crowned Night Heron.
sts Grus mexicana (Muller) ............02ce00e: Sandhill Crane.

Nest | Rallus virginianus Linneus ..............2.6- Virginia Rail.

awe Recurvirostra americana Gmelin .........+++55 Avocet.

NeStunGalinago. delcaia (Ord) 66... 5s wees eae Wilson’s Snipe.

55 Actitis macularia (Linneus) .........--...05- Spotted Sandpiper.

r Numenius americanus Bechstein ........... .-. | Long-billed Curlew.

s Oxyechus vociferus (Linneus) ............++. Killdeer.

... | Zgialitis semipalmata (Bonaparte) ........... Semipalmated Plover.
Nest | Lophortyx californica californica (Shaw) ..... California Quail.
Dendragapus obscurus fuliginosus (Ridgway)... | Sooty Grouse.

om : 5 Bonasa umbellus sabini (Douglas) ............ Oregon Ruffed Grouse.
... | Cathartes aura septentrionalis Wied .........+- Turkey Vulture.

. | HBlanoides forficatus (Linnrus) ............+. Swallow-tailed Iite.

Ree adicewpiter vetom ( Wilson)” 22 6.5.2 dee ene Sharp-shinned Hawk.
Buteo borealis calurus Cassin .............4... Western Red-tailed Hawk
.»- | Buteo lineatus elegans Cassin ............0e00s Red-bellied Hawk.

’

ee Oe

LA

HR HA CO LOHR COR Co HR RCo RO EE

&
ond :
CS =

wi He,
| bev orte to

“ “ .
=! oe
.
. .
‘ .
> \
i
a
-
.
Z
7
T
7
Ls
£
= “
.
.

2

beet
eA
vy

~

“e!

P 14 British CoLuMBIA.
List or Eecs IN THE BurTON CoLLecTION—Continued.

No. of Set

Eggs | with Species. Common Name,

in Set. | Nest.
3 Archibuteo lagopus sancti-johannis (Gmelin)... | Rough-legged Hawk.
2 Aquila chrysaétos (Linneus) ..........-...-+- Golden Hagle.
4 Halieetus leucocephalus leucocephalus (Linnzeus) | Bald Hagle.
4 Falco peregrinus pealei Ridgway ............... Peale’s Falcon. 5
5 sa Falco sparverius sparverius Linneus .......... Sparrow Hawk. a
3 ... | Pandion haliaétus carolinensis (Gmelin) ....... Osprey. _ 23
4 Nest | Otus asio kennicottt (Wlliot) ............-..-. Kennicott’s Screech Owl. Se
3 ah Bubo virginianus pacificus Cassin ............. Pacific Horned Owl. Laie
4 Nest | Dryobates villosus harrisi (Audubon) ......... Harris’s Woodpecker. =
76 ih Dryobates pubescens gairdnert (Audubon) ..... Gairdner’s Woodpecker. ; 4
5 Sphyrapicus ruber notkensis (Suckow) ........ Northern Red-breasted Sapsucker. >!
4 Fa Phleotomus pileatus abieticola (Bangs) ....... Northern Pileated Woodpecker. moa
6 “A Asyndesmus lewisi Riley ........ Bctthat Maat ot Lewis’s Woodpecker. 9 a
2 ‘s Calypte: costa. (Bourcier) on. + sen. 2+ 1 six seeped Costa’s Hummingbird. a
DZ, A Selasphorus rufus (Gmelin) ................. Rufus Hummingbird. : et
4 Ms Nuttallornis borealis (Swainson) ............. Olive-sided Flycatcher. ¢ “J
3 Heke Hmpidonea. 2rightt Wards. len a eles eee ee Wright’s Flycatcher. 7 re
5 Nest | Cyanocitta stelleri stelleri (Gmelin) .......... Steller’s Jay. et
z 43 Spaunnwsspunays (CNWaLSOM)) essyeteccueeraientteoe eeeeeel ey ats Pine Siskin. ; ae
+ e Junco hyemalis oreganus (J. K. Townsend) .... | Oregon Junco. S
4 a9 Passerella iliaca fuliginosa Ridgway ........... Sooty Fox Sparrow. oa
4 A Pipilo maculatus oregonus Bell ............... Oregon Towhee. i ee
4+ mA Zamelodia melanocephala (Swainson) ......... . Black-headed Grosbeak. <a a
4 a TAGS AR Od COA (CSERY)) Scan odo o Aen oop On ae occ Lazuli Bunting. ~ e
4 Re Piranga ludoviciana (Wilson) ......:........- Western Tanager. Sis ae
4 * Vireosylva gilva swainsont (Baird) ........... Western Warbling Vireo.
5 Ms Lanivireo solitarius cassinti (Xantus) ......... Cassin’s Vireo.
4 a Vermivora celata lutescens (Ridgway) ......... Lutescent Warbler.
4 A Dendroica auduboni auduboni (J. 1K. Townsend) | Audubon’s Warbler.
4 A Oporonis tolmiei (J. K. Townsend) ........... Macgillivray’s Warbler.
3 7 Wilsona pusilla pileolata (Pallas) ............ Pileolated Warbler. Fig
5 $s Cinclus mericanus unicolor Bonaparte ......... Dipper. Wart
5 s Thryomanes bewicki calophonus Oberholser .... | Seattle Wren. es
5 7 Nannus hiemalis pacificus (Baird) «........... Western Winter Wren. ;
6 5 Certhia familiaris occidentalis Ridgway ........ California Creeper. 35%
£6 % Svtia, Conadensvsy LNMESis) ais eye clots ote eeietere Seis Red-breasted Nuthatch.
7 oF Sitta pygmea pygmea Vigors .........-+..-+--. Pygmy Nuthatch.
8 is, Penthestes rufescens rufescens (J. IX. Townsend) | Chestnut-backed Chickadee.
5 Fr; Regulus satrapa olivaceus Baird .............; Western Golden-crowned Kinglet.
5 Ah Myadestes townsendi (Audubon) ............. Townsend’s Solitaire. .
3 + Hylocichla guttata guttata (Pallas) ........... Alaska Hermit Thrush.
3 ,; Hylocichla guttata sequoiensis (Belding) ...... Sierra Hermit Thrush.
4 a Txoreus nevius nevius (Gmelin) ............. Varied Thrush. =
7

Early in February the Director sent a specimen of the broad-fin cod (Zaniolepis latipinnis)
to Dr. C. H. Gilbert, Department of Zoology, Stanford University, California, for verification.

Sialia mexicana occidentalis J. W. Townsend ...

FISHES.

It was a very peculiar fish with the tail lacking.
Later I received from Dr. Gilbert the following: ‘I have received your specimen sent for 4

identification and return it to-day.

Western Bluebird. z

2
4

Pee. em

> wh _

e

ae
et
~~ Th Fe

It proves to be a mutilated specimen of Zaniolepis latipinnis. ——

It seems a marvel that a fish, left apparently without means of locomotion, should be able to ea

make its way in the world and to reach an adult condition as well nourished as this seems to be. ~ 4
I do not recall haying seen a similar case in the course of my long experience of fishes.” . Mat a
This peculiar specimen was taken by one of Watson’s seine-boats in Stamp Harbour, near ‘

Alberni, V.I., and was presented to the Museum by Mr. A. A, Rhoades,

Mr. A. L. Hager, general manager of the New England Fish Company, Vancouver, who has
always shown great interest in having his employees look out for rare specimens for the Museum,
and through whose efforts several species have been added to the Provincial Museum collection,

= 10 Gro. Ogu ProvinctaL Musrum Report. Ib

wrote to the Director on February 11th, “that Mr. Walter White, for many years employed
as a halibut-fisherman on the vessels of the New England Fish Company, and latterly as mate
on the S.S. ‘ Kingsway,’ brought to their office a rock weighing about 2% lb. Mr. White states
that he personally took this rock from the stomach of a halibut weighing about 60 lb. The
S.S. ‘Kingsway’ was fishing off Bonilla Island at the time in about 85 fathoms of water. It
occurred to us that you might like to receive and preserve this rock.”
This rock was eventually sent to the Provincial Museum by Mr. Hager. Later I sent a copy
of the letter, as requested by Mr. Hager, to Mr. Will F. Thompson, Assistant in charge of the
Long Laboratory, California, for his information.
; Mr. Thompson is a well-known fish expert on the halibut fishes, and has done considerable
scientific research-work in the Northern British Columbia halibut waters. In reply, Mr. Thomp-
- son writes as follows :—
“Many thanks for your letter with the copy of the note on the rock swallowed by the halibut.
pe Tt is perfectly possible. The halibut are famous eaters of small things, and they pick from the
; ground, rocks, etc., and all sorts of things, including sea-anemones, clam-siphons, etc., and in the
_ process of doing so they frequently take in many things which are not intended to find a lodging
in the stomach of fish. ‘The famous stones which the cod takes in (as ballast) in storms are the
results that follow too reckless eating on the part of the cod. The size of the stone, however,
is a most surprising thing. It bears witness to the reckless habits of the halibut.”
j The Museum also received a specimen of a fish, donated by Mr. Harry Pidcock, Quathiaski
Cove, B.C., which appears to me to be that of an immature alligator fish (Podothecus acipen-
+ serinus), but this has not been verified by an authority.
The Department also received a specimen of an immature pipe-fish (Aulorhynchus flavidus),
presented by Mr. H. A. Cox, Esquimalt, B.C. A small species of fish (Sebastodes sp.?) was also
_ presented by Mr. A. S. Grice on July 30th, 1919.
nh This specimen I have not fully identified, and it will have to be sent through to Dr. Gilbert,
who has always shown a great interest and is willing to do any work in the identification of
_ fishes for this Department.
BOTANY.

- The whole collection in the Herbarium has been numbered consecutively, and all duplicates
correspondingly numbered and catalogued. This will eliminate a great disadvantage in connec-
tion with any correspondence concerning any particular species.

The number of mounted specimens in the collection of flowering plants at the present time is
~ approximately 6,000. For some time past there have been many requests for a Check-list of the
Flora of Vancouver Island, and it was deemed by the Director desirable to prepare the same.
This entailed a considerable amount of work in the research of the earliest records of botanical
collectors on the Pacific Coast.

The manuscript for this work, which was compiled by Mr. W. R. Carter, has now been
oa j completed, and it is to be hoped that the Department will be able to have it in the press before
; long. This Check-list also includes the plants known to occur on the islands adjacent, together
with the Queen Charlotte Group.

# Through the kindness of several collectors, a small number of specimens have been added to
the collection, and thanks must be extended to the following gentlemen for the same :—
Professor J. K. Henry, for a small series collected in the Sicamous and adjoining districts,
including: Mentzelia albicaulis Dougl.; Gilia pharnaceoides Benth.; Castillea liutescens (Green-
man) Rydb.; Utricularia intermedia Hayne; Chenactis Douglasii H. & A.; Botrychiwm lunaria
+ (L.) Sw.; and Lotus corniculatus L. from Wigin, B.C.

SAD C. F. Newcombe, for several rare specimens from the southern portion of Vancouver
Island: Jissa macrotheca (Hornem) Britt.; Ranunculus Lobbii Gray; Hosackia gracilis
i Benth.; Limnanthes Macouniti Trelease; also for access to his valuable botanical library in
ce résearch of data difficult to obtain.

‘ Mr. J. R. Anderson, for a large collection of plants, a few of which have made appreciable
additions to the Herbarium, especially Abronia acutalata Standley and Achillea californica Poll.,
the latter a new record for Vancouver Island.

2 Among this collection were a number of specimens collected by his brother, Mr. W. B.
_ Anderson, in various portions of the Province, which include: Beckmannia eruceformis (1.)
¥ BeETOst. 5 Chenopodium urbicum L.; Uhelypodium integrifolium (Nutt.) Endl.; Gilia Hookeri

+> 4 nae Aide Yea ie ne ek
, ep ee ae 6 i ces
- 7 c s 3 = wee

PUG British CoLuMBIA. ;

Benth.; Lwpinus ornatus Dougl.; Pentstemon ovatus Dougl.; Anogra pallida (Lindl.) Brit
Spheralcea munroana (Dougl.) Spach.; and Tetradymia canescens DC.
During the last summer a collection of plants was-donated to the Museum by the authorities es
of the Mount Tolmie University School. This collection had belonged to the late Captain RV.
Harvey, who was one of the founders of the school. These plants, while mounted on sual
sheets, and in most instances showing little more than the inflorescence, can hardly be looked
upon as Herbarium specimens. :
Professor J. Macoun, senior Botanist of the Geological Survey of Canada, who has always”
taken a great interest in the Provincial Herbarium, and several years ago added to our collection —
over 900 named and classified specimens, mostly of the flora of Vancouver Island, has continued —
his great support to this division, and has made an offer to the Provincial Museum, subject x
to the approval of Mr. R. G. McConnell, Deputy Minister of Geological Survey, Ottawa, of a
collection of Cryptogammes upon which he has been working and classifying for a considerable fm
time. : +3
The idea is for the Provincial Museum to take over for the time being the whole of his
collection, with the understanding that a division be made on some future date (as there are —

a number of duplicates of each species) between this Department and the Department at Ottawa. oa
Both Professor Macoun and J. M. Macoun, C.M.G., Chief of the Biological Division of the —
Department of Mines, Ottawa, have always shown a great interest in the Provincial Museum, oe,
and have done a great deal of work, more particularly in the Botanical section, in the
identification of plants from every section of this Province. pa, S

Mr. J. M. Macoun has also been filling in blanks in our collection from time to time from aes
the Ottawa collection and from a number of plants that both he and his revered father have
collected throughout British Columbia in their botanical survey of Canada. The Provincial nF
Museum has at different times sent many specimens (of which a number at present are still c
there) to Ottawa to be verified by Mr. Macoun. These specimens, it is to be hoped, will be cas,
returned in due course.

In MeMoRIAM.

Mr. J. M. Macoun, C.M.G., Chief of the Biological Survey Department, Ottawa, died on :
January 8th, 1920. The late Mr. Macoun was one of the highest authorities on botanical research
in Canada. He was a faithful and courageous public servant and a man of high standing in ~
scientific research. His loss will be keenly felt not only by the Department with which he had
been so long connected, but also by the Provincial Museum in Victoria, to which he was a
constant visitor when on the Pacific Coast.

ENTOMOLOGY. " .

The Museum collection during the year has been greatly enriched by the donation of the
valuable collection of the late Captain R. V. Harvey, which was donated by the authorities of _
the Mount Tolmie University School. This collection is especially rich in Diptera, pt which
the late Captain Harvey was a recognized authority in British Columbia.

The Coleoptera and Hymenoptera collections are also particularly acceptable, and, as they ~
are representative of the whole of Southern British Columbia, they will enable us to enlarge and a
extend our own collections in these orders. Provision is being made for the incorporation of
these collections with those already existing in the Museum, and when finally installed they will”
prove of incalculable value to students.

The thanks of the Department are due to Mr. E. H. Blackmore, President: of the British
Columbia Entomological Society, for his yaluable services, which were instrumental in n securing ” f
this highly desirable collection for this institution. om

Mr. Blackmore has always done considerable work in the Entomological division of this —
Department, both in identification and arranging the collection for study and inspection, and ba
has also written the following paper on entomology. ae

ENTOMOLOGY.
By BH. H. Buack more, F.E.S.

Practically no entomological field-work of any description was undertaken by any of me
Museum staff during the past season, and therefore there is not so much as usual to write about.
in. connection with the actual work of the Museum. I have, however, been able to gather a few =

LYCAENID.Y, HESPERIID.W,

Plebeius icarioides blackmorei B. & MeD.
(Male paratype.)
Goldstream, B.C. (BE. H. Blackmore).
(New to science.)

Plebeius icarioides blackmorei B. & McD.
(Under-side male.)
Goldstream, B.C. (EK. H. Blackmore).

Heodes cupreus Edw.
Lillooet, B.C. (A. W. A. Phair).
(New to British Columbia.)

Mitoura spinctorum Bavy.
Fairview, B.C. (W. B. Anderson).
(Very rare.)

Apantesis blakei diecki Neum.
Lillooet, B.C. (A. W. A. Phair).
(New to British Columbia.)

AND ARCTIID-®.

Plebeius icarioides blackmorei B. & McD.
(Female paratype.)
Goldstream, B.C. (E. H. Blackmore).
(New to science.)

Plebeius icarioides pembina Raw.
(Under-side male.)
Rossland, B.C. (W. H. Danby).

Callipsyche behri Edw.
Osoyoos, B.C. (W. B. Anderson).
(Very local.)

Hesperia centaurew Ramb.
Atlin, B.C. (Bf. M. Anderson).
(New to British Columbia.)

Neoarctia beani Neum.
Kaslo, B.C. (J. W. Cockle).
(New to British Columbia.)

ProyvinciaL Musrum Report. 1290 7/

nteresting facts from other workers in the Province; a little more previously undetermined
‘material has been worked over; and these, together with some of my own captures, will enable
us to present a fairly comprehensive account of the work done in the Province in this particular
branch of science during the year 1919.
Bs In last year’s report mention was made of the remarkable scarcity of noctuids during that
year, but this past season was far worse. In fact, this scarcity extended to all orders of insects,
and was not confined to any particular district, but was noticeable in every section of the
_ Province. There is no reasonable explanation that can be given of this sudden diminution of
numbers, and even of species.
Ber As usual, there were a few exceptions to the general rule, one of them being our old friend (7?)
the forest tent-caterpillar (Malacosoma pluvialis Dyar). The larve of this moth were particu-
Bias; numerous in the early spring, even worse than the year previous, but fortunately before
they became “ full-fed”’ they were attacked by a disease—of a fungoid or bacterial origin—which
killed them off in thousands.

*S In the south-eastern part of the Province, especially along the border, a great deal of damage
' z _ was done by several species of locusts—one of the worst invasions we have had for many years.
_ Mr. E. R. Buckle, of the Provincial Department of Agriculture, has been working in the infected
area during the season, studying the conditions and using remedial measures with a view to
preventing the occurrence of a further outbreak.
Pe In the Report of the Provincial Museum, 1918, on page 12, is a note on the occurrence of
_ Hemerocampa vetusta gulosa at Chase, B.C., in which the writer stated that the insect was
double-brooded. This I find is not the case, as in a subsequent letter from Mr. R. C. Treherne,
Dominion Field Officer for British Columbia, he remarks that from the data in his possession
he is quite satisfied that this destructive insect is only single-brooded. It is interesting to note
in this connection that Mr. W. B. Anderson found a slight outbreak at Armstrong during the
past year in addition to the one reported from Chase the year previously, which latter had spread
- much farther than when first noted.

ae RarE AND UNCOMMON INSECTS TAKEN IN BRITISH COLUMBIA DURING 1919.

% Owing to the dearth of insects in the Province during the past season, it would be only
- reasonable to suppose that this section of our report would be smaller than usual; nevertheless,
quite a few items have been reported which are of more than passing interest.

P Victoria.—In late May two worn specimens of that rather rare Sphingidze, Proserpinus
_ clarkie Bdy., were taken at rest on a peach-tree at Swan Lake. <A very fine specimen of Polia
variolata Sm. was taken by Mr. W. R. Carter on July 11th; this capture is exceedingly interest-
ing in view of the facts set forth in last year’s Museum Report, wherein this species was figured.
ag - The same collector also took a nice specimen of Jpimorpha nanaimo Barnes, to which, curiously
enough, the same remarks apply.

ee In addition to the specimen of Cucullia omissa Dod, which is figured on Plate II., another
Ba: Specimen was taken in the Hollywood District by David Livingstone, a young and enthusiastic
collector, who has kindly donated it to the Museum collection.

A male specimen of Erebus odora Linn. was captured the first week in October by Mr. W. R.
_ Nairnes, of this city. It was taken about 4 o’clock in the afternoon of an exceedingly windy
_ day, and at first sight Mr. Nairnes thought it was a large leaf heing blown about. This is the
- first capture of this Florida “ migrant” we have heard of for several years.

_--_ Goldstream.—The writer spent a few hours at the Goldstream Flats on July 20th, and
amongst other interesting material obtained was a short series of Lpirrh@ alternata Mull., a
pair of Dysstroma occidentata Tayl., and a single specimen of Stamnodes blackmorei Swett.

te _ Fitzgerald—rThis station is situated about eleven miles north of Goldstream and is in the
midst of a mountainous district. Mr. W. R. Carter, of the Museum staff, spent many week-ends
' in the locality and obtained many desirable species. Amongst the Diurnals several specimens
ce were taken of both sexes of that rather uncommon liftle skipper, Buphyes vestris Bdy. The
most interesting noctuids were Huroa ochrogaster gularis Grt.; Icltia herilis Grt.; Zosteropoda
_hirtipes Grt.; Septis multicolor Dyar; and 8S. plutonia Grt. Amongst the geometers the follow-
ene were of special interest: Cosymbia lumenaria Hbn.; Diactinia silaceata albolineata Pack. ;
Et pithecia cretaceata Pack.; Drepanulatrix feminaria Gnu.; and Sericosema juturnaria Gn.
aa) We » are glad to have this last record, as very few specimens have been taken on Vancouver

P 18 British CoLuMBIA

Island, and this is the most southerly point yet recorded. Mr. A. W. Hanham, in a recent — A
letter, tells me that he has a specimen given him by the late Rey. G. W. Taylor. labelled Cameron
Lake, July 23rd, 1908, and Mr. G. O. Day writes me that he took one specimen at Cowichan —
Bay, July 7th, 1915. The date of the Fitzgerald specimen is June 15th. On the Mainland, — =
anywhere from Lillooet to the Kootenays, this particular geometer is yery abundant, some years Shy ‘

being a perfect nuisance.
Maillardville—This small settlement is about a mile from Fraser Mills and some ave ieee
from New Westminster. Mr. L. E. Marmont, the Reeve of the district and an old-time ento-

mologist, has taken some very interesting species there. The most desirable of the Noctuids are

Rynachgrotis gilvipennis Grt.; Trachea impulsa Gn.; and Bomolocha palparia W1k. (uncommon).

Mention must be made of two remarkable aberrations; one of Namagana preacuta Sm. is —
a peculiar melanic form, the ground colour of the primaries being of a dark sooty brown, with —

the orbicular, reniform, and s.t. line of a light-ash colour and standing out in. startling relief.

The other one is Zale minera norda Sm., and in place of the usual mottled appearance, with its

abundance of fine wavy lines, the whole of the wings are light brown, being only relieved by a

wide black t.p. line, black discal mark, and black basal area. Amongst the geometers taken, —
Philobia ulsterata Pears. in yery uncommon, and we were glad to get the record of Caripeta

equaliaria Grt., taken on May 17th. This latter seems to be exceedingly rare, as we haye very
few records of its capture.

Litlooet.—During the first week in July Messrs. Day & Hanham, of Duncan, made a
collecting-trip to Lillooet, and, although owing to the poor season the general result was rather
disappointing, a few good specimens were taken, especially in the Geometride. Amongst some
of the latter submitted to us for identification we noted the following: Drepanulatrir wnical-

cararia Gue. and its form cervinicolor Hist.; D. faminaria Gne.; and D. carnearia Hulst. The — :

latter is an exceedingly good capture and is the first male and the third record we haye from

the Province, the other two being a female from Kaslo and another female from Ymir.

A single specimen was taken of Dysstroma formosa Hulst. This is the first record we haye

had of this for three years, Mr. A. W. Phair having taken a single specimen at the same place
on June 23rd, 1916. ;
On looking over some material recently sent by Mr. Phair, we found a nice specimen of

Smerinthus cerisyi opthalmicus form pallidulus Edw., taken on August 16th, 1919. This is the.

latest date we have of this form, although Mr. Cockle reports one taken at Kaslo on August 9th,
1901. Amongst the Noctuids, Rynehagrotis vittifrons Grt. and cerapoda oblita Grt. are the best.
Up to the present we have no record of either of these species being taken in any other locality.

Spences Bridge-—Mr. W. A. Newcombe, who is connected with the Provincial Department of
Fisheries, spent the latter part of August in this district, and in his spare time collected a little
material, some of which was very desirable, noticeably Huroa costata idahensis Grt.: Rhiz zagrotis
flavicollis Sm.; and Lycophotia nigra Sm. The latter name has been used in many British ©
Columbia collections for a somewhat similar species—Z. astricta subjugata Dyar. The only other
authentic records of nigra that we have besides this are from Armstrong, Rossland, and Kaslo.
Only one geometer was taken, Jtame matilda Dyar, ;

Quesnel Dam.—During September Mr. Newcombe spent a few weeks in this locality, but as
the season was getting late nothing much was taken; however, we are always pleased to get
material from here, as very little collecting has been done in this district. Polygonia satyrus -
Edw., P. faunus rusticus Edw., Aglais j-album Bdy. and Le C., were the only Diurnals taken.
A short series of Agrotis inopinatus Sm. was captured, the only noctuid observed. Geometers
were also scarce, three specimens of Dysstroma being all that were seen. Two of these belong
to the citrata group, the other one being D. formosa boreata Tayl., which is a very rare form
and one that we are pleased to receive.

Osoyoos.—In addition to the Diurnals mentioned under the heading of “ Illustrated Lepi-

. +>
doptera,” Mr. W. B. Anderson succeeded in getting a few specimens of Marmopteryxr marmorata

Pack. This is an exceedingly pretty geometer on the under-side, the marbled effect benea
ea Striking. The first specimens we saw of this species were a pair collected by Mr.
. M. Anderson on May 7th, 1918, at Vaseaux Lake, just south of Penticton.
Fort Steele——Mr. W. B. Anderson took the first specimen of Huptoieta claudia Cram. recorded _
from British Columbia on September 23rd, 1919. This is a most interesting record, and we are
glad that Mr. Anderson, who is a most indefatigable worker, has added this to our eae

‘a

of .
ee
he. ae

A

Pk LOE NEN bf Oe ee PO eS ew Rie ae

Gro. 5 — Provinc1AL Musrum Reporv. Tega e)

British Columbia butterflies. It belongs to the family Nymphalidze and is closely allied to the
genus Argymnis. It has a wide distribution throughout the United States and South America,
_ being essentially a southern insect.

“ye , New BririsH CoLumMpBia INSECTS.

The following ten insects have been described as new to science during the year 1919, and
comprise seven species of Lepidoptera, two species of Diptera, and one of Thysanoptera.

an 2 Lepidoptera.

- Plebeius icarioides blackmorei Barnes & MecDunnough is described in the Can. Ent., Vol. 51,
_p. 92, April, 1919, from a number of specimens taken by the writer at Goldstream on May 31st,
1918. More extended remarks on this new race will be found under the heading of “ Illustrated
Lepidoptera.”
* In the Journal New York Wnt. Socy., Vol. XXVII., Nos. 2 and 3, June and September, 1919,
Dr. R. Ottolengui describes several new species and races of the genus Autographa (Noctuidie),
fe amongst which are two from British Columbia. Autographa magnifica described from a single
female taken at Ucluelet, on the west coast of Vancouver Island. It was taken by a member of
_ the Forestry Branch of the Dominion-Department of Agriculture. The type is in the Canadian
National Museum at Ottawa.
j The other is Autogr apha rectangula nargenta and was described from material belonging
to Mr. J. W. Cockle, of Kaslo, B.C., and Mr. A. W. Hanham, of Duncan, B.C. This is the
J Re ee ex sula of our check-lists, which is really an Eastern species.

a The chief distinguishing characteristic of this new race is the transverse posterior line, which
4 ‘@ is distinct and geminate, the space between being filled with silver.
a In the Lepidopterist, Vol. 38, No. 2, p. 105 et seq., July 15th, 1919, Messrs. Swett & Cassino

a describe four species Os geometers belonging to the genus Wupithecia. Two of these are from
_ British Columbia, viz.: (1) Hupithecia probata, described from specimens taken at Duncan and
_ Victoria, and (2) Bupithecia moirata, taken by EH. M. Anderson at Penticton in 1913. Both these
s new species will be treated of more fully under the same heading as the preceding.

Microlepidoptera.

‘In the Proce. Ent. Socy. Wash., Vol. 21, No. 3, March, 1919, under the title of “Two Micro-
. lepidoptera injurious to Strawberry,” Mr. August Busck describes two new “ Micros” from
specimens taken by Mr. W. Downes, Dominion Junior Entomologist at Victoria, B.C. The first is
ortricodes fragariana, and, according to the author, is the first published record of this genus
‘in North America. Mr. Downes says that this species breeds commonly in the buds at the head
ef of the crowns of strawberry.
The second is Aristotelia fragaria, and, according to Mr. Busck, is the so-called “ strawberry-
— erown borer,” on which there is considerable economic literature, but which had not previously
‘received a specific name. The first species belongs to the family Tortricidze and has the fore
wings brownish fuscous in colour, overlaid with black and reddish scales; the hind wings are
much lighter, being a silvery grey. It is a small moth measuring 17 mm. in alar expanse. The
“a ip second species, Avistotelia fragarie, is a member of the family Gelechiidée and is a much smaller
insect, being only 12 mm. in width when spread. In colour it is dark brown, with the hind
_- wings lighter.

Diptera.

om In an article on “The Streptocera Group of the Dipterous Genus Tipula Linn,” Annals Ent.
x aa _Socy Amer., Vol. 12, No. 2, p. 84, June, 1919, Dr. W. G. Dietz describes some half-dozen new
species, one of which is recorded from Victoria, B.C., under the name of Tipula trypetophora.
ee ‘It is described from nine specimens, two males and seven females, all from Victoria, and
io; apparently on the same date, July 6th, 1912, but who the captor was is not stated. This is one
of the crane-flies.

: Mr. Jas. S. Hine, in an exhaustive review of the “ Robber-flies of the Genus Erax” (idem,
p. 103), describes quite a number of new species in the various groups of this genus.

One amongst them is particularly interesting to us, as the two specimens from which they

_ on Mount McLean, near Lillooet, at an altitude of between 7,000 and 8,000 feet. It was taken

P 20 Brivish CoLtumBia.

species, which belongs to “The Aridus Group,’ has been named by Mr. Hine Hyrar harveyi in mi
honour of its collector. ’ * ees
Thysanoptera. ‘?

In a very interesting article on ‘‘ Western Thysanoptera” by -R. C. Treherne, Dominion
Assistant Entomologist for British Columbia, in Can. Ent., Vol. 51, p. 181, August, 1919, a new
species of Thrips is described from this Province under the name of Alothrips auricestus. The
type material consists of nine macropterous females taken by the author from the western wild
rye-grass (Hlymus condensatus) at Vernon and Kelowna in July, 1917. The author of the aboye
article is to be congratulated for the able and painstaking manner in which he has collected
and presented the known facts, augmented with his own observations, of the different species
belonging to this order occurring in British Columbia, some of which are of great economic ~
importance. The paper is illustrated with two plates, which add greatly to its usefulness. 5

ILLUSTRATED LEPIDOPTERA. Jee

In continuation of the idea expressed last year, of describing more fully the insects illustrated —
in the Annual Report, we are acting in accord with the declared wishes of the active entomologists
of this Province, as the commendatory letters we have received during the past year fully testify.
As stated in last year’s Annual Report, the numbers appearing before each name correspond
with a similar number in Messrs. Barnes & McDunnough’s Check-list of North American Lepi- ,
doptera, February, 1917. Those with a star prefixed to them have been described during ae
year 1918. Tae

/ Diurnals (Plate. I.). a at

372. Mitoura spinetorum Bdy. ‘This is one of our butterflies which appears to be more or 2
less local. Until quite recently only two or three specimens had been taken in the Proyince—
two, I believe; at Fairview and one at Kaslo. In a recent letter, Mr. J. W. Cockle, of the — *
latter place, remarks that he has taken a second specimen. Mr. Walter B. Anderson, Dominion ?
Inspector of Indian Orchards, while on a trip in the Boundary country early last June, took ee

short series at Fairview and a few days later took two more at Penticton. It is an easily ¥
recognized insect, as on the upper side it is nearly black in colour, with the basal half of the Y
wings shot with bluish-green. The under-side is reddish-brown, with the contrasting white *
lines which is characteristic of this subfamily. A figure is given of the under-side, showing a
the arrangement of the lines, which differ somewhat from its close ally, Mitowra nelsoni, which -
occurs on Vancouver Island and the Lower Fraser Valley. .

394. Callipsyche behri Hdw. is apparently more local than the preceding one, and so far has i.
only been taken in one district in the Province—namely, the Osoyoos District. There is a strip © ny

of Jand extending from the boundary-line to Penticton (and including Osoyoos, Fairview; Dog Se
Lake, and Vaseaux Lake) which is the extreme tip of the Upper Sonoran fauna, and many
insects are taken in this district which do not occur in any other part of the Province. f 3
It is rather a pretty butterfly, its colour on the upper side being a bright fulyous, with wide a
black-brown marginal bands. The specimen figured was taken by Mr. Anderson at Osoyoos in
the first week in June. It is an inhabitant of Northern California and Oregon, extending east-

ward to Colorado. i o
411. Heodes cupreus Edw. Passing mention was made of this beautiful butterfly in the ~
Report of the Provincial Museum, 1917, page 13. It was only recently that we were able to x

secure a good specimen for photographic purposes, and we are glad to illustrate this species,
as it is entirely new to British Columbia, and, as far as the writer knows, has only been taken

by Mr. A. W. A. Phair, an enthusiastic collector of Lillooet, who has done much to extend and
enlarge our knowledge of the fauna of that district. It is a gorgeous little butterfly, being a a
bright coppery red, spotted with black. It is exceedingly rare, and previous to 1892 had been :
recorded from two localities only—namely, Mount Shasta, California, and Oregon. In that year % A
Mr. W. G. Wright took three or four specimens at a high altitude in the Sierra Nevadas of ;
California. It is closely allied to Hceodes snowi Edw., which is duller in colour and not so

heavily spotted. This latter is taken at Laggan, Alberta, in the Canadian Rockies, and also in
the high mountain ranges of Colorado. We also have a specimen of this species in the Museum
collection, taken at “Boom Pass”; this locality being a local name cannot definitely be placed, |
but is probably in the vicinity of Revelstoke.

NOCTUID-2 AND GEOMETRID-®.

Cucullia omissa Dod.

Victoria, B.C. (BH. H. Blackmore).

(New to Vancouver Island.)

Stretchia plusieformis Hy. Edw.
fossland, B.C. (W. H. Danby).

Cerma cuerva Barnes.
Victoria, B.C. (HE. H. Blackmore).
(Very rare.)

Lygris testata Linn.

Quesnel Dam. B.C. (W. A. Newcombe).

(New to British Columbia.)

Bupithecia probata Swett & Cassino.

Victoria, B.C, (i. I. Blackmore).
(New to science.)

Cucullia florea Gue.
Rossland, B.C. (W. H. Danby).
(New to British Columbia.)

NStretchia muricina Grt.
Victoria, B.C., (2. H. Blackmore).

Monodes festirvoides Gue.
Lillooet, B.C. (G. O. Day).
(Very rare.)

Thera otisi Dyar.
Kaslo, B.C. (J. W. Cockle).
(Very rare.)

Bupithecia moirata Swett & Cassino.
Penticton, B.C. (EB. M. Anderson).
(New to science.)

4

10 Gero. 5 : ProvinciaL Musrum Report. P 21

Plebeius icarioides blackmorei B. & MD. This new race was described by Messrs. Barnes
& McDunnough in the Canadian Entomologist, April, 1919, page 92, from twenty-six specimens of
_. both sexes sent to them by the writer, and taken at Goldstream on May 31st, 1918. In June,
a 1916, I captured about six specimens, mostly females, on a small hill some 700 or 800 feet high
about three miles south of Goldstream; they were new to me, but later I found a pair in the
Museum collection under the name of Cupido pheres and three specimens in the collection of
Mr. A. J. Croker under the name Cupido icarioides. Upon further comparison I found that they
were all conspecific and sent them to Messrs. Barnes & McDunnough for their opinion. Dr.
MeDunnough stated in his reply that it might prove a good geographical race, but would need
a_good series of both sexes to make sure. In June, 1917, I was collecting in the Lower Fraser
Valley, and was therefore unable to be at Goldstream at the time of their emergence. The last
two weeks of May, 1918, were extremely windy, and after waiting a whole week in vain for the
wind to abate I decided to chance it, and in company with Mr. Arthur Robinson, of this city,
: - went to Goldstream. Upon our arrival there the wind was blowing as furiously as ever, and
a the chances of capturing our prized “blue” seemed very remote. However, as we had come so
us _ far, we decided to walk the remaining ,three miles to the hill where I had taken them two years
before. On the top of this elevation is an area of about an acre in extent, totally devoid of
7 trees, and covered with blue lupines (Lupinus columbianus Heller), on which plant the larye of
this butterfly feed. Upon reaching this spot the wind was still blowing hard, and the lupines
were bent over at an angle of 45 degrees; the outlook was very discouraging, as we had had
a long walk, and naturally there was nothing flying in such a wind. After being there a few
minutes I noticed a “blue” butterfly hanging on for dear life to the stalk of a lupine that was
swaying violently in the wind, and to my great delight it was the one we were looking for.
We then commenced a diligent search, and in the course of an hour and a half “ bottled”’ over
forty specimens. This spot seems to be the headquarters of this species, as, although I have
taken it in two other places in the general vicinity, it has only been very sparingly. On the
‘Malahat, some eight miles north of Goldstream, on the side of a small mountain of some 1,200
feet eleyation, there were acres and acres of this blue lupine, over which ‘“ blue” butterflies were
Swarming, and out of over a hundred that were captured only six proved to be this species.
Cupido pheres, under which name this insect has gone for a number of years, is only known
from the San Francisco Bay region and typical icarioides from the mountains of California.
433n. Plebeius icarioides pembina Edw. This is another of our blues that has been mis-
identified in British Columbia collections for many years, it having passed under the name of
: fulla in the 1904 Check-list, and under the name of ardea in Check-list issued in 1906. Ardea
is now regarded as a race of icarioides from the Great Basin region (vide Cont. Lepid. No.
_Amer., Barnes & McDunnough, Vol. III., No. 2, page 114). :

‘

ARCT1ID% (PLATE I.).

946. Neoarctea beani Neu. This species is a new record for British Columbia, and was
taken at “light” by Mr. J. W. Cockle at Kaslo on August 20th, 1919. This is one of the most
interesting finds of recent years, as, although it was described over twenty-eight years ago (Can.

_ Ent., Vol. 23, p. 123, June, 1891), I believe that this is the second specimen taken in the adult
state. It was originally described from Laggan, Alberta, where Mr. T. E. Bean bred several
specimens from estray laryze which he had picked up in a full-fed state. During the four years

that Mr. Bean spent in that district he only took one adult specimen, a male, on July 2nd, 1888,
all the others being bred from estray larvee, which he found feeding on willow, exclusively. In
the Can. Ent., Vol. 36, p. 350, December, 1904, Wolley Dod writes of having a single specimen
from Mr. Dean, dated July 9th, 1900;. this was also bred from a larva found on willow. The
only other record I can find of this species is in Gibson’s Entomological Record for 1908, where
he states that Mr. N. B. Sanson, of Banff, had sent him a larva of this species, found on Sulphur
Mountain, the resulting imago emerging at Ottawa on June 15th. Mr. Cockle’s specimen is a
male in fine condition, and we are glad to be able to illustrate this, as he has done so much to
work up the fauna of the Kootenay country; his untiring efforts for so many years have given

us a large amount of knowledge which we otherwise would not possess.

_ 987c. Apantesis blakei diecki Neu. The specimen illustrated was taken by Mr. A. W. Phair
at Lillooet, but unfortunately bears no date. In Dr. Dyar’s “List” (Bull. 52, U.S.N.M.) diecki
is placed as a synonym of determinata, which is a race of williamsi Dodge, but in Cont. Lepid.
i -

P 22 British CotuMpBia. oa 1920. :

No. Amer., Barnes & McDunnough, Vol. III., No. 3, p. 159, the authors believe that diecki, along
with our other British Columbia form superba Stretch, should be treated as a race of blakei Grt.
Unfortunately, very little material, in this group is available from British Columbia, and 2
until these various races can be bred from larva to imago, with notes on their larval and pupal | :
stages, they cannot be definitely placed. Diecki was described in Amer. Ent., Vol. VL.,. Be 62,
1890, from Spences Bridge, B.C. ; Sets

Noctuip# (PuLate II.).

1869. Stretchia murician Grt. We have illustrated this species, as it has been misidentified
in nearly all British Columbia collections, and is generally placed under the name of S. plusie-
formis Hy. Edw. The probable reason for this may lie in the fact that in Dr. Dyar’s Catalogue
(Bull. 62, U.S.N.M.) muricina is listed as a synonym of plusiewformis. There is a certain super-
ficial resemblance between them, but they are easily separable by the following differences in
maculation: In muriciana the pale terminal area of the primaries is sharply divided ‘from the
chestnut-brown of the rest of the wing, while in plusiwformis the bluish-grey outer area merges
imperceptibly with the brown median band of the fore wing. Also the basal area of the latter
species is of somewhat the same shade of grey as the outer area, while in muricina it is con-
colorous, with the rest of the wing, excepting the pale terminal area. In plusiwformis the thorax
is light grey, with a distinct black collar; in muricina the thorax is light brown, with the patagia
pale:, and a narrow dark-brown colour; also in the former the fringes of the primaries are far
more heavily checkered. x,

1871. Stretchia plusieformis Wy. Edw. The specimen figured was taken by Mr. W. H.
Danby at Rossland some twenty years ago, and a comparison of the two figures will show the
differences that I have pointed out above. In our previous Check-lists plusieformis is listed as
being “ generally distributed,” but so far I have only seen the species frum Rossland. It most
likely occurs throughout the whole of that region and should be taken at Kaslo. Variabilis Sm.,
listed from Kaslo only, may be this species, but this I haye not as yet seen; it was described —
from Colorado. Muricina was described from Oregon and should occur throughout British
Columbia as far east as the Okanagan, but our material only andicaes points on Vancouver
Island and the Lower Fraser Valley.

1999. Cucullia florea Gn. This is another of Mr. Danby’s captures from Roséianat and has —
not hitherto been recorded from British Columbia. The species in this genus have at all times
been very difficult to separate satisfactorily, as many of them are Closely allied, and although,
as a rule, the species are rather uncommon, especially in the West, they have a very wide range.
Florea is an Atlantic Coast species, its habitat being given as New York and New Jersey.

In the 1906 Check-list obscurior Sm. is listed from Kaslo and the Coast region. This species -
is now regarded as a race of florea. It is decidedly smaller and has much the same type of
maculation, or lack of it, and is of a more even colour. We have only seen the species from
Penticton and Lillooet, although Dr. Dyar records it from Kaslo in his “ Kootenai” List, Proc.
U:S.N.M:; Vol. 27, p. S71.

2001. Cucullia -omissa Dod. This species has been recorded from a greater number of
localities in British Columbia than any other species of this genus, but the specimen illustrated —
is the first record of its being taken in Victoria. It was taken by the writer on June 27th, 1919,
at rest on an electric-light pole and was in beautiful condition. This species was described by —:
the late Wolley Dod in the Can. Ent., Vol. 48, p. 58, February, 1916. The type material came ¥,
from a number of localities, including Nelson and Windermere, in British Columbia. ‘

This species had been confused with postera Gue. (to which it is Closely allied) for a number
of years, and was listed from Kaslo under this name in previous British Columbia Check-lists. —
The known range of omissa in British Columbia is from Vancouver Island to the Rocky Moun- ~
tains, and we have records from many intermediate points, including Princeton, Merritt,
Kamloops, and Kaslo. ’

2412. Cerma cuerva Barnes. This is apparently a rather rare species. The writer has only — ‘
taken two specimens in eight years—one on August 25th, 1916 (the specimen figured), and F

ft. f

i "
Re
a. ee eee

foie

i

Pa oe Pe Ce ees, ee ee

another one in rather poor condition some two or three years previous. As far as can be *
ascertained, it has not been taken at any other locality besides Victoria. It was described by _ 4
Dr. W. Barnes (Can. Ent., Vol. 39, p. 10, January, 1907) from a single male specimen taken P

by Mr. A. W. Hanham in this city. It is rather a pretty insect, the fore wings being a-dark — :

10 Gro. ae

ProvinciaL Museum Reporr. P 23

eave :
a brown with an olive-green tinge, sprinkled with black and white scales. There is a specimen
of this species in the Provincial Museum collection labelled Cerma olivacea Sm., and under
which name it is listed in the British Columbia Check-list.

2608. Monodes festivoides Gn. This is another uncommon species as far as British Columbia
3 is concerned. The specimen illustrated was taken by Mr. G. O. Day, of Duncan, while on a
_ collecting-trip at Lillooet last July. It is recorded from Wellington and Kaslo, and I have not
heard of it from any other locality. I have seen the Wellington specimen, and it is in a very
‘ragged condition. It was taken on June 18th, 1904. Holland, in his ‘“ Moth Book,’ remarks that
it is not uncommon in the Eastern States.

: ee GEOMETRIDA (PLATE IT.).

‘ 8979. Lygris testata Linn. This geometer is new to British Columbia and was taken by
_ Mr. W. A. Newcombe at Quesnel Dam on September 2nd, 1919. This is a Buropean insect, but

Pe occurs throughout the Atlantic States; it has also been reported from Calgary, Alberta, by

_ Wolley Dod. In the U.S. Geo. Survey, Vol. 10, 1876, “Monograph of the Geometrid Moths,”
a Packard gives Victoria, B.C., as a locality, which is evidently an error, as propulsata Walk. is
‘ay the only species of this genus occurring on Vancouver Island.

_ —sS«:3990. Thera otisi Dyar. The specimen figured is from the nimotypical locality and was

_ taken by Mr. Cockle on August 27th, 1919. This is not by any means a common species, and
De even at Kaslo is not of regular occurrence. It is reported from Cameron Lake, but this, I

Be believe, is meant for Mount Arrowsmith, as I have seen three or four specimens (in a very

a poor condition) taken by Mr. Theo, Bryant many years ago and labelled from that locality.

~

at IT also haye a note that I saw a specimen from Lillooet a year or so ago.

a 4 *Hupithecia probata Swett & Cassino. This pretty little geometer was described from
_ Mmaterial collected by the writer at Victoria, B.C. This species is rather uncommon and has
previously gone under the name of nevadata Pack., with which it has been confused for many
years. It is one of the earliest of our “pugs” and is generally found in company with #.
—_-ravocostaliata Pack., appearing about the last week in March. I have neyer seen them on the
- wing, but have generally found them in the early morning at rest on electriclight poles. In
eight years’ collecting I have taken but ten specimens of this species; on the other hand, its
congener, ravocostaliata, is fairly common.
*Hupithecia moirata Swett & Cassino. This species had been previously identified by Mr.
“te Swett as implorata Hulst, but a careful study of Hulst’s type by the senior author has proved
of _ that this species is new, although closely allied. It differs from probata in its smaller size and
dark fuscous wings. It was described from specimens taken by Mr. BE. M. Anderson at Penticton
m April 17th and 18th, 1913. It is evidently local, as I have not seen any other specimens since,
: although I have examined considerable material from there during the last three years.

»
‘
4
4

; VICTORIA, B.C.:
Printed by WintiAM H. CuLuin, Printer to the King’s Most Bxcelleut Majesty.
192v.

»

we.

oa
1 se

Po Wa
ce ue

aS

} VICTORIA, B.0.:
"Printed by) Wine Ba Conus, Printer to the King’s Most Mxcellent Majesty.

. iat

ae

yey de

Ree ivAl HIistORY =

Ad ~

HOR, En “YHRAB, 1920 on a

PRINTED BY 7
AUTHORITY OF THE LEGISLATIVH ASSEMB (ZS

OWES -

May ye a
VICTORIA, B.C.: ONAL Must ;

Printed by WiLuiaM H. Cunzin, Printer to the King's Most Hxcellent Madenty 2
1921. : a
*

s =k

~- Ss

rinse Your Hoorn: ry! ~ recon <

We 4 a ti + yee’

pr oe ae ne J.D. MacLEAN, Roa
gS Re . = Piet o

ay Re 2 Provincial Secretary.

-

- ~~
Provincia, Muspum or Naturan Hisr

Vicroria, B.C., February

The Honourable J. D, MacLean, M.D.,

Provincial Secretary, Victoria, BC: -

Sm,—I have the honour, as Director of the Provincial Museu
History, to lay before you the Report for the year ending December

covering the activities of the Museum.

I have the honour i: be,
. Sine
Your obedient servant, — :

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PAGE.
CUTECHS “co col tiap Sadia dO Se bird cet O ae Go SEE EELS RIOT. DCR RD ACE CII aeI IORI aks Sent t
PURE S SLOW Mayes takeretc/aloteliacs Syeveie chara oe svenerateisisie, ofc #3 PEDOOTSaCOnoo neo OOOO oSecoconmmSnonrooonennn 7
WASTUOTS ee of oie ci sas wee eerie ete cece cece eens anes ene tn rere see eecese cee senens 7
Activities sonnocboansonbcoac otoge dace bangs daoud Ab ooaec eee eee eee e ete e ete e tect eeees 7
NEGESSIDDS, 2455 288 610 Coe OHO GENS DabU DH UIIOUD OC MODDING Oo PRICE OAR KIERO RE RCL RO CuCRC Race ERAS 8
SUN ENUM S MONT eatatere te Py state ycnayay actatonaicl Wola fale revoke cic ialera ter eetcts ia. c oalohate sv ctvoporsl sre ey ene) aleiejsaeleiw sievele, sisters sialeve Oit's 9
Mammals—
Notes on the Occurrence of a Humpback Whale having Hind Legs .................... 10
Distribution of Shrews and Shrew-mice in British Columbia .................50200000. 11
SURI ONCE BATS in wsTatiSh) COLUMBIA, a2. a5. slew cle ve Poe a Tee a le cian cse ee cves cae ves 14
Ornithology—
Notes on the Occurrence of Sabine’s Gull (Xema@ sabinei) ........ cece ce eee ee eee 19
Notes on the Occurrence of the Iceland Gull (Larus leucopterus) .........0 esse ee eees 20
Notes on the Occurrence of the Chinese Starling (Acridotheres cristatellus) ........... 20
RELL VME Oe meee TERM cag oi cians ere) aris exch cuslinto teeta eva e7OMaNe 6 vo, c: aye eeatieleap lore. etereteid @ aS b ecctavgrere eelb ee at's wPokoreje ml.
Entomology SRE aa es ca RM eae: oiratetara ake coh hates elavedaienosieve. © cM tel ioheravebene ie 0050/6) wlelrerduenanviecs,.o ee enecavwretebaliots 22

REPORT of the
PROVINCIAL MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

FOR THE YEAR 1920.

oa OBJECTS.

(a.) To secure and preserve specimens illustrating the natural history of the Province.
(b.) To collect anthropological material relating to the aboriginal races of the Province.

dl (c.) To obtain information respecting the natural sciences, relating particularly to the
natural history of the Province, and diffuse knowledge regarding the same.
ADMISSION.

The Provincial Museum is open, free, to the public daily throughout the year from 9 a.m. to
5 p.m. (except New Year’s Day, Good Friday, and Christmas Day); it is also open on Sunday
afternoons from 1 p.m. to 5 p.m. from May ist until the end of October.

VISITORS.

The number of visitors who have signed the register of the Provincial Museum during the
year 1920 is 25,850. These figures are by no means accurate, as this only includes one person
to a line, although many signatures on one line include man, wife, and family. Many other
people visiting the Museum do not seem to like the idea of recording their names, and no record
has been kept of the children, and also of school classes who are accompanied by their teachers
in connection with their nature-studies. If a turnstyle were fo be installed we would then be
able to record the actual number of attendance daily in the museum. The following figures
will give some idea of those who recorded their names during the months of: January, 1,093;
February, 1,289; March, 1,348; April, 1,603; May, 1,839; June, 2,287; July, 4,538; August,
5,607; September, 2,838; October, 1,367; November, 1,028; December, 1,023.

ACTIVITIES.

There have been added eighteen ornithological storage (moth-proof) cases to take care
of the study series of bird-skins which are stored in the annex, also two walnut, plate-glass
exhibition cases for the entomological section.

The Public Works Department has begun excavating the basement in the Provincial Museum,
and when this is completed all the valuable study material, ornithological, anthropological, and
mammals, which are stored in the wooden annex at the rear, will be removed and placed in the
basement, which will be practically free from danger of fire and from probable loss in other ways.

Many applications have been made from teachers throughout the Province for scientific
literature to assist them in teaching nature-studies to their pupils. It has been impossible for
the Director to supply the same; the only literature we have on hand are the Annual Reports,
in which the scientific research-work is noted throughout the year.

f During the year the Herbarium has been greatly enriched by a large number of specimens
~ added, which were mentioned in last year’s report in the botanical section.

By an agreement between the Director of this Department and Mr. R. G. McConnell, Deputy
Minister of the Geological Survey, Ottawa, the collection of Cryptograms made by Professor
John Macoun were to be taken over by this Department for storage and safe-keeping, and a
{ division of the same was to be made between the Geological Survey and the Provincial Museum.
The division of these specimens has now been completed, and the collection of the Provincial

Museum has been enriched by over 4,000 specimens which were collected by Professor John
Macoun and named by himself and other authorities. These specimens have now been catalogued
me and added to the collection, the balance having been turned over to the Geological Survey, Ottawa.

The manuscript for the Check-list of the Flora of Vancouver Island is being completed and
it is hoped to have it in the printer’s hands within the next few weeks. In this work we have
been greatly assisted by the late Professor Macoun and his son, the late J. M. Macoun.

R8 British CoLuMBIA. : 1921

IN MEMoRIAM.

Professor John Macoun, one of the oldest members of the Ottawa Field Naturalists’ Club,
died at Sidney, Vancouver Island, B.C., on July 18th, 1920, in his ninetieth year. He was
born at Maralin, Ireland, about 20 miles from Belfast, on April 17th, 1831. He came to Canada
in 1850.

In 1872 Mr. Macoun accompanied Sir Sanford Fleming as Botanist on an expedition to the
West to explore and determine the line for the first transcontinental railway, now known as the
Canadian Pacific.

In 1875 Mr. Macoun was appointed Botanist to an expedition in the Peace River country
under the leadership of the late Dr. Alfred Selwyn, then Director of the Geological Survey,
Ottawa, and in 1881 was appointed Botanist to the Dominion Government, although he had, at
intervals, been doing work for the Government since 1872.

Perhaps the strongest trait in Professor Macoun’s character was a sympathetic understanding
of his fellow-men, one that made him hosts of friends and a much-sought adviser in questions of
doubt and difficulty. The honesty of his opinion and the straightforwardness with which his
advice was given, in conjunction with his sympathetic manner of giving it, secured for him a
respect and affection that lasted a lifetime. His wonderful magnetism and ready tact constituted
him a leader of men, and had his great abilities turned to statesmanship he would have been a
great power for the good of his country. He was a true Imperialist and a firm believer in the
strength and integrity of the British Empire. ;

He had many strong and outstanding personal characteristics. His determination and
perseverance are marked through all his early explorations, and many accounts might be related
where it was nothing but sheer determination that carried him safely through perilous and
exhaustive situations.

The late Professor Macoun was the highest authority on botanical research in Canada. His
loss will be keenly felt not only by the Department in Ottawa with which he had been so long
connected, but also by the Provincial Museum in Victoria, to which he was a constant
contributor and visitor.

ACCESSIONS.

Leg-bones of humpbacked whale taken at Kyuquot Station and presented to the Provincial

Museum by Mr. W. Lawson, Vice-President of the Consolidated Whaling Corporation, Victoria,

in January, 1920.

Log of wood, Douglas Fir (Pseudotsuga mucronata), showing portion of tree which had been
cut into many years ago and how Nature provides for the covering of the hewn part. Presented
by Mr. ®. W. Haskell, Red Gap, B.C., March, 1920.

‘Collection of Fungi, Musci, Lichens, Hepatic, and Algz. Collected and presented by
Professor John Macoun, Sidney, B.C., April, 1920.

Plants collected and presented by: Dr. C. F. Newcombe, W. B. Anderson, W. R. Carter,
W. A. Newcombe, J. G. French, Victoria, B.C.; Professor J. K. Henry, Vancouver, B.C.; and
Miss Susan Beaman, Prince Rupert, B.C.

Fork-tailed Gull (Xema sabinei), taken at Glacier Point, Sooke, B.C., and presented by
Mr. J. G. French, October, 1920. ;

Log of wood containing larva of Long-horned Beetle (Prionus californicus). Presented
by Mr. C. R. Pooley, Cobble Hill, January, 1921.

Two specimens of White-winged or Iceland Gull (Larus leucopterus), collected by Mr.
William McKay, Kildonan, V.I., January and February, 1921.

PUBLICATIONS OF OTHER INSTITUTIONS.

(Alphabetically arranged.)

American Museum of Natural History, New York City ................... t:
Art Institute of Chicago, LIMOS wx tee nes Cer orlered si ties gee eels era ee eer oe 7 :
Alpine Club, Journal; *Bantl, Alberta’... tie sos c ees este. hie ieee sate ene 1
Archeological Society of Ontario, Toronto, Ont. .................0.--000e 1
British, Museum, ondon ingldnd! Sosa: nies een al- we eee eee 6

Carried Porard eo He S CPs woes HRN Biden awh ee han to 16

11 Gro. 5 Provincia Muspum Report. R 9

PUBLICATIONS OF OTHER INSTITUTIONS—Continued.

LEONE. jf) UES 8.0.0 5 53> OTC 6 BO ORI O Oe AUR OT ODOC CE OO cn as 16
Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences, Brooklyn, N.Y. ................. i
BUCCAL ZOLESCLEN COM VIII LA oy Derma ayete rata layolajatevers © ecsjotm ejedetels cy aftusiace ee eisle + vieecods 2
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, Cal. ..................--- lal
CAMTKOLMI AMO MLV ELSIE ye DODKele yA sO AIE ier. ele shes my vere leis sieyert ole Sed cane tone 9
AME STO MAVEISE TO plo UEUS Ue I, Elser ares +.c:cieeeie of ceo ctrsloneieis's @.s sive aves oe oe + 00s 2
OiuAaTIEStOn. MaISeLini es Ola eESTONA s1©. as 1s cri! cicte-cte ete elotees cle ees 6 eins da secede 6
Childrens MuscummoteBostons Boston, Mass; 28.2 oc scctece belt cleecoee sce ces 2
Ae TbyeeAOe ee MINT SETI ms Eas OMS AVON crepalare eel e jae: si @eiel(o12,0)'eUeve «ete fs) suc aifeipr sieves «ote 6
Colorado Museum of Natural History, Denver, Col. ...................... 1
Doninion.Government Publications! Ottawa -. 0. ..n. sw. cet ewe ee ove es ne 19
WS HrObs MIS HEILeTOLONLUS: IO CTOU, IMIICHE, ae. ccc. csc ate clsie se acs ieee se eca Sfereue a ena. e 9
FEV OT CUTS ETT OLLU CuO MMaL teeters Ne ePorcve cis ectows Picasso pueke cieleie steve s afe.oid «thee a Wess 5
Grand Rapids Publie Library, Grand Rapids, Mich. ....................... 2
Mlinets State Natural History ‘Survey, Urbana, Ill. ..................c.a.- 6
MIA OLIOONSLESS NV VAS MIMS TON.) ADO iat clsic osc sleepers. s cieistela dics oe pes viele eis 1

PePloomuisianaestaten Museum: New Orleans; als... 225. sca ssc. ce cece cece ose 2
Wa CHES TST VUOS CTIA sr HITT OUAT GY srasernieve sent dicic sic Teeoepouereiaye Sota s arelta ect eatelccwlecns 2
EAU VTISC LIM ssl] CaO tee VAT. acai oeetstevchcloracchetas + e\outcalel a See a ote aren lee eels Sila eevee 1
Mi ATIKCe RE DIG SVE SEU y, WISCONSIN 5.5) 0 ane cueret- thee che sels 6 © ss.c7e a cs weg ees 1
MMMe AMOS Min Shc Oh eAGUS: VEINS treme) ys ieracsicv<yeicctle wi ccche eve cout ele elo ee dere» 9
MINES OLA UVES UE ye VMITIN ee oe rece ceetagewe-«. eelecus hus wes slo ee sicleeiactee cele s il
NCTA ote INS eA TESS BOStOMMUMIASS on Wasa cle cask ova ce asec eaeiicvhlowenes 8
IVE D EASA OME LS Ny mum COMM ING De ces stsic.O 18 Rages cial schol se cre: ops oe ei ece-e 40g eve sveleie 4
ING Vat Ollcels One mIUC A Gard eOmcN Vien cis scaleteuvtstela sla slsttivicne ele oc.eieclelele steve ce Baee 2
Ohio Agricultural Experimental Station, Wooster, Ohio ................... 15
NOG yar UMS IU TA es eh) CIM POV US Semmens oie ei etiaile, Sai ch a Gicte «lols leyerieie wee lore 'o dons cies atauelel sw ee, @ 1
Peabody Museum, Yale University, New Haven, Conn. .........+........... 10
Wonnisyivaniae VuUseUMmeand WmMiversity =... -.ceebtsets cs. ec tees. sseeces 5
Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, Pa. .....................0000. 2
RoOcsuAWVa IAMS sbark: Museum, Providence, R.L ss .i. feces se sccm cas ecw 7
SOIHSOMIA Ne MStILULOn eNWasning ton, IG... cogs eecleic. sjeterem siecle cece nena 34
NiatcipiSiand snstibucey New Brighton, NoY. i cenecere sole cus cade ee ces cases 6
SVT VARIN SCUMM PA TIS UDI Sm cre leter ela le feeuss ites» v cists e: cite Siasvinjos) ais1q wine slate lets siete il
UnitedeStates Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. .............. 2
WUMiIMeISI pyr OLA ASHINGTONA SCALtIe) WWASDS: .). ..0 5 cries veces ens csee ce eseeenee if
Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia, Pa. ...................... ill
OO OPAC TIS OCLCUYA SINC WW, sO ING Xs -2 <seleinie 6 ste wie Sever lacie vie aleie's sieleicls unt eves 2
OOO RICA mSOCleby, se nila GOLD MTar: Pae ic .).)0 2 cele clle.e)cttis © « s vlels oiicis clam ols ve ie 1

MOvalianccsin tvs chokes COORDS okt ODT ne COST ee he ae Soa 216

The thanks of the Department are extended to the contributors, also to others who haye
assisted in the securing of collections and identifications of specimens, namely: Dr. C. F.
Newcombe, Victoria, B.C.; Professor J. K. Henry, Vancouver, B.C.; W. B. Anderson, Victoria,
B.C.; E. W. Nelson, Chief Biological Survey, Washington, D.C., and staff.

Also to the following scientists, whose names are alphabetically arranged, for the determina-
tion of entomological specimens: Drs. W. Barnes and A. W. Lindsey, Decatur, Ill.; Mr. August
Busck, Washington, D.C.; Dr. H. G. Dyar, Washington, D.C.; Dr. J. H. MeDunnough, Ottawa,
Ont.; Dr. R. Ottolengui, New York, N.Y.; Dr. H. Skinner, Philadelphia, Pa; Mr. L. W. Swett,
Lexington, Mass.

BOUNTIES OF WOLVES.

According to the Orders in Council passed under the ‘‘ Game Protection Act,” all applications
for bounties on wolves must be sent to the Director of the Provincial Museum for verification.
It is interesting to note that for the year 1920 the Government was only called upon to pay
the bounty on 124 wolves, the bounty on which was $15 per head. It will be noticed that most

R 10 British CoLuMBIA. 1921

of these applications have come from the Northern Coast and Northern Interior of the Province,
very few applications for bounties being made south of the main line of the Canadian Pacific
Railway, and I have no record of any applications being made on a wolf that was killed on
Vancouver Island during the year.

The following is a list of the persons to whom bounties were paid during the year 1920 :—

GBs Coles WESlin. Take Ae ece sitsole eats alana (eleee Sicael tie ake See hey ae io) 3 ane 17
Cua Irvine, Teslin: Gale, . ssc ca8.2 beets cei ooo eae emer epee ete eve el -el anes en eee 13
I. Director, Prince “RUperet.. ob sivcig enc khe lathe = o's senshi os eee eee ey eee 13
A. J. Phillipson, Prince Rupert .......-..-s-.--+-s ‘dpi Rinses a ee 12
R Boyd Younes ,PortSimpsonw. sc cnr cess 3: 2s eke 12
Efudson’s: Bay- Company. (various localities) \ oe. are teers ee eee 10°
Ra Williams» CorkidOnw Bay seca eww & alannah teckel le eaten ae ne eee 8
AO: Christenson; Bella.iCoola 24.52% cect oamis ascites Sasi ie eee 3
Rio Wilsons Primee WRUPertys iste ore pcccieue uit sun eel pence aerate le nets alee 3
W..-Goldbloom, Prince Rupert —2 sj. (sce «eee oe nee aed oii eee ee 2
Stephen . Cook; Adlert=Bay sya hdc alec ehscuie cdenel eye ot eure oh cid tye 2 |
Walter Seott, Simoon-Soumd) tcaccc0 < ne cme) vee ahteneteie eee ie esate eee ee 2
AS Enockson, Prince Rapert sss cies soe ieee ee eee 2
JE. Ornheim; Prince Rupert oan... 5 sscsssac eres seeeie oat ee ere eee 2
Wi, Planagan, Rivers Simletis 7 icieccccis le «1 ccels oe toss olraletniis leks labe)oleud aleteio| ete eens 2 Pf
Ja LO Nygaard): Bella Coola ir sta orvere conus 6 cuetPerde) = .olasiaiel erst iao re eee 2
G. A. Kelly.) Blondin® Harbour... ay./05 aha aoe ecb ewe eyes ie «eo ee 2
Charles Kilbourne; Simoon-Soumds <2) 25) s specs a= eeteleeets oe 2) ee 1
AS AN Gersoni Sota accps atin cotste oe cre ci ees esle olla sepia ope deevereenee sno al
Mose! King; SimooneSound een cis nek rete taretcie oie terrier allt
Herbert’ Wait Swanson: Bayi sem serrccie ie cisrsteivate re tieist ieee eteiohe ie een af
A. Harquharson;, Harbled oy Uslai dei eyetetet crete ls enc) ener otens) =i el etel ella) ene 1
Barnett -Dopp};Port Sti DoW xe. cee ielas eee 6 toe el icine ee 1
Je WE ING. Prince Ruperts pratuer ck caters ieee ate Male ttaetal siete ate ernie ee Al:
Albert Michand "Terrace: «.::<cicee cou cinco iene rie ee eee eis OE s].
Ff. Knowles, Hartley Baty’ 252 strenciyeaets ererateyavs anes ispoher eel oie ieee elegant ioe ee i:
W.. Purl; Port: Simpson: ochre Geyser siclehecakeim oi ciet hice aes toes tee aie cloak eee E
Hs Roberts), VANCOUVER: cc... sic\5 cee oleystete atone cries echelons adele torches tert eee Mead >
A. Muchibaner, Atlin’ +. 2%. 55.5 s:i55 Aeuesenas cheer steued= Mrote ioteleal-palena ie? ene Sle ieee eee 1
D: Johnson; SwanSon Bay © .5 = 6s suelecuste ayes sietsieyessekell> skal) oats fetena ale ie ee ee of!
Ti. J. duewis; Marpole ix. ci.ciscm ors fase baronsi techs one erence ie acai veka ou ail
Charles -Bibeauy Stewart. <.é.. .« «<0 Sievebersyermieh= nei ccvedenas siaueie tie tateiel ct oieee eae ieee a
J. Rogers, Prince “Rupert” + cys ceteris eae el eue neers teense eho tet a= ke A
P; Brozart, Prince Rupert’... oe .ii.tepo miele 2 see sys een stebene bs eyes pelea tele tee cb
Nc) 02) Gn eee T= es ae RL eS Gh mn Sleds goog > oe 124

Several coyotes have been turned in with the timber-wolves by persons making applications
for bounty; these, however, have been identified as coyotes, and bounty refused unless the pelts
were turned in to the Government to receive the Government bounty, which is only $2 on this
animal.

MAMMALS.

Notes ON THE OCCURRENCE OF A HUMPBACKED WHALE HAVING HIND LEGs.

On January 8th, 1920, the Director took up with Mr. W. Lawson, the Vice-President of the
Consolidated Whaling Corporation, Limited, Victoria, B.C., the notes which had appeared in
the press in reference to a humpbacked whale having been taken at Kyuquot Station, on the
west coast of Vancouver Island, which had leg-bones attached to the lower extremities of the
body; this being noted by the Director as a most unusual occurrence; in fact, the first record
known of any of these large animals haying such an extraordinary growth.

Mr. Lawson presented these bones to the Proyincial Museum. The Director received the
following data from Mr. S. C. Ruck, who for a number of years was Managing Director of the

11 Guo. 5 ProvinciaL Museum Report. [eeu li

Consolidated Whaling Corporation, Limited, but now of the Vancouver Island Whaling Company,
which will be of special interest, and is here copied :—

“T enclose herewith three photographs showing the unusual development of the pelvic
rudiments in a whale captured at the Kyuquot Station last July, of which you have the bones.
It is to be regretted that better pictures in evidence of this unprecedented development were
not obtained.

“T have been connected with the whaling industry for twenty-two years, and during my
time have come in contact with prominent naturalists, such as Professor True, of the Smith-

_ sonian Institution; Professor Lucas, of the Natural History Museum, Brooklyn; and Professor

Andrews, of the Natural History Museum, New York; and neither in their experience nor mine
have the protrusion of the pelvic bones beyond the body ever been seen or heard of.

; “This particular whale was a female humpback of the average length, with elementary legs
protruding from the body about 4 feet 2 inches, covered with blubber about ™% inch thick.

“ As shown in the best photograph, these legs protruded on either side of the genital opening;
the left leg was cut off by the crew of the vessel and lost, and the point at which it was cut
off is clearly shown in the photograph. The end of the leg seen in the pjcture terminated in
a kind of round knob like a man’s clenched fist.

“The two bones of the leg which you have are connected by cartilage, which I was informed
had shrunk about 10 inches, and possibly more by this time. At any rate, the total length of
the leg before it was cleaned of the blubber and flesh was, as before stated, about 4 feet 2 inches
from the body.

issn Oe KeL

Later, Mr. Roy Chapman Andrews, Assistant Curator of Mammals of the American Museum
of Natural History, New York, who had done a tremendous amount of work monographing
the whales of the world, heard of these most unusual appendages, and writing the Director of
the Provincial Museum, asked for information regarding the same. These specimens were loaned
to Mr. Andrews, who is preparing a paper on the same. ‘Extracts from his letters no doubt
will be of great interest, and are as follows :—

August 2nd, 1920. ‘‘ The special excuse for this letter is to ask about some so-called exterior
limb bones which were discovered on a humpback whale taken on the west coast of Vancouver
Island. My friend, Mr. Sidney Ruck, of the Whaling Company, told me that one of the legs
was sent to the Museum, and I shall be interested to know if you have it there; also, what the
thing is like. Are there actual bones or is it only tissue and blubber? I am very much interested
in the subject, and if you can give me any information I will be very grateful.

“ Roy CHAPMAN ANDREWS.”

September 20th, 1920. “ When I returned from my vacation two days ago I found the
whale-bones which you sent awaiting me. I am tremendously interested in them, for they
represent a phase in evolution of which I have never seen any evidence in all the whales which
I have investigated, and I should greatly like to publish a short paper on the bones, and want
to ask whether or not you have any objections to my doing so. Will you not let me know as
soon as possible about it, for I want to take up the matter of its preparation immediately if
you are willing.

' “Roy CHAPMAN ANDREWS.”

October 7th, 1920. ‘“‘ Many thanks for your letter of September 27th, giving me permission
to publish a paper on the external leg-bones of the humpback whale which you so kindly loaned
for our inspection. I will, of course, be glad to acknowledge our indebtedness to Mr. Lawson
and Mr. Ruck, and will have a number of separates sent to you.

“Roy CHAPMAN ANDREWS.”

INSECTIVOROUS MAMMALS, FAMILY Sonricipa.
Distribution of Species occurring in British Columbia.

Shrews, or shrew-mice, as they are often named from their mouse-like form, belong to the
true Insectivores. So like are these animals to mice and rats that they are often erroneously
confused with them, although they are easily distinguishable by their long pointed snouts, their
Tounded ears closely pressed to the sides of the head, and the characteristics of the first pair

B12 British CoLuMBIA. 4921

of front incisor teeth; those of the upper jaw being long and generally sickle-shaped, with a
more or less distinct cusp at the base of their hinder border, while in the lower jaw they are
long and project horizontally forwards, in some instances curving upward at the tips, and, with
the exception of perhaps one African species, have only six teeth on each side of the lower jaw. ie

With the exception of a few species which have taken to an aquatic life, the shrews are :
terrestrial and nocturnal in their habits. Shrews have a wider distribution than any other
family of the Insectivores and comprise a far larger number of species. me

Until quite recent years there appears to have been a diversified opinion in the nomenclature
applied to many of our shrews.

In 1895 three papers by C. Hart Merriam and Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., were published by the
United States Department of Agriculture (Division of Ornithology and Mammalogy) in the
“North American Fauna,’ No, 10, revising the shrews of the American genera Blarina and
Notiosorer; the long-tailed shrews of the Eastern United States; and a general synopsis of
the American shrews of the genus Soregz. From this revision we are able to some extent to
classify the shrews occurring within our limits.

From a perusal of these papers it is proposed here to briefly outline the earlier-known history
of our shrews, which may be acceptable to some of our readers interested in the study of our
smaller mammals. -

For a long period the short-tailed shrews of the genera Blarina and Notiosorexr, which so
far as we know do not occur within our limits, were included in the genus Sorez, and were first -
separated by Gray in 1838 under the name of Blarina proposed as a subgenus; in 1842 Blarina
was raised to full generic rank by Lesson; Baird in 1857 divided the genus Blarina in two
sections according to the number of teeth, and Coues in 1877 recognized and named these sections
as subgenera, Blarina proper with thirty-two teeth and Soriciscus with thirty; the reduction
being in the unicuspids, of which there are five in Blarina proper, as in true Sorex, and only
four in Soriciscus. The lost tooth in the latter subgenus is the second premolar.

The first short-tailed shrews known to naturalists were two specimens secured by Mr. Say,
naturalist to Major Long’s expedition to the Rocky Mountains in Hastern Nebraska, a few miles
north of the present City of Omaha. These two specimens curiously became the types of the
largest and smallest species of the genus Blarina, and later of the two subgenera into which the ~
genus was split, collected during the winter of 1819-20 and described by Mr. Say in 1823, the
larger as Sorex brevicaudus, the smaller as Sorex parvus.

Long-tailed Shrews of the Genus Sorex.

The first account of an American marsh-shrew was published in 1828, when Richardson
described Sorex palustris, an animal he had found frequenting the borders of lakes in the region
between Hudson Bay and the Rocky Mountains. In 1857 Baird placed Sorex palustris among the
species unknown to him, but which he considered as probably worthy of recognition, at the same
time describing the new genus Neosorex and the species Neosorer navigator from Washington.

Our first accurate knowledge of Sorex palustris dates from 1890, when: Dr. Dobson figured
the teeth of the type specimen, and in another paper published the same year discussed the
validity of the genus Neosorer, coming to the conclusion that Sorex palustris and Neosorexr
navigator are the same, and that Neosorex, so far from being a genus, cannot even be recognized
as a subgenus; a year later Dr. Merriam recorded Sorex palustris from Idaho, at the same time
remarking that he considered Neosorer a very good subgenus.

The type specimen of Sorex palustris is in the British Museum; while its condition is such ©
as to furnish no evidence, it was deemed necessary to judge the old descriptions on their own
merits, and as all the early accounts of Sorer palustris refer to its pale, ash-grey belly, and as
the geographical range, indefinite though it is, coincides with that of the Western animal, it is .
proper to apply the name to the latter.

That the type of Sorex palustris is a Neosorer and not an Atophyrav is shown by the teeth,
which are nearly unworn; Neosorer is confined to North America, and, although not closely ’
related to the Old World Crossopus, shows a remarkable comparison with the latter, both in
habits and external appearance, both being aquatic, inhabiting marshes and the borders of
streams.

All American shrews have two pelages commonly known as winter and summer coats, and,
as is usual among small mammals, the moult takes place at different dates among individuals

te

4

1a Guo. 5. Provincia Musrum Report. Lit als

of the same species, and it is not uncommon to take specimens in different pelages on the same

_day in the same locality. The winter pelage is usually plumbeous, dusky or ash grey; the
summer pelage, sepia brown or chestnut. In defining the various species, identification has been
largely based on cranial and dental characters, such as the size and form of the brain-case,
breadth of palate, length and degree of attenuation of the rostrum, and the breadth of the
interorbital construction, while size and depth of emargination of the molariform teeth and the
proportion of the unicuspidate teeth are the chief factors of dentition.

Comparatively little field-work has been done in British Columbia collecting our smaller
mammals, many areas being untouched, where further research may furnish new material and
in some instances would undoubtedly extend the geographic distribution known to us at the
present time. ;

The following species occur within our limits :-—

Sorex personatus Geoffroy St. Hilaire. Type locality, Eastern United States (exact locality

'unknown). Distributed throughout the Boreal and Transition Zones of North America from

New England to Alaska. Specimens identified from Glacier; Field; Cariboo Lake; Sicamous;
Mount Baker Range.

Sorer sphagnicola Coues. Type loeality, vicinity of Fort Laird, B.C., about latitude 60.
Geographie distribution, sub-arectic America from extreme Northern British Columbia (and
probably Alaska) to Hudson Bay.

Sorex setosus Elliot. Type locality, Happy Lake, Clallam County, Olympic Mountains,
Washington. - Two specimens in the collection of the Provincial Museum from Khutze Inlet, B.C.,
recently identified, are placed here.

Sorex vagrans Baird. Type locality, Shoalwater Bay, Washington. Range, Southern British
Columbia, Western Washington and Oregon, and Northern California (south on the coast to
Monterey and in the mountains to old Fort Crook and Cassel). Restricted to Lower Boreal
and Upper Transition Zones. Specimens identified from Port Moody; Sumas; Mount Baker
Range; Okanagan.

Sorex vancouverensis Merriam. Type from Goldstream, Vancouver Island, B.C. General
characters similar to S. vagrans, but larger, with decidedly larger fore feet and much darker
coloration. Range, so far as we know, confined to Vancouver Island, where specimens from
Victoria and Sahtlam, Parksville, Errington, and Alberni are identified as this species.

Sorex obscurus Merriam. Type locality, Timber Creek, Salmon River Mountains, Idaho;
altitude, 8,200 feet. Geographic distribution, British Columbia and mountains of Western
Washington; Idaho; Montana; Wyoming; Utah and Colorado; south along the high Sierra
Nevada in California to Mount Whitney. Restricted to Boreal Zone. Specimens identified
from Nelson; Ward; Field; Glacier; Golden; Cariboo Lake; Sicamous; Sumas; Port Moody ;
also Goldstream and Comox, on Vancouver Island.

Sorex obscurus longicauda Merriam. Type from Wrangell, South-east Alaska. Sorex obscurus
is a strictly boreal species and in the United States it is exclusively a mountain animal, not
descending to base-level until British Columbia is reached. In the Puget Sound region, however,
and along the coast of Washington and thence northerly to Alaska it sends a representative all
the way down to sea-level. This representative is larger, has developed an exceedingly long tail,
and has taken on certain peculiarities of coloration, being described by Merriam as a subspecies,
in the belief that intergradation with obscurus takes place. Three specimens examined from
Port Moody, British Columbia, are more or less intermediate between S. longicauda and
S. obscurus.

Sorex longicauda elassodon Osgood (Queen Charlotte Shrew). Type from Cumshewa Inlet,
Moresby Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia collected June 18th, 1900, by W. H.
Osgood and HE. Heller. Specimens taken at Cumshewa; Skidegate; Masset.

Sorex longicauda prevostensis Osgood (Prevost Island Shrew). Type from Prevost Island,
Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia; collected July S5rd, 1900, by W. H. Osgood and
BE. Heller. Range, only known from Prevost Island, Q.C.I., and differing from the shrews of
Graham and Moresby Islands to a greater degree than from the Mainland species S. longicauda,

Sorex trowbridgi Baird. Type locality, Astoria, Oregon. Ranges throughout Western Wash-
ington and Oregon, west of the Cascade Range. Museum specimens taken at Sumas are identified
as this species.

R 14 BririsH CoLuMBIA. 1921

Sores palustris navigator (Neosorex) Baird. ‘Type locality unknown, stated to be Fort
Vancouver, Washington, but probably northern Idaho. Geographic distribution, the Rocky —
Mountains and outlying ranges from British Columbia to Southern Colorado and the Sierra
Nevada of California, south to the Sequoia National Park. Specimens identified from Nelson;
Cranbrook; Lillooet; Atlin; Lake District, near Victoria, Vancouver Island. .

Sorex bendirii (Atophyrar) Merriam. Type, Klamath Basin, Oregon. Range, Klamath
Basin, Oregon, northward along east side of Cascade Range to Puget Sound, westward to coast
of California and south to Sonoma County. Museum specimens taken at Sumas are referred _
to this species.

A number of small mammal-skins were sent to Mr. Edward Nelson, Chief, Biological Survey,
Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C., early in the year for identification, and these,
haying been identified by members of his staff, were returned in April. The identifications of
the Sorex and Neosorex have been made by Dr. Jackson, who is engaged on a eritieal study
of these groups, and the Peromyscus by Mr. Howell and Mr. Preble.

The following is the list of mammals sent and identified :—

Peromyscus.

(Catalogue No. of Skins with Corresponding Skulls.)

297. Peromyscus maniculatus borealis. 409. Peromyscus maniculatus artemisie.

298. Peromyscus maniculatus borealis. 411. Peromyscus maniculatus artemisie.

299. Peromyscus maniculatus borealis. 452. Peromyscus maniculatus artemisia.

304. Peromyscus maniculatus borealis. 4538. Peromyscus maniculatus artemisie.

805. Peromyscus maniculatus boredlis. 454. Peromyscus maniculatus artemisie.

308. Peromyscus maniculatus borealis. 457. Peromyscus maniculatus oreas.
Sorex.

(Catalogue No. of Skins with Corresponding Skulls.)

922. Sorex v. vagrans. 944. Sorex v. vagrans.
923. Sorex o. obscurus. 947. Sorex o. obscurus.
924. Sorex o. obscurus. 949. Sorex vancouverensis.
925. Sorex p. personatus. 950. Sorex o. setosus.
926. Sorex v. vagrans. 952. Sorer vancouverensis.
931. Sorex v. obscurus. 961. Sorex v. vagrans.
932. Sorex v. obscurus. 962. Sorex v. vagrans.
934. Sorex v. obscurus. 963. Sorex v. vagrans.
938. Sorex v. obscurus. 974. Sorer v. vagrans.
940. Sorex v. obscurus.

(No. of Skins with no Skulls.)
948. Sorex o. obscurus. 957. Sorer vancouverensis.

951. Sorex o. setosus.
Neosorez.

(Catalogue No. of Skins with Corresponding Skulls.)

977. Neosorexr p. navigator. 982. Neosorer p. navigator.
978. Neosorexr p. nuvigator. _983. Neosorex p. navigator.
979. Neosorexr p. navigator. 984. Neosorex p. navigator.
980. Neosorer p. navigator. 985. Neosorer p. navigator.

981. Neosorer p. navigator.

Somer Novrres oN THE HARLIER-KNOWN HIstTorY OF THE CHIROPTERA, WITH LIST OF THOSE
SPECIES OCCURRING IN BRITISH COLUMBIA.

Of our smaller mammals no order of such magnitude with such a wide geographical
distribution produces a greater field for research than the Chiroptera, inhabiting, as it does,
the Eastern and Western Hemispheres to the northern and southern limits of tree-growth,
extending in the Pacific Ocean from America to Hawaii and the Galapagos Islands, and from
Asia to New Zealand, Samoa, the Caroline and Ladrone Islands.

11 Gro. 5 ProvincraL Museum Reporv. Riis

Bats are distinguished from all other mammals by possessing the power of true flight like
that of birds, their fore-limbs being specially modified for this purpose, resulting in the order
to which they belong being appropriately named Chiroptera, or hand-winged.

Certain other mammals such as the flying squirrels of genus Sciwropterus and the flying
phalangers have a spurious flight, which is nothing more than an extension of an upward or
downward leap by the aid of parachute-like expansions of the skin of the sides of the body,
and cannot be extended upward beyond the limits of the impetus of the original leap.

“The essential characteristic of all bats is their power of flight, and so far as we know no
clue has been discovered by scientists among the extinct fauna of which we have knowledge
which in any way connects them with other mammals, but it has been found that, in their
essential structure, bats are so closely allied to the Insectivores, such as shrews and moles, that
many naturalists express little doubt of their derivation from the ancestral forms of that order,
and think it probable that the power of true flight was developed gradually from spurious flight.

Like many of our smaller mammals, classification has been based largely on dental characters,
which differ very materially in the genera living on various foods.

The great majority of bats feed solely on insects and have their cheek-teeth furnished with
a number of sharp cusps; the fruit-eating bats comprising the so-called flying foxes or fruit-bats
of the warmer regions of the Old World, and among them the largest representatives of the order
are characterized by the molars having nearly or quite smooth crowns, elongated from back to

front and divided by a deep longitudinal groove; while the blood-sucking bats of South America

have the front teeth specially modified for piercing the skin of animals.

The bats often locally called “ leather-bats ” or “ flittermice,” in which our particular interest
is centred, inhabit the temperate regions, are insect-feeding, and belong to the family Vesper-
tilionide; these bats, being dependent for their nourishment upon a full supply of insects, must
in winter either migrate to warmer regions or hibernate.

To what extent some of our bats migrate appears to be imperfectly understood, but that
bats migrate is an established fact; one of the earliest references made on the subject is by
our great authority, Dr. Dobson, in his Catalogue of the Chiroptera in the British Museum.

It is claimed that of European species probably with one exception they hibernate, but on
the American Continent we find in the “Transaction of the Royal Society of Canada,’ V.,
Section V., page 8d, where Dr. C. Hart Merriam shows conclusive evidence of two of the
American bats, Lasionycteris noctivagans and Lasiurus cinerius, have regular periods of
migration, and Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., in his revision of the North American bats of the family
Vespertilionide, records his observations at Highland Light, Cape Cod, Massachusetts, during
the months of August and September, 1890 and 1891, where he observed the migration of the
same two species together with Lasiurus borealis. From these and other recorded observations
it is fair to assume that the migration of bats is probably as definite as to dates and paths
as that of birds.

Bats seldom feed on the ground, most species feeding and drinking on the wing. Dr. Merriam
observes that ‘all North American bats, except when their habits have been modified by
proximity to man, may be classed as cave-dwelling or tree-dwelling, according to the places
in which they spend the day; as a rule the cave-dwelling species live in large colonies, while the
tree-dwelling live singly or in small companies.”

It is estimated by the highest authorities that little more than one-half of the living species
are known to science at the present time, and it may be interesting to trace to a small extent
the history and development of the classification of bats from the earliest naturalists.

Linnzeus in 1758 knew seven bats, all of which he placed in Vespertilio, the fourth and last
genus of the order Primates. In 1808, as recorded by Tiedemann, the order Chiroptera had
been recognized, while with the addition of the flying lemur the genera was only seven and the
species fourteen.

The real foundation for our present classification was laid by Gray in 1821, when he
published the first of his many papers on bats; Gray excluded the flying lemur, recognized
the two main subdivisions of the order made by Goldfuss in 1520, and applied to the names
of families the system of nomenclature now in use.

In 1827 Lesson in his “ Manuel de Mammalogie”’ once more associated the flying lemur with
the bats, making the group a division of the Carnivores.

R 16 British CoLuMBIA. 1924

‘A revision of the genera of bats of the family Vespertilionidee was made by Gray in 1838,
where he abandoned his earlier plan and adopted the main divisions introduced by Spix in his
“Simiarum et Vespertilionum Brasiliensium Species Novac,” published in 1828.

Peters in 1865 divided the group into 10 families and subfamilies, containing 59 genera.

Dr. Dobson described 401 species, 80 genera, and 14 families and subfamilies when he

published his Catalogue of the Chiroptera in the British Museum, 1878.

In 1904 Trouessart recorded 851 species, 122 genera, and 18 families and subfamilies, while
Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., whose revision of the North American bats of the family Vespertilionide
was published by the United States Department of Agriculture (Division of Biological Survey),
October 16th, 1897, as “ North American Fauna” No. 13, and ten years later while Assistant
Curator, Division of Mammals, United States Museum, after examining the material in all the
leading museums of Europe and America, wrote his work on the “ Families and Genera of Bats,”
published as Bulletin 57 by the Smithsonian Institute, in which he concluded at that time
among the known species at least 173 genera and 36 families should be recognized, being also
of the opinion that probably the total number of recognized bats will eventually exceed 2,000
named forms.

The following bats occur in the Province of British Columbia :—

Corynorhinus macrotis townsendii Cooper. Type locality, Columbia River, Oregon.
Geographic distribution, humid coast district of Oregon, Washington, and Southern British
Columbia. Specimens identified from Comox, Vancouver Island.

Myotis lucifugus alascensis Miller. Type from Sitka, Alaska? Ranges throughout the
humid coast district.of Southern Alaska and Northern British Columbia. Specimens identified
from Masset, Queen Charlotte Islands. A single specimen taken at Errington, Vancouver Island,
August 31st, 1910, has been provisionally referred to this form by H. S. Swarth.

Myotis yumanensis saturatus Miller. Type from Hamilton, Washington. Geographic
‘distribution, Transition Zone in Oregon, Washington, and British Columbia. Specimens
identified from Shuswap; Kamloops; Kultus Lake (near Chilliwack); Mount Lehman; Port
Moody; Sumas.

Myotis californicus caurinus Miller. Type from Masset, Queen Charlotte Islands, B.C.
Geographic distribution, the humid coast district of British.Columbia, Washington, and Oregon.
Specimens identified from Port Moody and Masset, Queen Charlotte Islands. ‘

Myotis subulatus Keenii Merriam (Keen’s Bat). Type locality, Masset, Queen Charlotte
Islands, B.C. Geographic distribution at present known from the type locality only. No doubt
occurs throughout most of the humid north-west coast district.

Myotis evotis H. Allen (Long-eared Bat). Type locality not stated, and no type designated ~

—possibly Monterey, California. Geographic distribution, Austral and Transition Zones from
the Pacific Coast to the eastern edge of the Rocky Mountains. Specimens identified from
Shuswap; Victoria.

Lasionycteris noctivagans Le Conte (Silver-haired Bat). Type locality, Eastern United
States. Geographic range, North America from the Atlantie to the Pacific. Museum specimens
from Okanagan and Sahtlam, Vancouver Island, are referred here. A single adult male was
taken at Skidegate, Queen Charlotte Islands, B.C., on the evening of June 10th, 1900. (W. H.
Osgood, “ North American Fauna,’ No. 21.) :

Vespertilio fuscus Beauyois (Brown Bat). Type locality, Philadelphia, Pa. Geographic
distribution, Austral, Transition, and lower edge of Boreal Zones throughout the United States

and British Provinces. Specimens identified from Ashcroft; Okanagan; Brrington, Vancouver.

Island.

Lasiurus cinereus Beauvois (Hoary Bat). Type locality, Philadelphia, Pa. Geographic
distribution, Boreal North America from Atlantic to Pacific. Museum specimens from Okanagan
and Victoria, B.C.

Tuer LIFE-HISTORY AND DISTRIBUTION OF MARMOTS.

True marmots inhabit the northern portions of both the Old and New Worlds; in the
southern portions of their range in the Old World these mammals are found only at considerable
elevation above sea-level, but in more northern districts like the Siberian steppes they are found
on the lowland plains.

The districts inhabited by all the Old World species, being desolate and barren, are usually

subject to intense heat in summer and cold in winter.

yet a4

——
‘

RFR 2%,

11 Gero. a ProvinciaAL Museum Report. {eaL7¢

In North America marmots are found distributed over a greater part of Canada and the
United States, having a number of vernacular names by which they are commonly known in
their geographic distribution.

In Eastern Canada, especially in the Province of Quebec, they are known by the name
“siffeur”’; in Ontario we hear of the woodchuck or ground-hog; the yellow-footed marmots
of Southern British Columbia are known as woodchucks or reckchucks, while the hoary marmots
of the mountains, the largest of our species, comparing favourably in size with the Alpine species
of the Old World, are commonly called whistlers.

The name “siffeur,” probably taking precedent, was applied to the woodchuck of Eastern
Canada by Baron La Hontan in 17038.

In 1748 Catesby described the Eastern woodchuck under the name of “‘ The Monax,” while
three years later Edwards published a more extended account under the title of “The Monax
or Marmotte of America,” his description furnishing the basis of the first technical name applied
to the species—Mus monazr Linneus.

For the next few years the name given to the genus underwent several changes until
Blumenbach in 1779 named the genus Marmota; however, this was upset the following year
by Schreber, who introduced the name Arctomys; while of later date than Blumenbach’s,
neyertheless received general acceptance and continued in common use for the marmots until
the early years of the present century, when the name Marmota was restored as the proper
appellation of the genus. (Trouessart, EB. L. Cat. Mamm. Suppl. 1904, page 343.)

The American marmots are naturally divided into three very distinct groups, as follows :—

Monazr group: All the Hastern woodchucks, the Canada woodchuck, the British Columbia
woodchuck, and the Ochraceous woodchuck of Alaska and Northern British Columbia.

Flaviventris group: All the yellow-footed marmots. :

Caligata group: The hoary marmot of the mountains, including the species caligata, ©
olympus, and vancouverensis. :

Marmots, although chiefly diurnal, are sometimes nocturnal in their habits, feeding mainly
on grass, succulent plants, and seeds; the Eastern species often doing considerable damage to
cultivated forage-crops both by eating and trampling underfoot, and occasionally much hayoe
is made by their visits to kitchen-gardens. These marmots, originally living in the woods,
prefer open clearings, where they are usually found in pairs or families, having their burrows
under rock-piles, stone walls, stumps, roots of trees, and often in open meadows.

The yellow-footed marmots prefer rocky hillsides, in the crevices of cliffs, or under rock-piles
in meadows, and are often abundant in the higher part of mountains, where they dwell more
or less in colonies, their food being similar to that of the Eastern species, but probably including
a greater proportion of native plants. These marmots also, when living at lower altitudes in
close proximity to settlement, are exceedingly destructive to cultivated crops.

More gregarious in their habits, like all the Old World species, hoary marmots in the
southern part of their range are always found about rock-slides around timber-line, but in

' Northern British Columbia and Alaska they are frequently found at low altitudes, often making

their burrows in open meadows or grassy hillsides; while little is known of their feeding habits,
it is generally conceded they feed like the other species.

They are extremely partial to fine weather, feeding during the summer months both early
and late, and are extremely fond of sunning themselves on their mounds or projecting rocks
where they feel safe from attack, spending a large part of their time during wet, dull, and
stormy weather in their burrows. As fall approaches they become less active, often only
appearing for a few hours during the hottest part of the day.

When alarmed they rush at once to the entrance of their burrows and sit up on their
hind-quarters to survey the scene and detect the danger. Should the enemy approach too close
a loud shrill whistle is uttered and they disappear into their burrows, reappearing after a time
to see if all danger is passed. The whistling of the hoary marmot, being more pronounced, can
be heard for a considerable distance; it is from this habit the name “ whistler” has been applied
and the name “ siffleur” to the woodchuck of Eastern Canada.

Marmots usually produce from four to six at a birth, the young of the Eastern and yellow-
footed species appearing about the latter part of May, while the hoary marmots probably breed
somewhat later. Little information on this point is at hand. Swarth states “that in Southern
Alaska young individuals of WV. c. caligata were seen running about in the middle of June, but

2

R 18 British CoLuMBIA. a = ~ 1920

on Vancouver Island during the first three weeks of July no young ones of WM. vancouverensis
had yet emerged from the burrows.”

Laying up no store of food for winter use,.all species of these marmots hibernate and become
dormant during winter for a period of from four to six months, hibernatmg from the middle
of September or October until the middle or latter part of March. Some of the yellow-footed
species have been known to retire as early as the middle of August, when weather is genial and ~
food abundant, the dates varying with the altitude and local condition, those individuals living
in the valleys denning up earlier than those living higher up the mountains; in mild winters
they occasionally appear at the mouth of their burrows in February, but re-enter their burrows
and again become dormant if the temperature falls. ; U

Of extinct and allied forms we know little. Remains of extinct species of Susliks oceur in
the higher Tertiary rocks of Europe, and the Upper Eocene beds of France produce evidence of
an extinct but apparently allied genus known as Plesispermophilus. More primitive are the
forms described as Plesiarctomys, which, while showing certain resemblances both to the marmots .
and squirrels, are found in the middle Tertiary deposits both of Europe and North America. _

Species known to British Columbia.

Marmota monar canadensis (Erxleben). Type locality given as Quebec, Canada. Distribu-
tion, greater part of interior of Canada from Great Slave Lake and York Factory, south to
Southern Alberta: (Red Deer), Central Saskatchewan (Cumberland House), Northern Wisconsin
and Michigan, Central Ontario, Southern Quebec, New Brunswick, and Nova Scotia.

“A single young specimen in very worn pelage from near the head of Finlay River, British —
Columbia, seems referable to canadensis, but with more material from this region may necessitate
its reference to ochracea.” (A. H. Howell.)

Marmota monaz petrensis (British Columbia Woodchuck). Type from Revelstoke, British
Columbia; collected May 12th, 1890, by W. Spreadborough. Distribution, interior ranges of
Southern British Columbia and adjacent parts of United States; from Barkeryille, British
Columbia, south to Thompson Pass, Idaho. Specimens identified from Barkeryille; Glacier;
Revelstoke.

Marmota monas ochracea Swarth (Ochraceous Woodchuck). Type locality, head of 40-Mile
Creek, Alaska. Distribution, interior mountain ranges of Yukon and Northern British Columbia
from 40-Mile Creek south to the Babine Mountains. Specimens identified from Babine mountains ;
Pike River, Atlin; Takla Lake. A short series of skulls without skins from Stuart Lake is ;
provisionally referred to this race.
; Two museum specimens, Nos. 247 and 248, collected at Pike River, Atlin, July 29th, 1914,
and identified as this species by Mr. A. H. Howell, Biological Survey, Washington, show two
varying phases—No. 247, an immature female, being very dark blackish brown all over, with
the exception of a few greyish hairs on nostrils and lower lip. Indians and whites who are well
acquainted with this locality state that whole colonies of marmots of this colour have been
observed by them. The other, No. 248, also an immature female, is a pale reddish cinnamon
tipped with a very pale reddish buff, giving it a bicolour appearance; under-parts cinnamon
rufous. With such phases occurring it is very desirable to have a large series of skins with
skulls from this particular locality. .

According to Mr. Howell in his revision of the genus, published in 1915, “ Melanism is most
strongly developed in the subspecies Marmota caligata vigilis, occupying the region around :
Glacier Bay, Alaska, and that no purely black specimens of 2. monazv have been seen, but a ~
melanistic phase is rather common in New York and New England.” :

Marmota flaviventris avara Bangs (Pallid Yellow-bellied Marmot). Type locality,

Okanagan, British Columbia. Distribution, interior valleys and foot-hills of Southern British :
Columbia and Eastern Washington and Oregon. Specimens identified from Ashcroft; Cascade;
Midway; Nicola Valley; Okanagan; Penticton; Vernon. .

Marmota caligata caligata (Hschscholtz) (Northern Hoary Marmot). Type locality, Bristol —
Bay, Alaska. Distribution, Alaska and Yukon from the Portland Canal, north on the coast to
Bristol Bay, and in the interior to the Endicott Range and the mountains lying westward of
Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie. Specimens identified from Bennett; Cheonee Mountains; Atlin.

Marmota caligata orytona Hollister (Robson Hoary Marmot). Type locality, head of Moose
Pass, branch of Smoky River, Alberta; altitude, 7,200 feet. Distribution. interior of Northern

pete, a3
=, Ses
;

x
-
a

- 11 Gro. 5 Provincia Musrum Report. R 19

British Columbia and Southern Yukon, from Teslin Lake and Laird River south to Barkerville,
British Columbia, and the Mount Robson region of British Columbia and Alberta. Specimens
identified from mountains near Babine; Barkeryille; Finlay, River; Laurier Pass; Level
Mountain; McConnell Creek; Moose Pass; Moose River (North Fork); Sheslay River; Stuart
Lake; Sustut Mountains; Thudade Lake.

Marmota caligata okanagana (King) (Okanagan Hoary Marmot). Type locality. Gold
Range, British Columbia. Distribution, Gold and Selkirk Ranges, British Columbia, and probably
main range of the Rocky Mountains in Alberta from Banff to Henry House; exact limits unknown.
Specimens identified from Field; Glacier; Spillimacheen River; Toad Mountain, south of
Nelson.

Marmota caligata cascadensis Howell (Cascade Hoary Marmot). Type locality, Mount
Rainier, Washington; altitude, 6,000 feet. Distribution, Cascade Range at and above timber-
line from Mount Rainier, Washington, north to Southern British Columbia. Specimens identified
from mountains near Chilliwack; Hope; Howe Sound; Mount Baker Range near United States
Boundary; Skagit River; Spences Bridge; Tammi Hy Mountain.

Marmota vancouverensis Swarth (Vancouyer Island Marmot). Type locality, Mount Douglas,
near Alberni, Vancouver Island, British Columbia; altitude, 4,200 feet. Distribution, Vancouver
Island, British Columbia. Known at present only from the mountains at the head of China
Creek, some 20 miles south-east of Alberni, in the Golden Eagle Basin and King Solomon Basin
and the surrounding slopes and ridges.

Howell writes in his remarks of this species: ‘This peculiar marmot, although clearly
related to the Mainland species (Caligata), has, through isolation, developed striking characters,
both external and cranial. The tendency of isolated coastal forms in this group to become brown
(shown in a lesser degree by MV. caligata vigilis and M. olympus) has reached the greatest

extreme in this species, the black colours of the Mainland forms being entirely lacking and

the white reduced to scattering hairs. After a season’s exploration of the southern part of
Vancouver Island, Swarth came to the conclusion that the species is probably confined to a small
area in the vicinity of Mount Douglas.” Specimens identified from Golden Hagle Basin; King
Solomon Basin; Mount Douglas.

; ADDENDA.

Omitted in the list of Microtus occurring within the Province published in our Annual
Report of last year (1919) is:—

Microtus richardsoni arvicoloides (Rhoads) (Cascade Water-vole). Type locality, Lake
Keechelus, near Snoqualmie Pass, Kittilas County, Washington; altitude, 8,000 feet. Geographic
distribution, Boreal Zone of Cascade Mountains in Washington, Oregon, and Southern British
Columbia. Museum specimens from Mount Baker Range.

This subspecies, the largest of our voles, appears to be hardly separable from Microtus r.
macropus of the Boreal Zone of the Rocky Mountains. According to Vernon Bailey in his revision
of the genus, a single specimen examined from Glacier, British Columbia, was fairly intermediate
between Microtus richardsoni (De Kay) and these two southern subspecies.

ORNITHOLOGY.

As no field collecting was done by any one of the Department this year, very little
ornithological material was secured; however, three species of birds of special interest can
be recorded here :-—

Sabine’s Gull (Xema sabini) (Fork-tailed Gull). Although this bird had been on our list
of British Columbia birds for a great many years, the specimen secured at the request of the
Director by Mr. J. G. French, of Glacier Point, Sooke, B.C., on October 11th, 1920, was the first
specimen to be received by the Provincial Museum. The range of this bird is Arctic Seas to
Southern America. It breeds on the coast of Alaska from Kuskokwym River to Norton Sound,
and in the Northern Mackenzie, Northern Keewatin, and Northern Greenland, and on the Arctic
Islands of Europe and Asia; in migration on both coasts of America and casual in the Interior.
Winters in Peru. Shortly after Mr. French had secured this specimen the Director and his
assistant saw several in the vicinity of Victoria Harbour.

R 20 BririsH Cotumera. 1921

Two other specimens which are of considerable interest were collected for this Department—
namely, the Iceland gull (Larus leucopterus)—one of which was taken in January, 1921, and
the other in February, 1921. These birds were taken at Kildonan, Barkley Sound, B.C., by
Mr. W. McKay.

Mr. J. W. Thompson haying spoken to the Director of two gulls that had been noticed in
the vicinity of Kildonan during the month of December, both pure white (and his description
was so definite that they could not be mistaken for any other bird than that of the Iceland gull),
the Director requested Mr. Thompson to have some person, if possibie, secure these birds for
this Department.

The birds are pure white throughout, about the size of the glaucous-winged gull, but haying <i
no pearl-grey mantle, being finely streaked with a very light-greyish tinge. The primaries are
white throughout. Total length of the bird is about 24 inches. The feet are flesh-coloured;
bill, flesh-coloured with black tip; the iris is yellow. The range of this bird, according to the
A.O.U., is given as Arctic regions. Breeds from Victoria Land (Cambridge Bay) and Boothia
Peninsula to Central Greenland and east to Nova Zembla; winters from Southern Greenland
south to Long Island; casual on the Great Lakes; accidental in Nebraska and Mea in
Europe south to the British Isles, Scandinavia, and Baltie Sea.

Another very peculiar-looking gull was seen by the Director and members of his staff on
the lawn in front of the Parliament Buildings, Victoria, from October 13th to 25th, 1920, at
intervals during these days on the arrival of the C.P.R. steamers.

This bird appeared after the arrival of one of the boats that plies on the triangular route
between Victoria, Seattle, and Vancouver. It would arrive about 3 p.m. with the boat, and 3
when the same boat was leaving at 4.30 p.m. the bird would disappear. It appeared to be .
following this particular boat for some time in and out of Victoria harbour. The following is
a description of the gull noted by the Director :— :

Back of head and nape, creamy white; bill, yellowish, bright-red spot on lower mandible
like a herring-gull; well-defined collar on the neck of umber brown; throat and abdomen uniform
dark brownish; wings pearly grey with black primaries and white spots. Mantle showing pearl S.
grey intermixed with brown umber; tail, white. .

NoTrES ON THE CHINESE STARLING (ACRIDOTHERES CRISTATELLUS).

Many inquiries have been made from time to time in regard to a bird which is found in
the heart of Vancouver City. This bird is about the size of our red-winged blackbird; is a
bird that is uniform black throughout, with the exception of a dirty white spot in the primaries

-which is seen very distinctly in the primaries and secondaries when in flight. It has a small E;
erest on the head; the bill is whitish horn colour; feet, yellow horn colour; iris, yellow. On
the end of the tail there is a narrow band of a dirty greyish white.

The first record I have of this bird was a specimen collected by the Director in Noyember,
1904, in the heart of Vancouver City between the old Court-house which stood on Hastings Street
and the public school. My attention was first drawn to this bird by the Hon. Mr. Justice Martin.
The specimen secured was at that time not known to the Director, and was sent to Washington
D.C., for verification, and was identified as Acridotheres cristatellus, a native of Southern China,
and had been reported from the Island of Luzon, in the Philippines. There were very few of
these birds in Vancouver at this time, although Mr. V. W. Mitchell, of Vancouver, recently
informed me that he had first noticed the bird in the year 1897, only seeing two pairs. These
birds have increased considerably the last few years, and appear to make their main roost on
the corner of Carrall and Cordoya Streets, roosting on the sides of the buildings on ledgings
under the large overhanging cornices. These roosts now contain approximately 1,200 birds.
They leave their roosts in the early morning and fly off into the adjacent surroundings to fields
and gardens for food. These birds are very noticeable in the afternoons about one hour before
dusk, when they fly back to this roost for the night; they make a considerable noise, chattering
and whistling until darkness, drawing the attention of many passers-by.

I have no record of these birds doing any harm to agricultural interests, but they should be
watched and observed very closely in regard to agriculture. Mr. W. B. Anderson, Dominion
Inspector of Indian Orchards, informs me he has two authentic records of these birds from
persons who have observed them destroying the tent-caterpillar, which has become a considerable
pest in Vancouver City.

4

>
a a 7
argh

11 Guo. 5 ProvinciaL Museum Report. R 21

It might be of interest here to note an extract from a Bulletin published by Richard
McGregor, Ornithologist to the Bureau of Science, Manilla, where this bird had been imported
to the Island of Luzon, in the Philippine Islands, many years ago, which is quoted below :—

“The next bird that will be noted even by those who are not deyoted to ornithology is a
slate-grey starling, Wthiopsar cristatellus (Linnzeus), about the size of an American robin.
When this bird flies a white band across the primary quills is conspicuously displayed. The
feathers of the frons are long and erect or strongly antrorse, giving the head a curious profile
view. The larger tail-feathers are tipped with white. For several years there was a roost of
these starlings in the trees in front of the Luneta Police Station, on Bagumbayan Driye, where
their chatter was very noticeable at dusk. A closely related species, Acridotheres tristis
(Linneus), was introduced into Hawaii, where it is well established; I found it extremely
abundant on Maui Island in 1900. Both of these species are natives of Southern Asia.

“ Athiopsar cristatellus appears to have been introduced by the Spanish Government about

1850 with the hope that it would reduce the number of locusts, which were and still are a yery

serious pest to the agriculturist.

“A quotation in Blair and Robertson indicates that at least three attempts, 1849 to 1852,
were made to introduce and establish a species of martin (probably one of the starlings) in the
Philippines. Foreman says :—

“*Tn 1851 the Government imported some martins from China with the hope of exterminating
the locusts. When the birds arrived in the Port of Manila they were right royally received by
a body of troops. A band of music accompanied them with great ceremony to Santa Mesa,
where they were set at liberty, and the public were forbidden to destroy them under severe
penalties.’

“*Martin’ as a Spanish word, is correctly applied to birds called ‘starlings’ in English,
and is not equivalent to ‘martin’ (species of Hirundinide). I have been under the impression
that the bird introduced into the Philippines received its local name from Juan Antonio Martinez,
Governor from 1822 to 1825, but this Governor left the Philippines twenty-five years before the
arrival of pajaros miartines. Casto de Elera gives the name martin langostero for Acridotheres
cristatellus.”

There is no record of any definite data as to how this Chinese starling came to be found in
the vicinity of Vancouver; it is presumed that this bird was probably brought here direct from
the Orient by one of the Oriental liners, and that it escaped or was liberated.

The Provincial Museum now has three specimens which have recently been collected.

BOTANY.

Whiie no field collecting was undertaken by any of the staff of the Provincial Museum, the
Herbarium collection is steadily growing, for which appreciation must be extended to Mr. W. B.
Anderson, Dr. C. F. Newcombe, and others for the donation of a number of interesting specimens
not hitherto in the collection.

Mr. Anderson’s contributions are desirable and extensive, covering a large range of territory
within the Province, including Anaham, Hazelton, and districts adjacent to Fort George, the
Columbia River Valley, and Southern Okanagan.

Many of these plants have been mounted and placed in the Herbarium collection, among
which are to be found the following of special interest :—

Adiantum-Capillus-Veneris L. Phlox Douglasii Hook.

Pellea occidentalis (Nels.) Rydb. Castilleja lutescens (Greenman) Rydb.
Calia palustris L. Orthocarpus luteus Nutt.

Lilium montanum (A. Nels.). Orthocarpus tenuifolius Benth.
Peramium repens Salish. Pentstemon pinetorum Piper.

Salix sp. fluviatilis Nutt. Penistemon Richardsonti Doug}.
Comandra livida Richards, Lobelia Kalmii L.

Rosa Woodsti Lindl. Crepis elegans Hook.

Astragalus tenellus Pursh. Circium sp. foliosus Hook.
Hedysarum boreale Nutt. Ratibida columnaris (Sims) D. Don.
Hedysarum sulphurescens Rydb. Solidago corymbosa Nutt.

Ozytropis monticolor Gray. Solidago decumbens Greene.

Clarkia pulchella Pursch. Tetradymia canescens DC,

R 22 't BririsH CotumMBia. eee. ; 1921 =

There are also several asters and species of Composite not yet determined.
a © 5
Plants collected in the vicinity of Victoria and presented by Dr. C. F. Newcombe :—

Brasenia Schreberi Ginel. Orobanche comosa Hook.
Platyspermum scapigerum Hook. Artemisia canadensis Michx.
Lupinus lepidus Doug. Agoseris laciniata (Gray) Greene.

Further additions are :—

Loiseleuria procumbens Desy. From the yicinity of Prince Rupert; presented by Miss
Beaman.

Potentilla paradoxa Nutt. Collected at Spences Bridge, B.C., August 6th, 1920, and presented
by Mr. W. A. Newcombe. :

Carer Crawei Dewey. Collected at Golden, B.C., June 20th, 1920, and presented by
Professor J. K. Henry.

Hydrophyllum tenuipes Heller; Calamagrostis aleutica Trin. Vancouver Island specimens
presented by Mr. J. G. French.

Gentina propinqua Richardson. Collected at Cameron Lake, V.I., August 6th, 1916, hy
Mr. W. R. Carter and identified by Professor €. V. Piper, this being a new addition to the
Vaneouyer Island flora.

Among these contributions the following appear to be new additions to the flora of British
Columbia :— :

Carer Crawei Dewey.

Potentilla paradoxa Nutt.

During the season a large number of plants have been identified for children attending some
of the Victoria City schools and others residing in several districts of Vancouver Island. These
plants were brought in by Miss M. Lawson, of the Colonist staff, who gaye up a great deal of
time and work in the interests of the children by publishing a list weekly in the Sunday edition
of the Daily Colonist. This created a marked competition between the collectors, and, besides
keeping. up their individual interest, was decidedly effective as an educational lesson in nature-
study by teaching them the names of some of their native flora.

Some of the plants received were in such poor condition that identification was impossible,
and it is desirable, should this work be continued, that some simple methods be followed in
collecting and preparing specimens which would be beneficial to all concerned.

It is worthy of mention that among the plants received were two (both introduced plants
and probably garden escapes), which, so far as we know, have not been previously recorded in
British Columbia, growing in a wild state, namely :—

Borago officinalis L. Collected at William Head by Miss Barbara Cox.

Nothoscordum bivalve (l.) Britton. Collected on Foul Bay Road, Victoria, by Master
Jack Miller. :

ENTOMOLOGY. :

By BH. H. Brackmorse, F.E.S.

In my remarks in the Provincial Museum Reports for the years 1918 and 1919 special
mention was made of the scarcity of insects in general and noctuids in particular, thinking that

we had reached the limit in this respect, but from a collecting standpoint neither of those years ~

was as bad as the season just past. The weather conditions were somewhat abnormal, the total
rainfall for this year being 3 inches above the annual average, eight months out of the twelye
being above the average precipitation; this, together with a great deal of cool weather in the
early spring, made collecting conditions very unsatisfactory.

The fall collecting was also exceedingly poor, as it started to rain on September Sth and
continued more or less until the end of the collecting season. Notwithstanding these drawbacks,
some very interesting material was taken during the season, and it only goes to prove that if
continuous and persistent collecting is carried on one can always tur up some rare and
uncommon species, however unfavourable the season may be from weather conditions or other
causes.

Some two or three years ago, on looking over the list of Microlepidoptera as recorded in
the 1906 Check-list of British Columbia Lepidoptera, I was very much struck with the com-
paratively few species listed from Vancouver Island (excepting Wellington), and especially
from Victoria.

:
‘

AAs.

11 Gero. 5 Provincia Museum Reporr. R 23

Upon making a list of the localities given, I found that out of 278 species recorded from
British Columbia 168 have been taken at Kaslo and 94 were listed from Wellington. The number
of species recorded from other localities are as follows: Vancouver Island, 24 (no specific

ia

- localities given) ; Victoria, 16; Vancouver, 7; and Atlin, 3. Some of the species were naturally
if y

recorded from several localities, but the large majority of species were either taken by Mr. J. W.
Cockle at Kaslo or Mr. Theodore Bryant at Wellington. It is very evident from these figures
that, outside of the above-named gentlemen, very little collecting of these small but interesting
moths had been undertaken in any part of the Province. During the past few years, however,
Messrs. Day and Wanham, of Quamichan Lake, near Duncan, have udded a number of new

“species, and Mr. Cockle has considerably augmented his earlier list.

With the idea of extending our knowledge of the “ Micro” fauna of the southern portion of
Vancouver Island, the writer devoted most of his time during the past season to the acquisition
of material in this group, but owing to illness was not able to get into the field until June.
From then until October I made collections at Maillardyville, Goldstream, Mount Newton, and

many points in the vicinity of Victoria. Mr. W. R. Carter, of the Museum staff, also assisted

in the work and brought in some good material. I was fortunate in securing the co-operation
of Mr. L. E. Marmont, of Maillardyille, who collected extensively in that district. The material
sent in by him was very desirable, as it contained several species new to British Columbia,
besides a number of species previously recorded from the Interior.

From the material collected during the season the writer was enabled to mount over 1,200
specimens, comprising some 145 species; amongst these were four new to science, one new to
North America, and about thirty new to British Columbia. We have also verified a number of
species already listed and have added considerably to our knowledge of the known range of a
great many species.

We hope during the coming season to continue this work and would be glad to hear from
any collectors who would be willing to send in specimens in series, as there are without doubt
a large number of species occurring in the Province of which we have no record at present.

Appended is a list of the species of Microlepidoptera taken at Victoria, Goldstream, and
Maillardville during the past season which are not included in the 1906 Check-list of British
Columbia Lepidoptera. Many of these are new records for the Province.

(Arranged according to Barnes & McDunnough’s Check-list of the Lepidoptera of North

America. )

PYRAUSTIN&.

4992. Hvergestis insulalis B. & McD. Goldstream.
5144. Pyrausta perrubralis Pack. Goldstream.

ScoPARIIN ®.
5245. Scoparia torniplagalis Dyar. Goldstream.
CRAMBIN 2.

s

5347. Crambus bidens Zell. Maillardville.

5349. Crambus dissectus Grt. Victoria.

53864. Crambus tmnotatellus Wik. Maillardyille.

5446. Dicymolomia metalliferalis Pack. Victoria; Goldstream.

PHYCITIN A.
5615. Meroptera unicolorella Hulst. Maillardyille.
PTEROPHORID.
5858. Oxryptilus delawaricus Zell. Maillardville.
GELECHID.
Recurvaria nanella Hub. Victoria.
CScoPpHORID.

Carcina quercana Fab. Victoria.

R 24 BritisH CoLtuMBIa. , aa 1921

EUcOsMID®.

6790. Bactra furfuranu Haw. Maillardyille.

6821. Argyroploce nimbatana Clem. Victoria; Goldstream; Maillardyille.
6836. Argyroploce galarana Kearf. Goldstream.

6862. Argyroploce instrutana Clem. Victoria.

6867. Argyroploce dealbana Wik. Victoria; Goldstream.

6931. Hucosma rorana Kearf. Victoria.

7009. Eucosma johnsonana Kearf. Victoria.

7010. Hucosma hopkinsana WKearf. Victoria.

7030. Hucosma solandriana Linn. Victoria; Goldstream.

7113. Proleopterys emarginana Wishm. Victoria.

7162. Enarmonia plumbolineana Kearf. Goldstream.

71704. Timetocera ocelluna D. & S. race lariciana Hein. Victoria.
7263. Hemimene britana Busck. Victoria.

TORTRICIDZ.

7309. Sparganothis inconditana Wlshm. Victoria.

7313. Sparganothis tunicana Wishm. Victoria; Goldstream.

7333. Pandemis canadana Kearf. Victoria; Goldstream.
Cacecia hewittana Buseck. Victoria.
Tortricodes fragariana Buseck. Victoria.

7370. Tortriz lomonuna Kearf. Victoria.

7374. Tortric peritana Clem. Victoria; Goldstream.
Tortriz invidana B. & B. Victoria.

7416. Peronea cervinana Fern. Goldstream; Maillardville.
Peronea mazimana B. & B. Goldstream; Maillardville.

GLYPHIPTERYGID®.
7631. Glyphipteryx bifasciata Wishm. Victoria,
PLUTELLID®,

7639. Huceratia castella Wishm. Victoria; Goldstream; Maillardville.
7641. Abebwa subsylwella Wishm. Victoria.

YPONOMEUTID®.
7703. Argyesthia conjugella Zell. Victoria.
HAPLOPTILID®.
7820. Batrachedra preangusta Haw. Victoria.
GRACILARIID®. R
8048c. Gracilaria alnivorella Cham. race sanguinella Beut. Victoria.
TINEID2,
8242. Monopis crocicapitella Clem. Victoria.
RARE AND UNCOMMON INSECTS TAKEN IN BRITISH COLUMBIA DURING 1920.

Notwithstanding the unfavourable climatic conditions during the past season, we are able
to report more rare insects than we haye in preceding years. Many collectors have sent in
reports of their captures, accompanied in most cases with specimens for identification.

Victoria—Mr. W. R. Carter took some interesting noctuids “at sugar” in the fall, which
included Huxoa obeliscoides Gue.; Agrotis ypsilon Rott.; Rhynchagrotis sambo Sm.; R. scopeops
Dyar; Trachea cinefacta Grt.; and Premobia claudens albertina Hamp. <A specimen of
Ipimorpha pleonectusa Grt. was taken “at light,’ the first recorded for several years. The
Same collector picked up a dead specimen of Oligia violacea Grt. outside his house on August
21st. This was a most remarkable find, as it is the second specimen that we have any record
of taken in British Columbia. The first one was captured at Clayoquot, on the west coast of

al

te

ss

PLATE I.
SATURNIID.E AND NOCTUID2.

Coloradia pandora Blake.
Victoria, B.C. (M. Brinkman).
(New to Canada.)

Oncocnemis hayesi Grt.
Kaslo, B.C. (J. W. Cockle).
(Very rare.)

Trachea separans Grt. Oncocnemis atrifasciata Morr.
Maillardville, B.C. (lL. E. Marmont). Mount McLean, B.C. (A. W. Hanham).
(Very rare.) (New to British Columbia.)

Eremobia claudens albertina Hamp.
Goldstream, B.C. (EB. H. Blackmore).
(Uncommon. )

Oncocnemis barnesi Sm. Hyppa brunneicrista Sm.
Trail, B.C. (W. H. Danby). Kaslo, B.C. (J. W. Cockle).
(Very rare.) (Rather rare.)

Acronycta strigulata Sm.
Lillooet, B.C. (A. W. A. Phair).
(New to British Columbia.)

Feralia columbiana Sm. Feralia deceptiva MeDun.
Vancouver, B.C. (R. V. Harvey). Victoria, B.C. (E. H. Blackmore).
(Not common.) (New to science.)

Schinia separata Grt.
Spences Bridge, B.C. (W. A. Newcombe).
(New to British Columbia.)

a

-
*
a
_ -_

11 Guo. 5 ProvincrAL Museum Report. R 25

Vancouver Island, some eighteen years ago. Mr. A. L. Meugens took a beautiful specimen of
Polia restora Sm.; this is a rather uncommon species. He also captured a specimen of Awuto-
grapha metallica Grt., the second recorded from Victoria, the writer taking the first in 1918.
Amongst the geometrids taken by Mr. Meugens was a series of Nemora unilinearia Tay). “at
light” and a single specimen of Dysstroma ethela Tayl. taken on June 24th. This is rather a
rare geometer and is the first specimen taken in Victoria.

Amongst the geometrids taken by the writer during the season the following are of more
than ordinary interest: Dysstromu occidentata Tayl. (uncommon) ; D. sobria subumbrata Swett.
(the first specimen taken since the type specimens in 1915); Hydriomena manzanita Tay].
(rare in Victoria); Entephria multivagata Hulst. (first record for Vancouver Island); and
Nematocampa limbata Haw. (uncommon).

Mount Newton.—This locality is about 15 miles north of Victoria on the Saanich Peninsula
and attains an elevation of 700 feet. On August 1st, at the invitation of Mr. John Dean, who
has an ideal place situated about half-way up the mountain, the writer spent the day collecting,
and amongst many good things taken were Dysstroma sobria ochrofuscaria Swett. (the first
for several years) ; Bnypia packardata Tayl.; and Nepytia wmbrosaria nigrovenaria Pack. (the
first specimen that I have taken).

Goldstream.—The writer collected extensively in this locality during the season and obtained
many good things, the following being of special interest: Huxroa brunneigera Grt. (very rare) ;
Agrotis eswrialis Grt. (uncommon); Parastichtis puta duscw Sm. (rare); Chlorosea nevadaria
Pack.; Lygris atrifasciuta Wulst (first record from Vancouver Island); Dysstroma truncata
Hufn.; D. sobria Swett (the first specimen captured since the unique type was taken in 1914);
Phengommataca edwardsata Hulst (first specimen I have taken and first record from this
locality) ; Cleora albescens Hulst (first recorded capture since 1911; very rare, vide Rep. Proy.
Mus. Nat. Hist., B.C., 1918); and Cleora latipennis Hulst (very uncommon).

Mr. H. McKnight, who resides at Goldstream, took a number of noctuids in September,
feeding on hops. On the front verandah of his house a large hop-vine is trained, and after it
gets dark the noctuids begin to arrive and with the aid of a lantern are readily bottled. The
moths are not easily disturbed and seem reluctant to leave the hops. Amongst the noctuids
taken by him the following are of interest: Huxroa brocha Morr. (not previously recorded from
Goldstream) ; Mythimna oliwuta Hary. (uncommon); Mututa apposita Grt.; Rhynchagrotis
sambo Sm. (uncommon); Graptolitha patefacta Wlk.; G. ferrealis Grt.; Hremobia claudens
albertina Hamp. (rare); and Gortyna pallescens Sm. (a very worn specimen, but undoubtedly
this species).

Departure Bay.—While on a collecting trip to this district last July, Mr. 8. P. Van Duzee,
of the Californian Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, took a beautiful specimen of that rare
geometer Caripeta aequalaria Grt. at rest on the under-side of a leaf. He also took a fine
specimen of Synavis jubararia Hulst. This is rather a remarkable capture, as this geometer
makes its appearance early in October as a rule—my earliest date being September 26th. Why
it should be on the wing in July is a mystery.

AlbernimAmongst a collection of Lepidoptera made by Mr. John Redford, a resident of the

district, we note the following: Gortyna pallescens Sm. (the second specimen taken in this
locality); Autographa rectangula nargenta Ottol. (uncommon): Plusia areoides Grt.
(uncommon); Drepana bdilineata levis Hud. (rare); Hnypia packardata Tayl.; Nematocampa
limbata Haw. (uncommon); and Hvergestis straminalis Hub.
r New Westminster.—Mr. A. B. Baird, of the Dominion Entomological Branch, took several
specimens of a medium-sized white moth which was identified by Dr. J. H. McDunnough, of
Ottawa, as Liparis salicis Linn. (the satin-moth). This is a new moth to Canada and was
probably imported on nursery stock from England. It feeds on Lombardy and other poplars
and may turn out to be of economic importance. It is excessively abundant in England.

Maillardville.—Mr. L. BE. Marmont, who collected persistently in this district in spite of the
bad weather, took a number of very interesting insects, many of them rare and some of them
new to the Lower Fraser Valley fauna. The following noctuids are worthy of more than passing
mention: Agrotis cynica perumbrosa Dyar (previously known from Kaslo and Vernon) ;
Agrotis flavotincta Sm. (uncommon); Polia grandis Bdy. (previously recorded from Kaslo) ;
P. nimbosa Gue.; Graptolitha tharteri Grt. (rare) ; Trachea seperans Grt. (previously known

R 26 Brivis CoLumsra. 3 fae . = "193i, a

only from Windermere) ; Acronycta minella Dyar (known only from Kaslo and the Okanagan
District); A. innotata griseor Dyar (not previously recorded from other than Kaslo, the
nimotypical locality) ; Arcama obliqua Wlk. (rare), and Panthea portlandia Grt. (this specimen
taken on earliest known date—i.e., April 14th; regular date of emergence is in July).

The geometrids taken included Lygris harveyata Tayl. (very rare); Hydriomena renunciata
columbiata Taylor (uncommon); Huphyia multiferata Walk. (several specimens of this
uncommon species taken at light); Philobia ulsterata Pears (Mr. Marmont reports this species
common at light; it has previously been regarded as rather rare); and Huchlena tigrinaria
sirenaria Strecker (uncommon).

Hagensborg.—This locality is about 12 miles from Bella Coola and is in a very wet district.
Mr. W. A. Sykes sent some material down that he had collected late in the season, but owing

to the abnormal rainfall very little was taken. However, we were pleased to receive it, as"

scarcely any collecting has been done in this vicinity. The species received were: Polygonia
satyrus Edw.; P. faunus rusticus Edw.; Aglais J. albwm B. & Le C.; A. antiopa Linn.; Enargia
citrata Linn.; D. citrata immanata Haw.; Ellopia somniaria Hulst. (this record extends its
known distribution) ; Hnnomos magnarius Gue.; and Synuxis jubararia Hulst. ;

Lillooet.—Mr. A. W. Hanham, of Duncan, spent a week in this locality during the latter
part of August. Most of his collecting was done on Mount McLean at altitudes varying from
3,000 to 6,500 feet. .Some valuable material was taken, amongst which we note the following:
Argynnis hydaspe sakuntula Skin. (a new locality for this form); ELuphydryas anicia D. & H.
(not previously known from here); Plebeiuws scudderi Edw. (known only from Atlin, vide Pro.
B.C. Ent. Soc., No. 14, page 7, 1919); Lasionycta sedilis Sm. (previously known from Kaslo
only); Oncocnemis atrifasciata Morr. (new to British Columbia); Carsia paludata Thun.
(rare); Itame epigenata B. & McD. (new to British Columbia); Pyla rainierella Dyar
(Mount Cheam only previous record) ; Hucosma stygiana Dyar (rare); and Hepialus pulcher
macglashani Hy. Hdw. (very local—we have no other record than Mount McLean). Mr. A. W.
Phair has also taken it.

Amongst some material sent to us for identification by Mr. Phair the following are of special
interest: Huxzoa andera Sm. (rare and a new locality); EH. quinquelinea Sm. (rare); Septis
barnesi Sm. (not previously known from here); Acronycta strigulata Sm. (new to British
Columbia); A. moesta Dyar (uncommon); Andropolia theodori epichysis Grt. (uncommon) ;
Catocala nevadensis montana Beut. (rare) ; and Hosphoropteryx thyatiroides Gue. (very rare).

Enderby.—Mr. J. Wynne, who resides in this district, reports the capture of Polia assinilis
pulverulenta Sm. and Cirphis commoides Gue. Both are good records. The former adds to
our knowledge of the distribution of this rather rare noctuid, as our previous records are from
widely distant localities—viz., Vancouver Island, Northern British Columbia (Taku River), and
Kaslo. The latter (commoides) is also rare, our only records being from Kaslo and Penticton.

Kaslo.—A long list of captures has been sent in by Mr. J. W. Cockle, one of the oldest and
most enthusiastic entomologists in British Columbia. The following are of special interest:
Aplectoides occidens Hamp. (very rare); Perigrapha achsha Dyar (rare); Platyperigea anotha
Dyar (rare); Areama obliqua Wlk. (uncommon) ; Panthea portlandia Grt. (the third specimen
taken in this district) ; Awtographa orophila Hamp. (rare); A. flagellum Wk. (second specimen
taken at Kaslo); A. sansoni Dod (new to British Columbia); Eupithecia tenuata Hulst.
(uncommon); Macaria purcellata Tayl. (rare); Caripeta angustiorata Wik. (new to British
Columbia); Cleora satisfacta B. & McD: (rare); Gabriola dyari Tayl. (rare in this district
until this season, when Mr. Cockle captured five males and one female) ; and Hrannis vancouver-
ensis Hulst. (rare—one male taken, the first specimen taken since 1904).

Elko.—Mr. W. B. Anderson, Dominion Inspector of Indian Orchards, while on an inspection
trip in. this district took a short series of Itame occiduaria Pack. This geometer is rather rare
in British Columbia collections, as it evidently is a Rocky Mountain species, our previous record
being Cranbrook. f

Sheep Creek, Kootenay-Columbia Valley. <A nice series of Hurymus alexandra emilia Edw.
was taken by Mr. Anderson in the latter part of July. He also took a specimen each of Lygris
atrifasciata Wulst. and Buchlaena astylusaria Wik. Mr. Anderson, whose duties take him over
a large portion of the Province, reports that climatic conditions were bad in most localities

and insect-collecting poor.

We

i

“y

PLATE

II.

GEOMETRID%®.

Lobophora simsata Swett.
(Male paratype.)
Victoria, B.C. (E. H. Blackmore).
(New to science.)

Drepanulatriz quadraria Grt.
(Male. )
Mount McLean, B.C. (G. O. Day).
(New to British Columbia.)

Itame epigenata B. & MeD.
Mount McLean, B.C. (A. W. Hanham).
(New to British Columbia.)

Metarranthis septentricnaria B. & MeD.
Lillooet, B.C. (W. B. Anderson).
(New to British Columbia.)

Carsia paludata Thun.
Mount McLean, B.C. (A. W. Hanham).
(Rare. )

Drepanulatrix quadraria Grt.
(Female. )
Mount McLean, B.C. (G. O. Day).
(New to British Columbia.)

Marmopteryx marmorata Pack.
(Under-side. )
Vaseaux Lake, B.C. (W. B.
(Local. )

Anderson).

Cleora satisfacta B. & McD.
Kaslo, B.C. (J. W. Cockle).
(Local.)

MICROLEPIDOPTERA.

Tortrix invidana B. & B.
Victoria, B.C.
(New to science.)

Sparganothis tunicana Wlshm.
Goldstream, B.C. (KE. H. Black-
more).

(New to British Columbia.)

BHucosma hopkinsana Kearf.
Victoria, B.C. (W. R. Carter).
(New to British Columbia.)

(BH. H. Blackmore).

Scoparia torniplagolis Dyar.
Goldstream, B.C. (4. H. Black-
more).

(New to British Columbia.)

Crambus bidens Zell.
Maillardville, B.C. (iL. E. Mar-
mont).

(New to British Columbia.)

Peronea marimana B. & B.
Maillardville, B.C. (lL. E. Mar-
mont).

(New to science.)

Carcina quercana Fab.
Victoria, B.C. (E. H. Blackmore).
(New to North America.)

Cacecia heiwittana Buseck.
Victoria, B.C. (EB. H. Blackmore).
(New to science.)

Bucosma johnsonana Keart.
Victoria, B.C. (W. R. Carter).
(Rather rare.)

I

B 11 Geo. 5 ProvinciAL Museum Report. R27

New BririsH CoLtumpBia INSEcTs,

The following seventeen insects from British Columbia have been described as new to science
during the year 1920. ‘They comprise twelve species of Lepidoptera, one species of Coleoptera,
two species of Hymenoptera (Parasitic), and two species of Diptera.

Lepidoptera.

Of the twelve species of Lepidoptera, two belong to the family Noctuidie, one to the
_ Lasiocampide, five to the Geometriadie, one to the Pyralide, and three to the Tortricid. They
are as follows :—

Noctuide.

Feralia deceptiva McDunnough. Described in the Can. Ent., Vol. 52, page 165, June and
July, 1920, from two male specimens taken at Vancouver. This species had been previously
associated with Feralia columbiana Smith. Further notes on both species will be found under
the heading of ‘ Illustrated Lepidoptera,” with illustrations of both of them on Plate I.

Cenurgia erechtea Cram. form parva Blackmore. Described in Can. Ent., Vol. 52, page 226,
Dec. 1920, from specimens of both sexes taken by the writer at Victoria.

Lasiocwmnpide.

Tolype dayi Blackmore. Described in Can. Ent., Vol. 52, page 226, from seven specimens
taken on Vancouver Island—Quamichan Lake (G. O. Day); Sluggett’s (W. Downes); Victoria
(Hi. H. Blackmore).
: Geometrida.

i Lobophora simsata Swett. Described. in The Lepidopterist, Vol. 3, page 123, Feb., 1920, from
fourteen specimens taken by the writer at Victoria. A figure of this species will be found on
Plate II. and more extended remarks upon it under the heading of ‘ Illustrated Lepidoptera.”

3 BHustroma nubilata Pack. form macdunnoughi, Blackmore. Described in Can. Wnt., Vol. 52,
oa page 267, Dec., 1920, from twelve specimens taken on Vancouver Island and the Lower Fraser
: Valley—Dunean (EE. M. Skinner); Vancouver (R. V. Harvey); Fraser Mills (lL. E. Marmont) ;

Chilliwack (W. B. Anderson) ; Goldstream, Vancouver, Cloverdale, Rosedale (H. H. Blackmore).
Dysstroma sobria Swett form swetti Blackmore. Described in Can. Ent., Vol. 52, page 268,
Dee., 1920, from ten specimens taken by the writer at Victoria. This large and handsome
+ geometer was figured under the name of mulleolata Hulst in Rep. B.C. Proy. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
1916, Plate VIII. In the light of later research mulleolata is considered to be the smaller white-
banded form, which is in some years very abundant on Vancouver Island in the month of August ;
swetti occurs in normal years in mid-June and is rather uncommon.
s Anthorhée incursatu Hub. race lagganata Swett & Cassino. Described in The Lepidopterist,
2 Vol. 3, page 131, Feb., 1920, from two specimens taken by the late F. H. Wolley Dod. ‘The male
holotype was taken at Laggan, Alberta, and the female allotype at Field, B.C., on July 3rd, 1907.
fe Eulype albodecorata Blackmore. Described in Can. Ent., Vol. 52, page 269, Dec., 1920, from
a long series of both sexes taken by the writer at Goldstream, B.C. ‘This species is apparently
distinct from hastata Linn., with which it flies, the latter, however, being from a week to ten
days later putting in an appearance. In a long series of both species I have not known them
to intergrade, although they are subject to a certain amount of variation within certain limits.
On the other hand, gothicata Gue., which occurs sparingly at various points on the Mainland,
shows considerable intergradation with hastata. Until these various forms are bred from the
egg to the imago our proper understanding of this group will remain incomplete.

5
“ Pyralide (Pyraline).
.- Herculia florencealis Blackmore. Described in Can. Ent., Vol. 52, page 270, Dec., 1920, from

a single female taken by the late W. H. Danby at Rossland, B.C.

Tortricide.

Pr Ae

The following three species were described by Messrs. Barnes & Buseck in Cont. Lepid. No.
Amer., Vol. IV., No. 3, page 215 et seq., March, 1920 :—

Tortric dimorphana Barnes & Buseck. Described from specimens taken at Duncan, B.C.
(A. W. Hanham), and Victoria, B.C. (collector’s name not given).

ia wre Fe eye ee

R. 28 British Cotumeta. Ee eye

Tortric invidana Barnes & Busck. Described from specimens taken at Duncan, B.C. a

(A. W. Hanham), and Victoria, B.C. (collector’s name not given). During the past season
the writer was fortunate in capturing four specimens of this new species, one of which is
figured on Plate II. zs

Peronea maximana Barnes & Busck. Described from specimens taken at Dunean, B.C.
(A. W. Hanham), and Victoria, B.C. (A. J. Croker). The writer has also taken this species
at Goldstream, and Mr. L. E. Marmont took a nice series at Maillardyille, B.C., one of these
being figured on Plate II. 3

Coleoptera. a>

Aphodius canadensis Garnett. Described in Can. Ent., Vol. 52, page 139, June and July,
1920, from six specimens taken by Mr. C. B. Garrett at Cranbrook, B.C. (five), and Crowsnest,
B.C. (one). This species is a small shiny black beetle about a quarter of an inch in length and
belongs to the family Scarabide.

Hymenoptera (Parasitic).

Arotes maurus Rohwer. Described in Pro. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 57, page 517, 1920, from
two females taken at Mission, B.C. (collector’s name not mentioned). This species belongs to
the tribe Acoenitini of the family Ichneumonide. This new species of ichneumon-fly measures
about three-quarters of an inch in length, with slightly yellowish hyaline wings with dark-brown
veins. :
Platycampus victoria MacGillivray. Described in Can. Ent., Vol. 52, page 59, March, 1920,
from specimens bred by Mr. W. Downes at Victoria, B.C. This is the adult of the orange and
black larvye which are so destructive to the Lombardy poplar in Victoria during September.
Reference was made by the writer in Rep. Proy. Mus. Nat. Hist., B.C., 1917, page 9, to a
particularly bad infestation during that year. As the lary are so well known to the ayerage
Victorian, a short description of the adult insect taken from specimens bred by the writer
several years ago may prove of interest. Head and thorax glossy black; body deep yellow, —
with two pairs of transparent, iridescent wings. On the front margin of the first pair of wings,
two-thirds out from the body, is a blackish mark called the stigma. The antenne or feelers
are yellowish in the male and blackish in the female; the three pairs of legs are yellow. It
measures about a third of an inch in length and four-fifths of an inch from tip to tip of the wings
when spread out. My bred specimens emerged in the first week of June. This species belongs
to the family Tenthredinide. They are popularly known as sawflies from the fact that the
abdomen of the female is furnished with a pair of saws which can be pushed out and moved
up and down. They are used for making slits in leaves or other vegetable tissue in which the
eggs are laid.

Diptera.

Melina palustris Melander. Described in the Annals Ent. Socy. Amer., Vol. 13, page 316,
Sept., 1920, from over 100 specimens ranging over a wide territory, including Idaho, Wyoming,
Montana, Washington, and British Columbia. ‘The specific locality in British Columbia is Nelson,
where the specimens were collected by Mr. Melander. - This is a small fly measuring about a fifth
of an inch in length, with hyaline wings, a blackish body, and a greyish thorax. The flies
belonging to this family are generally found on the borders of streams and in marshy places.

Euparyphus pretiosa Banks. Described in Can. Ent., Vol. 52, page 65, March, 1920, oe
a single female taken at Vancouver, but the name of the collector is not stated.

ILLUSTRATED LEPIDOPTERA.

Under this heading we hope to continue to illustrate species which have been recently
described from British Columbia; those of rare and uncommon occurrence and those which
have been confused with other species. Many of the species are here illustrated for the first
time. >

We have not illustrated in this report the six species described by the writer in Can. Ent.,
Vol. 52, page 266 et seq., Dec., 1920, as an pexcellent plate accompanied the above article figuring
each of the species described.

The number appearing before each name corresponds with a similar number in Messrs.
Barnes and MecDunnough’s Check-list of North American Lepidoptera, 1917. Those with an
asterisk prefixed to them have been described since the aboye “ List” was issued.

ei GEO. 5 Provincia, Museum Report. R 29

Saturniide (Plate I).

782. Coloradia pandora Blake. This is rather a remarkable capture, as it is, I believe, the
_ first record in Canada of this southern species. This specimen was taken by Mr. M. Brinkman
in the early morning of July 18th at rest on the ground beneath an electric-light pole in
_ Victoria West. It is a male and is in fine condition, with the exception of the scaling on the
yeins in the median area of the primaries, which is a little rubbed. The fore wings are brown
_ in colour, with the extra discal line and the basal area of a darker brown; the transverse lines
are edged with grey. The hind wings are somewhat translucent, with a dark extra-discal line
and a dusky sub-marginal band. The inner margin is of a distinctly rosy hue. The antenn:e
are pale yellow, heavily pectinated, with the pectinations strongly curved, which is a characteristic
of this group. There is a large round solid black dot on each wing.
This species belongs to the family Saturniide and is closely allied to Pseudohazis eglanterina
Bdy. (the sheep-moth). It is an inhabitant of Colorado and has also been recorded from
Nebraska, Arizona, and New Mexico, and in some years it is reported as being very common
at Fort Klamath, in Southern Oregon. As the particular part of Victoria West in which it was
captured is adjacent to a railway-yard where “ foreign” cars stand until unloaded, it is reasonable
to suppose that this specimen came in its pupal state in one of these cars and emerged upon or
soon after its arrival here.
Noctuidae (Plate 1).

1160. Schinia separata Grt. This exceedingly pretty noctuid was taken by Mr. W. A.
Newcombe at Spences Bridge on August 19th, 1919. This is the first record of this species in
s British Columbia and is also the first representative of the genus known to occur here. The
. genus Schinia contains a large number of species, most of them small and rather pretty. They
are particularly abundant in the South-western States. Dr. J. B. Smith (Trans. Am. Ent. Soe.,
‘ Vol. X., page 229, 1883) made separata a synonym of acutilinea Grt., but more recently it has
been raised to its former status as a separate species. The ground colour of separata is light
, fawn marked with darker shades of the same colour, with the transverse lines white, narrowly
edged with black. Acutilinea is a darker insect with the transverse lines more emphasized.

; 2018. Oncocnemis hayesi Grt. This is rather a rare insect, as, in fact, are all the species of
i, this genus in this Province, with the possible exception of O. chandleri Grt. The localities given
© in “Dyar’s List’? (Bull. 52, U.S.N.M.) are Colorado, California, and British Columbia. As far
ae as our records show, Kaslo is the only locality in the Province in which it has been taken. The
specimen figured was taken by Mr. J. W. Cockle in August, 1913.

2061. Oncocnemis atrifasciata Morr. This is another new record for British Columbia and
was taken by Mr. A. W. Hanham on Mount McLean, near Lillooet, B.C., at an altitude of 4,000
feet. It is an inhabitant of the Atlantic States, but has been taken in Manitoba and Alberta.
It differs somewhat from Manitoban specimens in the dark-grey colour of the primaries and in
the collar being tipped with white. It is also a trifle larger, and when a series can be secured
it may prove to be a good geographical race. The date of capture was August 20th, 1920.

* 2062. Oncocnemis barnesi Smith. This striking species was described from Wyoming in
_ Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. VII., page 37. It is exceedingly rare, the specimen figured being taken
é by the late Mr. W. H. Danby at Trail on June 30th, 1800. Mr. Cockle, of Kaslo, has also taken
a specimen. The primaries are of a beautiful dove-grey, crossed by two distinct black lines,
the yeins on the outer margin being narrowly outlined in black.
2098a. Feralia columbiana. This species was described in Can. Ent., Vol. 35, page 9, Jan.,

1903, from two males, one of which was taken at New Westminster by Dr. Fletcher in 1896.

It is a most beautiful insect, the ground colour being a bright blue-green with heavy, black

markings, some of which are edged with white. The specimen illustrated was taken by the

late Captain R. V. Harvey at Vancouver on April 30th, 1904. It has also been taken sparingly
at Victoria, Duncan, and Wellington, and recently I have identified a specimen from Mr. Cockle,
of Kaslo, as this species.

* Feralia deceptiva McDunnough. Described in Can. Ent., Vol. 52, page 162, June and July,

1920, from two males taken at Vancouver by the late Arthur Bush. ‘This is very close to the
preceding species and is the same in coloration, but the maculation of the primaries is different,
) while the secondaries are darker, being wholly smoky-brown. A reference to the figures will

show the differences between the two species.

7

tae ee Pal

.
es
©

eo ae ree

a has zs ~ rem o%
R 30 British COLUMBIA. — 3 eS 1921

This newly described species has also been taken at Victoria and Duncan, and is probably 4

the same insect that was listed in the 1906 B.C. Check-list as Momophana comstocki Grt.
They are closely related, but the latter is only known from the Atlantic States.

2288. Trachea separans Grt. This is a most remarkable capture, as the only previously
recorded locality for this species in British Columbia is Windermere, in the foot-hills of the
Rockies. It was recorded under the name of ferens Sm. by the late Wolley Dod in the Bull.
B.C. Ent. Soc., April, 1908; ferens has now been made a synonym of separans. The specimen
figured was taken by Mr. L. E. Marmont at Maillardyille on July 10th, 1920.

23594. Hremobia claudens albertina Hamp. In Cont. Lepid. No. Amer., B. & MeD., Vol. Lie
No. 1, Plate XIII., Fig. 4, is illustrated a specimen of albertina from Dunean, V.I. In the latter
part of May, while studying the splendid collection of noctuids belonging to Mr. G. O. Day, of
Dunean, the writer recognized several specimens of this rather rare noctuid from the aboye-
mentioned figure. A day of two later I found two or three more specimens in the collection
of Mr. A. W. Hanham, which were taken in the same district. Strange to say, the species
turned up in Victoria this season, Mr. W. R. Carter securing a specimen “at sugar” on August
21st. The writer also took a specimen in good condition at Goldstream “ at light” on September
7th, and Mr. H. McKnight, of Goldstream, took another on SEUSS 26th, the latter, however,
being rather worn.

2458. Acronycta strigulata Sm. This species is a new record for British Columbia and was

taken by Mr. A. W. A. Phair, of Lillooet, B.C., on July 27th, 1920. It is interesting to note in
this respect that, while Mr. Phair is an extremely busy man and does not find much time for
collecting, he always manages. to take each season one or more species new to the Province.
The specimen is not in the best of condition, but we are glad to figure it as a new record. The
species was originally described from Colorado (Ent. News. Vol. VIII., page 150, 1897).

25382. Hyppa brunneierista Sm. The specimen figured was taken by Mr. J. W. Cockle, of

Kaslo, on June 1st, 1914. We are very glad to have seen this specimen and to be able to figure
it, as it has cleared up all doubts as to its presence in British Columbia.

In the 1906 Check-list both brunneicrista and xylinoides were listed from Wellington,
Vancouver, and Kaslo. In Bull. B.C. Ent. Soc. No. 9, April, 1908, Wolley Dod states: “TI believe

this record (brunneicrista) to be entirely erroneous. The species I saw rather commonly in
British Columbia colleetions under this name is the Pacific Coast form of rylinoides Grt.” Ina

continuation of the same article (Jbid. No. 10, June, 1908), and under the heading of Hyppa

indistincta Sm., he says: “Dr. Dyar records this from Kaslo, but I believe him to be wrong in

referring brunmneicrista Sm. to the synonymy. I have a specimen from Kaslo and took one at
Laggan last July which agree with the figure and description of indistincta, and are, in my
opinion, distinct from brumneicrista.”

Recently Mr. Cockle has sent us specimens of all three species for examination, and while
imdistincta and «ylinoides are close to each other, bDrunneicrista is abundantly distinct from both
of them. It may be easily separated by the following characters: (a) The pectinations of the
male antenne are longer than in the other species; (0) the thorax laterally is solid reddish-
brown; (c) the posterior thoracic tuft is distinctly rusty-brown; (d) a rusty-brown streak in
the s.t. space near the anal angle. The general appearance of the insect also seems much darker,

Geometride (Plate II).

3939. Marmopteryxe marmorata Pack. Mr. W. B. Anderson was fortunate enough to secure

several specimens of this fine geometer at Vaseaux Lake, B.C., on May 25th, 1920. They had

evidently newly emerged and were in perfect condition. A figure of the under-side is given to
show the beautiful marbled effect on the hind wings. The ground colour is white with reddish-
brown and dark-brown markings. A reference to this species was made in the Rep. Proy. Mus.
Nat. Hist., B.C., page 18, 1919.

3945. Carsia paludata Thun. This species is one of the rarest geometers that we have and
is a high-altitude species. The first record that we had of this species was a specimen taken

by the late Mr. R. V. Harvey on the Hope Mountains on July 19th, 1906. No further record was

obtained until last year, when amongst some geometrids sent to the writer for determination by
Mr. J. W. Cockle, of Kaslo, another specimen of this species was found. Mr. A. W. Hanham,
while collecting on Mount McLean last August at an altitude of 6,500 feet, captured seyeral
specimens, one of which we figure.

ProvinctaL Museum Report. R 31

* Lobophora simsata Swett. This new species was described from a long series taken by the
writer between May 5th and 10th, 1918. During the six years previous to that date the writer
had only taken odd specimens; i.e., one in 1913, one in 1914, two in 1916, and four in 1917, all
of which were taken in the suburbs of Victoria. Three of those taken in the latter year were
brought to me by Mr. A. Robinson, who stated that he had taken them at rest on the side of
his house. The following spring I asked him to keep a good look-out for them, and one day in
early May he informed me that there were a number of small moths flying at sundown on a
yacant lot adjoining his house which appeared to be the species that I wanted. Upon going over
there the following evening I found to my great delight that this was the case, and, although
a cool wind was blowing, I managed to net sixteen specimens. The weather conditions were not
yery fayourable during the next few evenings, but with hard work and a great amount of
- beating nearly forty specimens were taken between us. Owing probably to the extreme wet
weather, none were seen in 1919. That winter the ground was cleared and ploughed over for
cultivation and I have not seen a specimen since.

4326. Drepanulatriz quadraria Grt. This is a new record for British Columbia and was
taken by Mr. G. O. Day while on a collecting-trip at Lillooet in July, 1919. It was described
in Can. Ent., Vol. XIV., page 185, 1882, and the localities given for it are California, Colorado,
and Nevada. The sexes are dissimilar and we have figured a specimen of each.

* Itame epigenata B. & McD. This species was described from Truckee, Calif., in Cont. Lepid.
No. Amer., Vol. III., No. 4, page 288, March, 1917. The specimen figured was taken by Mr. A. W.
Hanham in August last on Mount McLean at an altitude of 6,000 feet and is a new addition
to our list.

It also occurs at Kaslo, as the writer has recently seen a specimen taken by Mr. Cockle
which agrees very well with the Lillooet specimen. This is probably the same species as Dr. Dyar
records (Lepid. Koot. Dist., 1904) under the name of bitactata Wlk. from Sandon (one) and
Kaslo (one). The two species are closely allied, but it is more reasonable to suppose that
_ epigenata would extend its range northward from California than that bitactata would extend

- westward and cross the Rocky Mountains.

Cleora satisfacta B. & MeD. ‘This is also a new addition to our list, having been described
(Cont. Lepid. No. Amer., Vol. III., No! 4, page 244, March, 1917) from a pair taken by Mr. Cockle
at Kaslo, B.C. This is a rather rare geometer at Kaslo and very few specimens haye been taken
until this season, when Mr. Cockle had the good fortune to secure three of them. We are glad
to be abie to figure this species, as we have previously figured the other two British Columbia
species of this group; i.e., excelsaria Streck, Rep. Proy. Mus., 1917, Plate II., and albescens Hulst.,
ibid., 1918, Plate IT.

Dr. J. H. McDunnough has recently revised the whole of the genus Cleora (Studies in North
American Cleorini, Bull. 18 (Tech.), Dept. Agric., Ottawa, No. V., 1920) and has erected many
new genera, including Stenoporpia, which receives the three above-mentioned species.
Metarranthis septentrionaria B. & McD. This species was described in Cont. Lepid. No.
Amer., Vol. III., No. 4, page 257, March, 1917, from specimens taken at various points in
Manitoba. The specimen illustrated was taken by Mr. W. B. Anderson at Lillooet on May 19th,
1918. It is closely allied to duaria Gue., but is separated from that well-known species by the
ruddy-brown shading on the median area, which causes the latter to stand out as a dark band.
There are also differences in the course of the extra and intra-discal lines.

The genus Gonodontis has been separated into two groups on account of the differences in
‘the male genitalia, duaria and its allies being placed in Warren's genus Metarranthis.

Microlepidoptera (Plate II).

5245. Scoparia torniplagalis Dyar. This rather well-marked scoparid was taken by the
- writer at Goldstream on August 12th. It is a new accession to the list and must be somewhat
rare, as out of a large number of specimens of this genus taken during the past season only
three proved to be of this species.

Carcina quercana Fabr. This is rather a remarkable capture, as it is a new record for
_ North America. It is fairly common in some parts of England and has an extended distribution
ee throughout Europe, but has never before been recorded from any part of North America. The
writer was fortunate in securing seven specimens during the past season, the dates being as

= t ~

R 32 British CoLuMBIA. ~1921°- <3

follows: July 16th (one); July 29th- (two); August 4th (one); August 10th (two); and
August 12th (one). Strange to relate, six of the seven specimens were taken in my own garden.

It is a very pretty moth, the ground colour of the primaries being of a dull pink, with an
oblong yellow patch on the costa, and the long fringe of the outer margin is also yellow. It
belongs to the family Q%cophoride. In a recent letter Mr. A. Buseck, of the United States
National Museum, states that we should find the larva spinning a flat web on the under-side
of oak, apple, or willow. gr :

5347. Crambus bidens Zell. This is an unexpected record, as its habitat is Eastérp Canada —
and the New England States. A nice series of this pretty crambid was taken by Mrs L. E.
Marmont at Maillardville. It was on the wing from the end of July until the middle of August,
but was extremely local. It is very closely allied to pascueilus Linn., with which species it is
liable to be confused.

7009. Hucosma johnsonana Kearf. -This exceedingly pretty species was described in Trans.
_ Am. Ent. Soc., Vol. 88, page 386, Jan., 1907, from five specimens, which included a female from
Victoria (Rev. G. W. Taylor) and a male from Vancouver Island. According to Mr. Busck this
species is rather rare in collections. Mr. W. R. Carter, however, secured three nice specimens
during the past season, the best of which, taken on July 29th, is figured. :

When in good condition it is a very pretty insect, presenting a rosy-pink appearance. The
upper portion of the primaries are salmon-pink, with the lower half of the basal area a deep
rose-pink, bordered by a narrow band of blackish scales.

7010. Hucosma hopkinsana Kearf. This is another of Mr. Carter’s captures and is nee neeie
new to British Columbia. It was described (ibid., page 37) from two specimens taken at
Hoquiam, Wash. Four specimens were taken by Mr. Carter during August, one of which is
illustrated. The primaries are of a light green, marked with lines and shades of black and
fuscous.

7313. Sparganotiis tunicana Wishm. A short series of this pretty brown and yellow tortricid
was taken by the writer at Victoria and Goldstream during July and August. Mr. Busck considers
this species to be an extreme variety of the immaculate inconditana Wishm. Two specimens of
the latter were also taken by me at Victoria in July last.

* Cacecia hewittana Busck. This species was described in Can. Ent., Vol. 52, page 125,
June and July, 1920, by August Busck from a large series bred from raspberry at Sydney, Nova
Seotia. It is evidently a general feeder, as the writer bred a long series from larye feeding on
apple, pear, cherry, and laurel. The adults began to emerge on July 4th and continued doing
so until about the 15th. They are very variable in the coloration of the fore wings, the ground
colour ranging from light ochreous, reddish ochreous, to fawn and dark brown.

It is rather surprising to see this species here in such numbers and it evidently has a wide
distribution. Mr. Busck informs me that he also has the species from Toronto.

* Tortric invidana Barnes & Busck. The writer took several specimens of this new species
in August and September, one of which proved to be a male. This is the first maie recorded,
the type specimens being all females. The ground colour is sordid white, with grey bands and
markings edged_narrowly with black. It is rather uncommon. "

* Peronea maximana Barnes & Buseck. This is one of the largest of our British Columbia
tortricids and is rather a handsome moth. Mr. Marmont took a long series at Maillardville from
the middle of September and extending away on into October. The ground colour yaries from
a very light grey to dark grey, with a series of reddish-brown markings en the costal edge of
the fore wing. The amount of reddish-brown sealing is also very variable, some of the specimens
having comparatively little, while others are heavily strigulated. Mr. Marmont’s specimens
were all taken at rest in a grove of second-growth alders a short distance away from his home,
and this is probably their food-plant.

VICTORIA, B.C.:
Printed by Wr1tL1AM TJ. CuLuLin, Printer to the King’s Most Excellent Majesty.
1921. ; ; ‘

‘CE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

a

i REPORT

OF THE

4 PRINTED BY
AUTHORITY OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY.

VICTORIA, B.C. :
Printed by Wrurias H. Cuntin, Printer to the King’s Most Excellent Majesty.
1922.

CE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA __

=

ROVINCIAL MUSEUM _

_ NATURAL HISTORY

ons

ee FOR THE YEAR 1921

ay : PRINTED BY i
casks AUTHORITY OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY.

- -

i { VICTORIA, B.C.:
‘Printed by Witriam H. Curtin, Printer to tne King’s Most Excellent Majesty.
ae: 1922:

J. D. MacLEAN,

Provincial Secretary.

{ 2 2 =k t
~

~ at ss z > &, * "4 — = s : r uF
Provincia, Museum or Narurau LIST
: . > val SS = is
— -Vicrorra, B.C., February }
Witeeie eo ac

‘The Honourable J. D. MacLean, M.D., Sy tue RG ie
Sie Provincial Secretary, Victoria, B.C. é

History, to lay before you the Report for the year ending Decemh =

covering the activities of the Museum. Since, ie
‘4 : I have the honour to be, ¥

Sir,g ho eae

% Bs Your obedient servant, :

FRANCIS KE

“ ¢ n of Lepidoptera erase

oh abd ai dieitel cles, a wi0K's) ie! ee tee

REPORT of the
PROVINCIAL MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

FOR THE YEAR 1921.

By FRANcIS KerMopk, DIRECTOR.

OBJECTS.

(a.) To secure and preserve specimens illustrating the natural history of the Province.

(b.) To collect anthropological material relating to the aboriginal races of the Province.

(c.) To obtain information respecting the natural sciences, relating particularly to the
natural history of the Province, and diffuse knowledge regarding the same.

lal ADMISSION,

The Provincial Museum is open, free, to the public daily throughout the year from 9 a.m. to
9 p.m. (except New Year’s Day, Good Friday, and Christmas Day); it is also open on Sunday
afternoons from 1 p.m. to 5 p.m. from May 1st until the end of October.

' VISITORS.

The actual number of visitors whose names are recorded on the register of the Museum
is 22,550. This does not include Mr. and Mrs. and very often several members of a family;
teachers and their classes whose attendance has increased materially during the last year in
connection with their nature-studies; and it must be understood that these figures do not
include Asiatics and others. The following figures will give some idea of those who recorded
their names during the months of: January, 1,245; February, 1,567; March, 1,413; April, 1,221;
May, 1,604; June, 1,876; July, 4,022; August, 4,614; September, 2,061; October, 1,347; November,
864; December, 716.

: ACTIVITIES.

The Public Works Department, having completed the excavation of the basement of the,
Museum, carried on the work so as to put this portion of the building into shape for exhibition-
rooms for anthropology. The floors have been cemented throughout, the walls all plastered,
and windows had to be put in through the basement walls so as to give light and air. The
Public Works Department also carried on its extensive work in regard to renewing the electric-
light system and have it divided into sections, so that it is only necessary to use portions of
the lighting system at times, thus practising economy to a great extent.

Since the Public Works Department has finished the alterations, the Director is now in a
position to carry out the long-needed want of arranging the valuable anthropological material
which has been stored for a number of years. This material has been transferred from the
temporary building to the basement of the Museum, and is now practically safe from all danger
of fire. All the anthropological exhibition which is now on the first floor of the Museum will
be transferred to the basement, so as to arrange all the exhibition of this material according
to the different tribes of Indians of this Province. The arrangement will be similar to that which
was carried out in the exhibition on the first floor; that is, according to house and house furniture,
implements of war and the chase, etc.

; - A earpenter has been employed for several months making cases for this material; the staff
4 is now busily engaged in arranging the collection for exhibition, and it is hoped to have the
___ exhibition halls of anthropology open to the public not later than May Ist.
* The study series of mammals and birds, which were also stored in a temporary building,
2 have now been removed to the study-room on the main floor of the Museum and are available
a to those visitors who wish to consult them.
ig A List of “The Flora of Vancouver and Queen Charlotte Islands” has been issued from the
‘press and is now available to those students who are interested in botany, and no doubt will be
quite a help in giving the distribution of the flora of Vancouver Island. We know that this list
is to a great extent not complete, and hope that it will be the means whereby students will aid
the Provincial collections by gathering material that is not represented in the collections from

*

M 8 ; Bririso ConuMsra. |

some of the most outlying portions of Vancouver and Queen Charlotte Islands. In this way we
will be able to get a more definite distribution of our Coast flora. Persons requiring the list are
requested to make application to the Provincial Museum for the same. Additions and corrections
to “The Flora of Vancouver and Queen Charlotte Islands” will be published from time to ‘time Sd
in the Annual Reports of the Provincial Museum.

LOAN COLLECTION OF LEPIDOPTERA.

Mr. Frank Williamson in July, 1921, loaned to the Provincial Museum a wonderful collection
of tropical Lepidoptera. These represented specimens from India, Australia, Ceylon, South
America, Africa, Japan, Europe, and other countries. Mr. Williamson kas been studying the ©
Lepidoptera of the world for a number of years with regard to the similarity of species and -
geographic range, and this was the finest collection of butterflies and moths from different parts
of the world that has ever been placed on exhibition in British Columbia. There were 196_
specimens all beautifully mounted in Riker mounts, and it filled two large cases on the second
floor of the Museum.

Although the Provincial Museum is a museum for the exhibition of the flora and fauna of
British Columbia, when this collection was offered by Mr. Williamson as a loan, the Honourable ~
Dr. J. D. MacLean, Provincial Secretary, readily granted permission to have the same put on
exhibition. They were admired by thousands of visitors, numbers of them making a special visit —
to the Museum to see this wonderful display. Others came and made drawings and paintings - ;
for their own private collections. These specimens were returned to Mr. Williamson at the end
of the calendar year. zi See

MAMMALS. : fe

Mr. E. W. Nelson, Chief of the Biological Survey, United States Department of Agriculture,
Washington, D.C., asked that the study series of the chipmunks in the Provincial Museum be
loaned to their Department, as Mr. A. H. Howell, a specialist. was working on this group.
Seventy-eight skins from different districts on the Mainland of British Columbia were sent for
study. The Department at Washington greatly appreciated the loan of these specimens, which
proved of great service to Mr. Howell in his study of this group. Upon returning the specimens_
he wrote his identification on the labels.

The following is a list of the species and subspecies determined by Mr. Howell's examination —
of these skins. It is very much in evidence that intergrading among the species and subspecies
to a very pronounced extent is taking place throughout the geographic range, as the following
classification according to the species in the Province will show:

Butamias townsendi Bachm. Type locality. mouth of Columbia River. Geographical
distribution, Coast region of Oregon, Washington, and British Columbia, from mouth of Columbia
River northward, east in northern Cascades to head of Lake Chelan.

Butamias amenus feliz Rhoads. Type locality, Mount Baker Range, Westminster District,
British Columbia. Geographical distribution, Mount Baker Range, British Columbia; extent
unknown.

Butamias amonus luteiventris Allen. Type locality, Chief Mountain Lake, Montana.
Geographical distribution, Rocky Mountains in Montana from Helena northward into British
America. Specimens examined: Okanagan, B.C., 9; Shuswap, B.C., 2; Cranbrook, B.C., 2.

Butamias amenus afinis Allen. Type locality, Ashcroft, British Columbia. Geographical
distribution, Interior of British Columbia, sae of the Cascade Mountains. Specimens examined:
Okanagan, B.C., 18; Grande Prairie, B.C., 2; Similkameen, B.C., 9.

Butamias amenus ludibundus. Specimens examined: Moose Lake, B.C., 4; Lillooet, B.C., §

Butamias amenus afinis x luteiventris. Specimens examined: Okanagan, B.C., 3.

Eutamias amenus luteiventris x afinis. Specimens examined: Okanagan, B.C., 6.

Butamias amenus afinis x ludibundus. Specimens examined: Similkameen, B.C., 1.

Butamias amenus ludibundus x affinis. Specimens examined: Lillooet, B.C., 1.

Putamias minimus caniceps. Specimens examined: Atlin, B.C., 10.

Five black skins from near the headwaters of the Stikine River, two of which have been
provisionally identified by Dr. C. Hart-Merriam as melanistic examples of Butamias borealis
caniceps in 1909. The other three specimens were sent to the Museum in 1918 by Mr. H. W. Deda
Government Agent at Telegraph Creek. These three chipmunks were taken by an Indian on
Groundhog Mountain, who states that in this particular locality the chipmunks are all black and

4

eee eee ee et ee Pony tae om ee ee :

a

4 \

7

.

~

Fig. 1. Caudal part of the whale, showing the hind limb in situ

PLATE I.

; Bh. tee “= . her's
CON Ae x e ae
a get «© , ' Poe f

Ps . ProvinciaL Museum Reporv. M9

3 “quite plentiful. From this information it is reasonable to think that upon further research a
a new subspecies may be recognized. Much more material, however, and in better condition is
_ Wanted and very desirable. Dr. Merriam states they have in the collection at Washington one
similar specimen from Lake Bennet.
aie From time to time numerous reports have reached this Department of chipmunks having
~ been seen in various localities on Vancouver Island, but upon close investigation we have been
- unable to substantiate any proof of their occurrence, aud I very much doubt if chipmunks were
ever native inhabitants of Vancouver Isiand, although some time about the year 1898 Mr. Albert
‘ S56 Maynard, of Victoria, B.C., collected two chipmunks on the beach at Esquimalt. These skins,
Saale from Mr. Maynard, were given to the late John Fannin, who was Director of tris
- Museum at that time, but I cannot find any record of these skins in this Department; presumably
they must have been sent to some authority for verification and not returned. Until such time
as these skins can be located and their identity established, we cannot include them in the local
fauna of Vancouver Island. It is possible that these two chipmunks which Mr. Maynard mentions
A may have been two animals that had been in captivity and liberated. (FF. K.)
me With further reference to the Notes on Mammals on page 10, Proy. Mus. Rep. 1920, “ Notes
‘on the Occurrence of a Humpbacked Whale having Hind Legs,’ a deseription of this was
“published by Mr. Roy Chapman Andrews in the American Museum Novitates No. 9, and is
_ herewith copied, giving further descriptions and conclusions in regard to this remarkable case
of external hind limbs in a humpbacked whale.
This is printed with the object that through our Annual Report it may become known to
- local residents who may be interested in this extraordinary find at Kyuquot Station.
Rs: It appears to have made quite a stir with a number of scientists, and the Director is in.
receipt of correspondence from Dr. Othenis Abel, Professor de Palaeontologie an der Wiener
‘Universitat, who has published several pamphlets on whales and who wishes further information,
if possible, concerning this remarkable find.

A REMARKABLE CASE OF EXTERNAL HIND LIMBS IN A HUMPBACK WHALE.

By Roy CHAPMAN ANDREWS.

~ In July, 1919, a female humpback whale (Jegaptera nodosa) with two remarkable protru-
sions on the ventral side of the body, posteriorly, was captured by a ship operating from the
-whaling-station at Kyuquot, on the west coast of Vancouver Island, British Columbia. .
me _ One of the protrusions was cut off by the crew of the vessel, but the other was photographed
in situ by the superintendent of the station. Mr. Sidney Ruck and Mr. Lawson, officials of the
‘Consolidated Whaling Company, appreciated the importance of the discovery and presented the
keletal remains of the attachment to the Provincial Museum, Victoria, B.C.
At my request, Mr. Francis Kermode, Director of the Provincial Museum, very courteously
Kc submitted the bones to me with permission to publish upon the result of my examination.
-——s Under date of March 4th, 1920, Mr. Ruck writes to Mr. Kermode as follows :—
fe “T enclose herewith three photographs showing the unusual development of the pelvic
~ rudiments in a whale captured at the Kyuquot Station last July, of which you have the bones.
3 pat is to be regretted that better pictures in evidence of this unprecedented development were
not obtained.
+ “T have been connected with the whaling industry for twenty-two years and during my
iin haye come in contact with prominent naturalists,.such as Professor True, of the Smithsonian
Institute; Professor Lucas, of the Natural History Museum, Brooklyn ;* and Professor Andrews,
of the Natural History Museum, New York, and neither in their experience or mine have the
protrusion of the pelvic bones beyond the body ever been seen or heard of.
“This particular whale was a female humpback of the average length, with elementary legs
protruding from the body about 4 feet 2 inches, covered with blubber about 1% inch thick.
Fe * As shown in the best photograph, these legs protruded on either side of the genital opening;
the Teft leg was cut off by the crew of the vessel and lost, and the point at which it was cut off
_ is clearly shown in the photograph. The end of the leg seen in the picture terminated in a kind
me of round knob like a man’s clenched fist.
“The two bones of'the leg which you have are connected by cartilage, which I was informed
had shrunk about 10 inches, and possibly more by this time. At any rate, the total length of the

-* Then of the U.S. National Museum, now of the American Museum of Natural History.

’

M 10 BririsH CoLu ane - 1922

leg before it was cleaned of the blubber and flesh was, as before stated, about 4 feet 2 ineHes

from the body.”
; After studying the material and discussing it with various scientists, I have come to the

conclusion that the protrusions actually do represent vestigal hind limbs and show a remarkable

reversion to the primitive quadripedal condition.

I am well aware that zoologists are inclined to accept reported instances of reversion with —

extreme reluctance, and that at first sight the tendency will be to consider this a teratological
case of no reyersionary significance, but the evidence is so strong that I cannot interpret it
that way. £

Mr. Ruck reports that the total length of the leg “before it was cleaned of the blubber and ~

flesh’ was about 4 feet 2 inches. The skeletal remains in my possession consist of two bones
and two heavy eartilages. When placed in position as in Fig. 2, the total length is 31 inches.

Femur.—The larger bone is deeply concave proximally and to-it is attached a massive
cartilage (Fig. 3) which in its present shrunken condition is 514 inches in length and 196 inches
wide. I estimate that this cartilage was at least 15 inches long and 3 inches wide when fresh.
I believe that this cartilage represents the femur. It probably lay entirely within the body, its
proximal end being attached to the pelvic vestiges. Such a massive cartilage must necessarily
have had a firm support and leads me to believe that the pelvic elements in this individual
were of extraordinary size. The pelvic bones as usually present in the Megaptera are slender
ossifications about 6 or 8 inches in length and would not furnish a firm enough base for the
attachment of a cartilage which in its fresh condition was as large as a man’s wrist.

Since the photograph of the limbs in situ shows that they were directly below the usual
location of the pelvic vestiges, and since there are no other “ floating” bones near this region,
the conclusion that they were attached to the pelvic elements is entirely justifiable.

Tibia.—The larger of the two bones I identify as the tibia (Fig. 3). It is 14% inches in
greatest length, is well developed, and has a hard smooth outer surface. At the proximal end
its greatest width is 3%4 inches, it narrows gradually for three-fourths of its length, and then
suddenly expands at the distal extremity, where it is 21%4 inches wide. 1

Tarsus.—The distal end of the tibia is convex and gives attachment to a cartilage whica in
its shrunken state is 434 inches long and 1%4 inches wide (Fig. 4). This cartilage, I believe,
represents the tarsus. That it presents no ossifications is by no means surprising, as the carpal
bones in the fore limbs of cetaceans are sometimes entirely absent and often in a more or less

rudimentary condition. Mr. Ruck says: ‘The two bones of the leg. which you haye are con-—

nected by cartilage which I was informed had shrunk about 10 inches and possibly more by
this time.” This would give the tarsal cartilage a length of nearly 15 inches,

Metatarsal.—The distal element in the leg is a hard, well-developed bone which I identify
as a metatarsal (Fig. 4). It has the characteristic shape of the metacarpals in the fore limbs
of cetaceans, except that it is more slender. It is 64 inches long, 1% inches wide proximally,
and 1% inches in distal width; its least width is ”/,, inch. To the distal end of the metatarsal
is attached a heavy cartilage, of which only ®4 inch remains intact. This cartilage probably
formed the extremity of the limb skeleton.

External Appearance of the Limb.—In reference to the limb as it appeared in the fresh
condition, Mr. Ruck says that the end terminated in a “ kind of round knob like a man’s clenched
fist,’ that the total length was about 4 feet 2 inches, and that it was covered with blubber about
Y% inch thick. I infer from Mr. Ruck’s description that the connective tissue and blubber were
eSsentially the same as in the flipper, or fore limb, of cetaceans. The photograph of the limb
in situ (Fig. 1) shows that there are two prominent, truncated tuberosities on the distal half.
The proximal “bunch” evidently indicates the distal end of the tibia and the other is at the
extremity of the metatarsal. These tuberosities may very properly be homologized with those
on the outer, or anterior, edge of the flipper in the Megaptera, which indicate the extremities of
the radius and the second digit. This is, I believe, a point which has considerable significance.

Since the stalk-like cartilaginous femur probably lay entirely within the body and the

remainder of the limb entirely outside, there was undoubtedly a certain flexibility at the point f

of junction with the body.
In a paper entitled “ Untersuchungen an walen,’* Professor W. Kiikenthal has deseribed
external rudimentary hind limbs in three early embryos of Megaptera. These appear as two

* Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir Naturwissenchaft, Ll. 1914, pages 49—-d2.

PLATE IT.

Fig. 2. Skeleton of the hind limb. Fig. 3. Cartilaginous femur and osseous tibia.
Fig. 4. Cartilaginous tarsus and osseous metatarsal.

; BSE
we
;
;
LJ ‘
'
‘
.

‘ ‘

A i 4
= “ &

| "

_*
7

.
ae’
4 b
~ x

A
i * 1
:

3

,
2

ee ee ee

-

al ek

aon

aT ee

1 a A i i od
: 9 gaa Orne

12 Geo. 5 ProvinciaL Museum Reporv. M il

more or less caudally directed papille on either side of the genital organ in the same relative
position as the hind limbs which I have described in this paper. In Kiikenthal’s Stage I. (an
embryo 32 mm. in length) the rudiments are best developed and are 1.2 mm. long. In Stage II.
(an embryo 28 mm. long) the rudiments are somewhat less distinct, reaching a length of 0.8 mm.
In Stage III. (an embryo 30 mm. long) the hind-limb rudiments have still more decreased in
size and appear as minute papille.

Kiikenthal has also discovered hind-limb rudiments in embryos of Phocena communis and
P. dalli, and Guldberg has recorded them in embryos of Lugenorhynchus acutus and Phocuna
communis.

Kiikenthal states that the hind-limb rudiments are found in later embryonic stages of the
Mystacoceti than in the Odontoceti, and concludes that in the evolution of cetaceans the hind
limbs lost their functional character in the Odontoceti earlier than in the Mystacoceti.

Since Kiikenthal’s and Giuldberg’s researches have shown that external hind-limb rudiments
are still present in some cases in embryonic life, it is by no means impossible that these vestigial
organs should continue their growth and persist until the adult stage. I believe that that is
exactly what has occurred in the specimen which I have described above, and that we are
confronted with a clear case of partial reversion to a primitive quadripedal condition.

The limbs, according to the statements of the whalers, were symmetrical; they are in the
exact position in which the hind-limb rudiments have been found in embryonic Megaptera; there
are strong indications that the cartilaginous femur was attached to the pelvic elements; they
are homologous in many respects to the flippers, or fore limbs, and were this a teratological
ease it is doubtful if these homologies would exist. .

- Unwilling as are many evolutionists to accept reported cases of reversion, I can see u0
other explanation for the facts presented here. That this condition is extremely rare must
certainly be true, for, so far as I am aware, this is the only recorded case among cetaceans.
The presence of rudimentary hind limbs would almost certainly attract the attention of whalers
under any condition and eventually be reported to a scientific institution, as was done in the
case under consideration. Although hundreds of thousands of whales have been killed, especially
in the last fifty years since the beginning of shore-whaling, no other instance has been reported.
We are greatly indebted to Mr. Ruck. and Mr. Lawson for their quick appreciation of the
importance of their discovery, and I wish again to express my thanks to Mr. Kermode for

- giving me the privilege of describing it.

ORNITHOLOGY.

While no field-work has been done by the Department in the branch of ornithology, several
persons who are very much interested in bird-life of this Province have made presentations of
specimens to the Museum. One of the most rare specimens taken was presented by Mr. J. G.
French, of Sooke, a white-winged dove (Melopelia asiatica), A.O.U. No. 319. This is the farthest
northern record of this dove. The range of this bird in Lower California, Southern Arizona,
Texas, Florida, south to Cuba, Jamaica, and Costa Rica. Accidental in Washington, one specimen
being taken by Mr. J. H. Bowles, of 'Tacoma, November 7th, 1907. Concerning the specimen
collected by Mr. J. G. French at Sherringham Point, Renfrew District, Vancouver Island, in
July, 1918, he informs me that there were two of the birds together on that occasion, and
without doubt this is now the most northerly record for this accidental visitor.

Other birds and specimens collected by several persons and presented to the Museum are
herewith listed below.

ACCESSIONS.

Black Merlin (Falco columbarius suckleyi). Presented by Mr. W. Long, Mount Douglas,
Victoria, B.C., January 18th, 1921.

_ (xilldeer Plover (Agialitis vocifera). Two specimens presented by Mr. Arthur Trill,

Errington, B.C., April 19th, 1921.

North-western Red-wing (Agelaius phaniceus cuurinus). Presented by Mr. Arthur Trill,
Errington, B.C., April 19th, 1921. -

North-western Red-wing (Agclaius pheniceus caurinus). Presented by Mr. H. Rawlings,
Parksville, B.C., April 19th, 1921.

Killdeer Plover (Aigiulitis vocifera). Presented by Mr. H. Rawlings, Parksville, B.C.,
April 19th, 1921.

i,
(tae

Paes Day Mats er ey RE ae Ley TE Lt ea eae ee es
2 4s i vey y; :
fez aap A} - ones Shae
M 12 British CoLtuMBIA. vp ee

Red-backed Rufous Hummingbird (Sclasphorus rufus). Preserted by Lizzie and John ee
Dool, Ladysmith, B.C., April 22nd, 1921. oe >. ee
Bonaparte’s Gull (Lorus philadelphia). Two specimens presented by Miss Doreen Dodd, — 13

Telegraph Creek, B.C., June 8th, 1921 z 5 Ae , toe
Black-headed’ Grosbeak (Zamelodia melanocephala). Presented by Mr. H. ee
Parksville, B.C., June 18th, 1921. : 7 ee

Black-headed Grosbeak (Zamelodia melanocephala). Presented by Mr. Agtoae Trill,
Irrington, B.C., June 20th, 1921.

Cooper’s Hawk (Accipiter cooperii). Two specimens presented by Mr. R. Gidley, Victoria ;
B.C., July Sth, 1921. ‘ =

Western Robin (albino) (dlerula migratoria propingua). Presented by Mr. G. He eas e
Cedar, B.C., November 11th, 1921.

Snowy Owl (Vyctea nyctea) killed at Victoria, B.C. ‘I'wo specimens presented by Provincial
Police Department. :

White-winged Crossbill (Loxia leucoptera). Presented by Mr. Dennis ast Duncan, ~

B.C., January 6th, 1922. 5 ty
Lumpfish (Humicrotremus orbis). Presented by Mr. Theodore Sebring; Victoria, B.C., April

dsty 1921. ; ‘
Broad-finned Cod (Zaniolepis latipinnis) caught near Crofton, B.C. Presented by Mr. H. F. ‘

Prevost, Duncan, B.C., June 20th, 1921. "aahek -

Crab (Phyllolithodes papillosus). Presented by Mr. A. MceMurtrie, Caapamith, BC, tap
September, 1921. a

Chiton (Cryptochiton Seat Presented by Mr. John Wad, Fanny Bay, B.C., October _
3rd, 1921. se

Blue-tailed Lizard (Humeeces skilfonianis) found at North Shore, Kootenay Lake, September, i
1921. Presented by Master J. G. H. Dicken Spurway. ;

Blue-tailed Lizard (Humeces skiltonianis) found at Edgewood, B.C. Presented by Mr. C.
P. Coates, October, 1921. :

Indian arrow-points presented by Mr. O. H. Brewn, Victoria, B.C.

Indian spear-point and chisel presented by Mr. Joseph Tracey, Gordon Head, B.C.

Fossil shell presented by Mr. Nelson Smith, Nanaimo, B.C., August 1st, 1921.

Fossil shells and leaf presented by Mr. Pete Pasqual, Nanaimo, B.C., February 28th, 1921.

Black Bear skull found at Namu, B.C. Presented by Mr. W. A. Newcombe, September, —
1921. :
Marten-skin presented by Mr. J. W. Cockle, Kaslo, B.C., April Tth, 1921.

Black Squirrel skin presented by Mr. Carl Wilksne, South Fork, Bridge River, Lilloet, B.C.,
June 10th, 1921. This mammal is a melanistic form of the Red Squirrel (Sciurus hudsonieus).

Black-tailed Deer (albino) (Odocoileus colwmbianus columbianus) killed at Chilliwack by
BE. S. Thornton, November 16th, 1921.

Collection of Scirus, Bvotomys, and Peromyscus, collected at Bella Coola and piesbarea by —.
Iv. Harlan Smith, July 30th, 1921.

Entomological collection presented by Mr. Bryant, Ladysmith, B.C.

Collections of plants presented by several persons, of which further mention is made in.
the Botanical section. o

PUBLICATIONS OF OTHER INSTITUTIONS.

a

— |

(Alphabetically arranged.)

Art Institutes of Chicago TIIMOIS= coh scc-< cheperate oicteucrs encieaiesiicnunees Mien) cece tara 1 :
Art, Historical and Scientific Journal, Vancouver, BiC...%.....55.2.....50%. 1
Archzxological Society of Ontario; DLoronto, Ont.. .... 28 Bie. . se we tees Pit :
Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii ...................... 12
“Boston ‘Society of Natural Mistory, Boston; Mass. ge onc cares cieeeietelsseiereneinene 1
Bristol Museum and Art Gallery, Bristol, (WMS wk 5 set cide an cee oh
Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences, Brooklyn, N.Y. ....:............ il
California Academy of Sciences, Sam I’rancisco, Cal, .......5...........6% 13
Galifornia Universbity,, Berkeley, 2Gal” <; «bs vxa <euivisin a sictapele oteiencte mre ae eae 6 .
Carried forward Book sak ae tei eae ons a teak late Cee 37 ite
7
a
SS
a

sl eee te MR BB Di
; AE BO 5
yoo x. 7 are A
2 ’ a
‘
Provincial. Musrum Report. M 13
aH
oa. ‘ PUBLICATIONS OF OTHER INSTITUTIONS—Continued. 7
MBSPOUE UU TTOUUG OM Unt nel obeite Chel sacheye sie) elaine aisle Srecdiats ale dane ceieie reco os Sisregat he 37 pecae
Gardiff Museum, Cardiff, Wales ..............02... A MR oe tan emia = AF LE 1 LY.
Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. .........-..... DD sec ee ee Pee er
Grams One NISSIM: GHALIESCONI IS: Caco ce toc es secclegeccceeneavtincdeves 2 si
Childrens Mihiseum-oreboston, Boston, MASS 3... cnt cles ec ukecwcewacae 1 Fs
Gaye VTS SUMMN eS te OUD WAL Ore enallay «Fact /e ee Gfslsitcs evera) ay clvlone(ele es elles a e.ee bie 5
ye, Colorado, Museum, of Natural History, Denver, Col. ::............0.006. ; 1
ae Ao ONAN MONE Sut veal GUAGE MEN iN eaat sn chcfTs ol nmere, sys: s StT Wie bonteie sre ¢ calito elabia le Shige 6
Dominion Government PubliGabions,"OTAW AK. sh... ee ee gs lope sale oe ce wel 51
ETON IN SELUUE HOLM AES WD CULOM PNET a) crei/clere cic dies Coie e aie oie cles cetis ciate eters 7
Meldevirseum: Chicago, Wy sos. 5. 26. ae Destav Step Taide, rey eM she ith sie Phar SIO ae 1
Cr Veter CUO ENE i UUMVELSI DY ac, cctekers © ss 20s ss ou ete evs one w/e vbiele ete ders 5
ba Himois State Natural Ebistory Survey,-Urbana, Tl) o.oo. cc. la tee ee 5 “al
Instituto General y Tecnico de Valencia, Valencia, Spain ................ 1 .
OMMEGheT AI e DIU yes OHI CES ONT re 0c, ve a ccoidise'e ale ‘eye. oapayeysleiw.cle oss acd Spb eace.e if
3 Nee veO le GONSTESSSe\VASMIMN ELON. DDG i.e ccciere seis oj cre, ors Sa gle shoteve-t edule wise ieee 2
Manchester Museum, Manchester, Iingland .................:0.00- eS ato 1
SS N Manneanousmmstitite Gf ATtS Winn. ss ccc teccmee he soeooesccchcuee 8
he. ; Minnesota University, Minn. .............. SAG Sree eae Neneh sits eue rare sca 4
je MuScim AImencannIngiam HeyeoDOuNdAation .2.... 0.02%. (sees de cele obese be 1 .
é ee MiTSeuMY Of Mime VATtS: ISUStGIM, NIASS!> 0h. fei ences ele anc ces ey eae ease 4
a Fs National evinseum: se iiladelphitd., Rac cc es es kw esc belo e be nee Aodhc coer 1
Se NEw c me VLUSeIN ASSOCIATION. UNCWATIKN. Die meieis a cine ewcieclas ee ciescede esac 3
ra N@oreISk Wuinyeusnini, TbiikeoliG MCh g second OO BO pt dang e accom en CSCO nD ee nrinGe 2 6
the? New York Botanical Garden, N.Y. ........... B nieec DORE OTC R RC OE ited 3 2
y mi Ohio Agricultural Experimental Station, Wooster, Ohio .................. 6 ¢
i OladanoMeanUmiversitoy.. NOLMAM. “Okla rs sla: cc eels bls ato ecco eo whee SA aN ovens 1
my CAMO Va VISCUM SALEM NUASS..( 5... sayeresciety oes ete eels ee be ie Dawes epee 1
ee Peabody Museum, Yale University, New Haven, Conn. ..................0- 22 ;
a PeMmSyVivanicovruserml and UMiversitiy ct. sic tha so dne epee Qele vc vle bees ee Ti
oS Philadelpiia Academy or Natural Sciences, Pa. . 2... 0.2... een eee we eee 2 <a
a HOSCLe VIAN S ect VITISCUNT, Providence; RL. 6... sess wie chee opt se cw oe Ti ”
a 4 Oval scOtishy Museum: Wdinbursh, Scotland 2 .).2..0. 5. ese. ees ee oe 1
Bes - Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. ................ SEM eae as 32
a Srarcoelslaindainstitute, New Brighton, N.Yis ccc. ote gen cece de tes cele erie 3 is
: Sydney Wuseum, Australia ..........0..30... Marte Me dce co kdbeiaAighatihe Hata 9 ;
* United States Departinent of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. ............. F 6
; a DIMMERS Ol Wasminetan, Seattle, Wash. o.c 0.0 bi. e ee sete fete ce sccee ees y
aN Wacner Hree Institute of Science, Philadelphia, Pa. ..............cc0000% 2
. ia Zoological Society, New York, N.Y. ..... ME Diet a NEE ROR ae teow a eae 2
pS “Zoological, Society, Philadelphia, Pa. ....2..............-..- RRC AAS tatastaters 1
os
a , 200
es ; BOTANY.
BD : By W. R. Carrer.

Considerable activity has been prevalent among collectors in several portions of the Province, x
and from these sources much desirable material has been added to the collection in the Herbarium it
of the Provincial Museum. va

Our gratitude must be extended to the following gentlemen for their kindness in contributing e
Pe a large amount of material which not only has added to the collection, but has increased 3
- our knowledge of the distribution of a number of plants, or, in other words, their known range aif
Py. has been extended: Dr. C. F. Newcombe; Mr. W. B. Anderson; Mr. W. A. Newcombe; Professor ry
ee J. KX. Henry; Mr. T. LP. Mackenzie and Mr. G. VY. Copley, of the Grazing Commission; Mr. J. Rh. ‘
iy _ Anderson ; Mr. A. R. Sherwood; Mr. Dennis Ashby; and Dr. M. O. Malte. -
: Mr. FE. B. Webster, of Port Angeles, Washington, very kindly donated specimens of Senecio *
Websteri n. sp.; a rave plant which he collected on the talus-slopes of Mount Angeles, Clallam
if, &
me t
La

?

M 14 BririsH CoLuMBIA. 1922 6.

County, Washington. These specimens are very desirable, as there is a possibility that this and
some of the other plants at present only known to the Olympic Range may eventually be found
on some of the higher mountains on the west coast of Vancouver Island. :
Mr. George Fraser, of Ucluelet, Vancouver Island, presented a number of specimens of
hybridization, chiefly among Rubus, upon which he has been working since 1912, in order to
find out if he could throw any light on the parentage of the loganberry. He is to be congratulated
for his marked strides of success in producing many interesting variations between well-known
cultivated varieties and our native species, which should prove of much scientific value to
horticulturists ; the following list represents the results of his research :—
English raspberry x Rubus nuthkanis.
Rubus nutkanus x Wuglish raspberry.
English raspberry x lwbus spectabilis.
Hnglish raspberry x Rubus leucodermis.
Rubus macropetalus x English raspberry.
Rubus macropetalus x Mongrel raspberry. the result of crossing Rubus spectabilis with
raspberry.
Rubus macropetalus x Wrie blackberry (/2ubus canadensis).
Rubus macropetalus x Sucretia dewberry (fewbus villirus var.).
Rubus macropetalus x Loganberry.
Upright seedling from Rubus macropetalus x Loganberry.
Loganberry x Hnglish raspberry (infertile).
Loganberry x Rubus nutkanus (fertile). ‘
Loganberry x Rubus nutkanus (infertile).
Loganberry x Rwbus spectabilis (fertile).
Loganberry x Rubus laciniatus (infertile).
In the above list Mr. Fraser states the first named is the seed parent.
Another consignment of hybridization received from Mr. Fraser included the following
plants :—
Rubus parvifiorus x BR. oaeranis
Fruit and foliage of Rubus ursinus x Loganberry.
Fruit of Pyrus diversifolia x cultivated variety of P. malus.
Myosotis lava x Myosotis palustris semperjiorens.
Lonicera Perclymeum x Lonicera ciliosa (fertile).
Knight’s hybrid ribes.
Campanula rotundifolia var.
Aster?
Mr. Fraser states the following plants, of which he also very kindly donated specimens,
with the exception of Vaccinium mucrocarpum Ait., haye established themselves by seeding
unassisted on ground which has been cleared and burned but never has been cultivated :—_

Rhododendron ponticum. Brica vagans.

Calluna vulgaris. Brica vagans var. alba.
Calluna vulgaris alporti. Spirea Bumalda.
Calluna vulgaris alba. Pernethya mucronata.
Dabéecia polifolia. Vaccinium macrocarpum.

Daboeecia polifolia alba.

It will be interesting to note whether any of these plants later become distributed and
established throughout the Ucluelet District. :

There has been an increase in the number of visitors seeking information about our native
flora, and a large increase over previous years in the quantity of plants sent in for identification,
Mr. T. P. Mackenzie and Mr. G. V. Copley, of the Grazing Commission, sending in approximately
300 specimens, many of them plants from the dry interior of the Province, and wherever possible
duplicate specimens have been donated for the Herbarium collection.

Among these plants, the following are of special interest :—

Agropyron dasystachyum (Wook.) Seribn. Panicum capillare I. &
Bromus Porteri (Coult.) Nash. Poa brachyglossa Piper.

Danthonia intermedia Vasey. Poa nervosa (Hook.) Vasey.

Blymus dasystuchys Trin. Poa Sandbergii Vasey.

Crick ge /
=j 4
ProvinciaL Museum Reporv. M 15
Sporobolus asperifolius Thurber. Monolepis Nuttalliana (Schultes) Engelm.
Stipa comata Trin. & Rupr. Salicornia europoea I.
— Carex? atrata lL. var. ovata Boot. Sueda depressa (Pursh.) Wats.
| : Carex sychnocephala Carey. Amaranthus paniculatus TG.
F ss Juncus Mertensianus Bong. Silene Douglusii Hook. var. multicaulis Rob.
oy Luzula spicata (l.) DC. Sisymbrium canescens Nutt.
ie EBriogonum niveum Dougl. Asclepias speciosa Torr.
fs y Polygonum acre leptostachyum Meisn. Mertensia paniculata Don.
| he Polygonum Douglasti Greene var. montanuwm Salvia pratensis L.
| eo Small. Chonactis Douglasii TI. & A.
2 -Atriplerz argentea Nutt. Iva xanthiifolia Nutt.

/
| ' ? : Chenopodium leptophyllum Nutt.

| Mr. W. B. Anderson, as is his usual custom, brought in a number of plants collected over a
e ee portion of the Province, including Prince Rupert, Anahim, and Fort George in the north,
_ the Columbia River Valley in the east, Southern Okanagan to the south, Chilliwack and Lytton
a _ to the west, besides a small series from Vancouver Island.

i Specimens mounted and placed in the collection include :—
i Sisyrinchium AMacounii Bickn. Mimulus peduncularis Doug.
ee Urtica wrens L. ' Pentstemon Richardsonii Doug.
i aa Silene Douglasii Hook. var. Macounii Rob. Cynoglossum? grande Doug.
t Arubis? Macounti S. Wats. Antennaria? aprica Greene.
a — Sisymobrium linifoliwm Nutt. Anthemis tinctoria L.
tk i -Thelypodium laciniatum Bndl. Crepis occidentalis Nutt.
is :. Saxifraga nivalis . Gnaphalium Macounii Greene.
Pp _ Astragalus Purshii Doug. : Helianthus Nuttallii T. & G.
| i Geranium Robertianum L.
ae ~- Besides these, there are a number of Composite as yet undetermined.
i _ __ -‘The following additions to the Werbarium are also recorded :—
Le Aristida purpurea Nutt; Hemicarpha aristulata (Coville) Smyth. Presented by Dr. M.
Me 0. Malte.
¥ - Orthocarpus purpurascens Benth. Presented by Dr. C. F. Newcombe.
“9 Phyllospadiz Scouleri Hook.; Cakile edulenta Hook. aoe by Mr. W. A. Newcombe.

a Collected on the west coast of Calvert Island, extending their previously known range.

Bi. - Portulaca oleracea li. Presented by Mr. A. R. Sherwood. ‘This plant appears to be spread-
ing in the vicinity of Victoria and may become a troublesome weed.

5 - An Hpipactes as yet unidentified, presented by Mr. W. Burton.

; Tris (introduced), not yet identified; Lupinus micranthus Dougl., a pink flowering form;
?lantago lanceolata L., an uncommon form. Presented by Professor J. K. Henry.

= Poa bulbosa L.; Luphorbia glyptosperma Wngelm.; Zizia cordifolia (Walt.) DC. Presented
- by Mr. W. R. Carter.

Allium sp. Moly L. This Allium with its handsome yellow flowers and strong scent has
escaped from cultivation and is now spreading and growing in a wild state in portions of the
* Cowichan District. Presented by Mr. Dennis Ashby.
eo) The following are additions to our Canadian and Provincial flora :—

" Caphalanthera oregana Reich. <A single specimen collected and retained by Mr. R. Glen-
denning at Agassiz, July, 1918, and identified by Professor C. V. Piper, of Washington, D.C.
_ New to Canada.

B Hemicarpha aristulata (Coville) Smith. Collected at Cadboro Bay, V.I., July 7th, 1921, by
Dr. M. O. Malte. New to Canada.

Silene Douglasti Hook. var. Macouwnii Rob. Collected at Comox, V.I., by Mr. W. B. Anderson.
_ New to Vancouver Island.

eo . Poa bulbosa lL. Collected Beacon Hill Park, Victoria, B.C., May 17th, 1921, and identified
y.Mrs. Agnes Chase, Washington, D.C.

Buphorbia glyptosperma Fngelm. Fitzgerald, V.I., August 7th, 1921; Zizia cordifolia
By (Walt. ) DC., Fitzgerald, V.1., July 31st, 1921. Collected by Mr. W. R. Carter. New to Vancouver
_ island.

nel

M 16 British CoLuMBIA.

ro ew aoe a

Other plants identified included a mounted series of over 100 species from South Park
School. These specimens, while not of full herbarium size, were exceedingly well prepared and —
reflect great credit on those pupils and teachers responsible for the work. <A large _ Series of
unmounted plants were identified for Happy Valley, Kingston Street, and other schools. ea ;

Again this past season Miss M. Lawson, of the Colonist staff, undertook, for the benefit of 4
the children, the task of editing a Flower Calendar in the Sunday edition of the Daily Colonist
of plants collected by children from various schools and districts. A large number of plants —
were identified weekly, and a marked improvement in the condition of specimens sent in was
noticeable over last year, especially among a few of those who were consistent in sending tad
series in every week.

Mrs. Agnes Chase, Acting Systematic Agrostologist of the Bureau of Plant Industry, United
States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C., very kindly examined and determined our :
collection of grasses, which is now revised under present nomenclature. This revision has _
added several species to the list of Vancouver Island flora.

In the latter part of the summer a “ Preliminary Catalogue of the Flora of Vancouver and >
Queen Charlotte Islands” was received from the hands of the printers, and copies haye been
distributed to most of the scientific institutes and colleges in America and other countries, and
up to the present time we have: received numerous applications for copies from teachers and
others interested in botany, residing in many portions of this Province. me

“The following list of plants are supplementary additions to “ The Flora of Vancouver and”
Queen Charlotte Islands, 1921” (introduced plants being printed in italics in conformity with 4
the printing of the Check-list) :— 7

Lycopodium annotinum lL. Mountains, V.1.

Potamogeton amplifolius Tuckerm. Henry’s “Flora of Southern British Columbia.” =<

Agrostis hyemalis var. geminata (Trin.) Hitche. Mount Arrowsmith, Y.L.

Agrostis idahoénsis Nash. Victoria, Maccun.

Agrostis palustris HWitche. Sidney, V.I., Macoun.

Danthonia Macounii Hitche. Macoun, No. 78823. Mount Benson, Y.I. a

Elymus arenarius compositus (Abromsit) St. John. Beacon Hill Park, Victoria, J. R.
Anderson. j :

Glyceria scabra Malte sp noy.. Macoun’s List. 1918.

Pucinellia nutkznsis (Presl.) Fern & Weath. Sidney, V.I., Macoun. :

Pucinellia nuttalliana (Schult.) Hitche. Nanaimo, V.I., Macoun. < 4

Poa bulbosa L. Beacon Hil! Park, Victoria, W. R. Carter.

Stipa minor (Vasey) Scribn. Macoun’s List, 1918.

Carex sterilis cephalentha Bailey.. Port Renfrew, Rosendahl.

Juncus columbianus Covilie. Macoun’s List, 1918. <9
Hemicarpha aristulata (Coville) Smyth. Cadboro Bay, Y.I., Malte. a
Polygonum erectum L. Macoun’s List, 1918. a

Chenopodium leptophyllum Nutt. Macoun's List, 1918.

Sagina saginoides (L.) Brit. Nanaimo, Hardy Bay, V. e

Silene Douglasii var. Macounii Rob. Comox, V.I., W. B. Anderson.

Lepidium oxycarpum Tv. & G. Cadboro Bay, Y.L., ay eae “ya \

Lathyrus nevadensis S. Wats. Cowichan Lake, Y.I., J. R. Anderson.

Euphorbia glyptosperma Wugelm. Titzgerald, V.1., W. R. Carter.

Callitriche palustris L. Port Renfrew, V.L., Rosendahl.

Zizia cordata (Walt.) DC. Fitzgerald, V ae W. R. Carter. :

Plagiobothrys tenellus Gray. Generally distributed, southern end of Vancouver Island.

Castilleja acuminata (Pursh.) Spreng. VPort Renfrew, V.I., Rosendahl. F 5

Orthocarpus purpurascens Benth. Mount Finlayson, V.1L, Dr. C. F. Newcombe.

Galium cymosuim Wiegand. Tenderson Lake, V.I., W. A. Newcombe. Cowichan Lake, Thetis —
Lake. : ~-e

Centaurea vo-chinensis Bernh. Victoria, V.I., J. R. Anderson.

Cotula australis Wook. Nanaimo, V.1., Macoun.

Solidago caurina Piper. Prospect Lake, V.I., J. R. Anderson. ~

Solidago lanceolata L. Ucluelet, V.1., Macoun.

ENTOMOLOGY.
By KE. H. Brackmore, F.E.S.

Collecting during the past season has not been at all good, although, taken on the whole,
t has been somewhat better than the three preceding years.

_ We had an exceedingly wet winter, which continued, with the exception of a few short dry
‘spells, until late in the spring. Reports from various parts of the Province all speak of poor
ollecting weather. However, a number of rare and uncommon species were obtained by
a various collectors. which will be noted under their respective localities.

-- Warly in the year Mr. Theodore Bryant, of Ladysmith, offered to donate to the Provincial
\ useum a large number of his duplicate Lepidoptera. Arrangements were made whereby the
iter was enabled to visit Mv. Bryant in the latter part of May and thereby enabled to select
he most desirable of the material offered. In addition, Mr. Bry ant. kindly loaned the writer
is entire collection of Microlepidoptera to work over during the “winter months. We are
especially glad to have the use of this collection, as it contains most of the identical specimens
. recorded from Wellington in the 1906 Check-list of British Columbia Lepidoptera; as was
_ mmentioned in last year’s Museum report, page 23, the large majority of species listed in this
roup were either from Mr. Cockle, of Kaslo (168), or Mr. Bryant, of Wellington (94). I hope
fo start work on this collection early in the New Year, as the greater number are simply pinned
and need relaxing and mounting. Many of the species are erroneously named and many need
verification. ,

: Mr. A. W. Hanham, of Duncan, B.C., has also generously placed at my disposal a large
number of unidentified specimens in this group.

_ reported from several localities other than New Westminster, where it was first noticed. It
was found in Vancouver occupying an area several blocks square. Mr. L. BW. Marmont, of
- Maillardville, reported a heavy infestation in his district, and it has also been found at
_ Cowichan Bay, on Vancouver Island. I have recently identified specimens of this species for
‘Mr. J. F. Clarke. who took them at Bellingham, Wash. It is to be regretted that it is spreading
so rapidly, as it is likely to become a serious pest to our native poplars.

BrivisH CoLumMBpiA INSECTS NEW TO SCIENCE.

- Owing to the strike in the printing trade in astern Canada early in the spring a number
_ of entomological magazines were held up, with the result that even now many of them are from
two to three months behind in their issues. Consequently, we can only list those species the
descriptions of which have appeared up to the time of writing this article (December 31st)-
ny species that may be described in the belated issues will be included in next year’s.
- Proyincial Museum Report. Up to date there have been forty-five insects from British Columbia
~ described as new to science during the present year. ‘They include eight species of Lepidoptera,
one species of Hymenoptera (parasitic), thirty-two species of Diptera, and four species of
Hemiptera.
- LEPIDOPTERA.

Of the eight species of Lepidoptera, one belongs to the Lycaenidie, one to the Noctuids, one
to the Lymantriidee, four to the Pyralidse, and one to the Pterophoridx. They are as follows :—

Lycenide (Thecline).

Strymon melinus race atrofasciata McDunnough. Described in the Can. Ent., Vol. 53, page
47, Feb., 1921, from specimens taken at Wellington, B.C. (Taylor) ; Dunean, B.C. (Livingstone) ;
“Royal Oak, B.C. (Treherne); and Victoria, B.C. (Cameron). he above race differs from
typical melinus in its deep steely-grey ground colour and the heavy black spotting on the under-
ide. The lack of orange margin to spots alluded to in the description is not a constant character,
is out of a long series in my own collection there are several which have the orange margins
Strongly pronounced. Dr. McDunnough was of the opinion that this race was confined to
couver Island, but I have specimens from many points on the Mainland which are typical
this new race, and it can safely be assumed that atrofasciata occurs throughout the whole of
Southern British Columbia. It is double-brooded, occurring in May and again in July.

ProvinciaL Museum Reporv. M 17

The European satin-moth (Stilpnotis salicis Linn.) has spread rather rapidly and has been

. a,
Porn|

M 18 British CoLuMBra. est t 1922, 4

Noctuidea.

Anomogyna partita McDunnough. Described in the Can. Ent., Vol. 53, page 179, Aug., 1921, o>
from five specimens. The type taken at Banff, Alta. (Wallis) ; two paratypes from Kaslo, B.C. 2
(Cockle) ; and two paratypes from Nordegg, Alta. (McDunnough). £

Lymantriide. >

Hemerocampa pseudotsugata McDunnough. Described in the Can. Ent., Vol. 53, page ae,
March, 1921. This is the tussock-moth which I had previously determined (vide Rep. Proy.
Mus., 1918, page 12) as Hemerocampa vetusta gulosa Hy. Edw. It was originally discovered
by Mr. W. B. Anderson at Chase, B.C., who found it doing considerable damage to Douglas
fir. Upon the receipt of a number of egg-masses from Mr. Anderson in the spring of 1920,
Dr. McDunnough was enabled to breed it from the egg to the adult. From his observations ©
on the larval stages he came to the conclusion that the species was distinct and undescribed.

Pyralide (Scopariine).

Scoparia basalis race pacificalis Dyar. Described in-Ins. Ins. Mens., Vol. IX., page 66, ~
April-June, 1921, from four specimens taken at Victoria, B.C. (Blackmore) ; Mount Newton,
near Saanichton, B.C. (Blackmore) ; and Grayland, Wash.

Scoparia commortalis Dyar. -Described in Ins. Ins. Mens., Vol. IX., page 67, April-June,
1921, from three specimens taken by the writer at Victoria, B.C. This species is close to
rectilinea Zeller, but is much browner and the paler areas more contrasting.

Pyralide (Crambine).

Crambus tutillus McDunnough. Described in Can. Ent., Vol. 53, page 160, July, 1921, from
six specimens taken at Victoria, B.C. The type and four paratypes were taken by W. Downes;
the other paratype was taken by the writer, mention of which was accidentally omitted from the
original description. A note on this species will be found under the heading of “ Illustrated
Lepidoptera,” together with a figure of the paratype on Plate IY. «

Pyralide-(Phycitine).

Pyla blackmorella Dyar. Described Ins. Ins. Mens., page 68, April-June, 1921, from two
specimens taken by the writer on Mount Tzouhalem, near Duncan, B.C., on June 24th, 1913.
A figure of the paratype will be found on Plate 1V. and further remarks on the species under
the heading of “ Illustrated Lepidoptera.”

Pterophorida. e

Platyptilia alberta B. & L. Described by Barnes and Lindsey in Cont. Lep. No. Amer.,
Vol. IV., No. 4, page 346, from four specimens. Holotype female, Laggan, Alta.; allotype male,
Mount Cheam, B.C. (R. V. Harvey); and two paratype females, Laggan, Alta., and Olympie
Mountains, Wash. .

HYMENOPTERA (PARASITIC).

Ichneumonide.

Myersia grandis Cushman. Described in Proce. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 23, page 110, May,
1921, from one female taken June 5th by Dr. H. G. Dyar at Kaslo, B.C. This specimen was
found by Mr. Cushman among some undetermined Ichneumonide in the U.S. National Museum,
and was probably taken by Dr. Dyar when he made his large collection of Lepidoptera at
KXaslo, B.C., in 1903,

DIPTERA.

Mycetophilide (Fungus-gnats).

In the Proce. Brit. Col. Ent. Socy., Feb., 1920 (issued Nov., 1921), page 16 et seq., Mr. R S.
Sherman described the following sixteen species of this family :—
Mycoma nvutabilis. Savary Island, April. “
Platyura intermedia, Savary Island, July.
Dziedzickia vernalis, Vancouver, May.
Dz2iedzickia rutila. Vancouver, November.

Provincran Museum Report. M 19

Dziedzickia johannseni. Savary Island, April.

Deziedzickia columbiana. Vancouver, May.

Dziedsickia occidentalis. Sayary Island, April.

Rhymosia prolira. Savary Island, July.

Rhymosia faceta. Vancouver, February.

ee Rhymosia seminigra. Vancouver; Savary Island, March and October.

_ ———s Rhymosia pectinata. Savary Island, April.

Rhymosia brevicornis. Vancouver, April. a

—s«sFetragoneura atra. Vancouver, May and June.

2 tne Tetragoneura marceda. Savary Island; Vancouver, April and May.

% Tetragoneura fallar. Sayary Island; Vancouver, April, May, and December.

Tetragoneura arcuata. Vancouver, May and June,

an _ Mr. Sherman has made a special study of this family for a number of years and has greatly

added to our knowledge of the species occurring within the Province.

Pe - ‘These small flies or fungus-gnats, as they are called, resemble mosquitoes or midges to a
great degree, but can at once be distinguished by the antennie not being furnished with whorls

of hair.

ce ‘The abdomen of the male ends in a forceps-like process and in the female in a pointed

et ovipositor. The larve feed in fungi and in decaying vegetation and are not injurious, except
when they attack cultivated mushrooms.

Tabanide (Horse-flies).

ar?

Sa In a recent ‘“ Revision of the Canadian species of the affinis group of the genus Jabanus”
i by Dr. J. McDunnough, Can. Ent., Vol. 53, page 13 ct seq., he has recorded four new species,

three of which are described from material wholly or partly collected in British Columbia.
Tabanus trepidus McD. This species occurs throughout the Dominion, the type lot containing
‘: ¥ specimens taken in Ontario; New Brunswick; Nova Scotia; Quebec; Manitoba; and Peach-
i eland, B.C:
a Tabanus nudus McD. This species also has the same general range, specimens having been
taken in Ontario; New Brunswick ; Manitoba ; Saskatchewan; and Mount Lehman (Lower Fraser
fo Valley), B.C.
a 4 Tabanus atrobasis MeD. The type material of this species is entirely confined to British
wa Columbia, although Dr. MeDunnough states that it extends south into Oregon. The holotype
¥ is from Mount Lehman, B.C. (S. Hadwen), and the paratypes are from Victoria, Royal Oak,
~ Dunean, and Courtenay.
Bombyliide (Bee-flies).

Calopelta fallar Greene. Described in Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 23, page 23, Jan., 1921,
a trom five specimens. Holotype, allotype, and one female paratype from Colorado, and one male
Br and one female paratype from Royal Oak, B.C., taken on May 19th, 1917, by R. C. Treherne.
Calopelta is also a new genus erected by Mr. Greene for the reception of this new species; it
differs from the genus Plows, which it most nearly resembles, by having only two submarginal
cells in the wing instead of three, a feature which was pointed out by Dr. McDunnough.

fe.

e —< Syrphide (Flower-flies).

, Spherophoria cranbrookensis Curran. Described in Can. Ent., Vol. 53, page 173, Aug., 1921,
¥P from a single male specimen taken by Mr. C. Garrett at Cranbrook, B.C., on May 25th, 1919.

Helomyzida.

In an article entitled “ Notes on Helomyzidie and Descriptions of New Species,” which
_ appeared in Ins. Ins. Mens., Vol. IX., page 119 et seq., July— Sept., 1921, Mr. C. B. D. Garrett
x scribes eleven new species of this family, ten of which are from British Columbia. They are
i as follows :—
; Leria aldrichi. Cranbrook, March.
Barbastoma barbatus. Sheep Creek, October.
Postleria fuscolinea. Cranbrook; Michel, May—June—August.
Amebaleria scutellata. Cranbrook, May.
Amebaleria gigas. Cranbrook; Michel, Mareh to August.

— ” s y-—>: - e ~~" 2 - ee ie Me Ma oS

M 20 British CoLuMBIA. 1922

MW orpholeria melaneura. Cranbrook, Aprii-May—October.
Pseudoleria pectinerata. Cranbrook, June.

@eothea canadensis, Cranbrook; Michel, April—July.
Acantholeria @diemus. Cranbrook; Michel, April—August.
Acantholeria abnormalis. Michel, July.

A new scheme of classification for this family has been proposed by Mr. Garrett, based
chiefly on the length of the foremost fronto-orbital bristle, and six new genera have been erected, -
viz.: Barbastoma, Postleria, Amebalaria, Morpholeria, Pseudoleria, and Acantholeria.

The species of this family are small dark-coloured flies looking something like dung-flies. :
They are found in damp shady places and fly in the twilight. The laryze feed in fungi, decaying
wood, and the dung of small animals, such as dogs, rabbits, and bats.

TEMIPTERA.

The following fonr species were described by Dr. H. M. Parshley in the Proc. Brit. Col. Ent.
Soc., Feb., 1921, page 16 et seq.:— ;
Tingide. :

Acalypta modesta. From three specimens taken at Royal Oak, B.C., by R. C. Treherne on
May 14th, 1917.
Miride.

Daceria formicina. This species was described from several specimens taken by Mr. W.
Downes in the Saanich District, B.C., and at Shawnigan Lake, B.C., in July and August, 1918.

Saldide.

Saldula comata. ~ Holotype male and allotype female taken at Beaver Lake, Saanich District,
B.C., by W. Downes, June 17th, 1919, and paratype female at Vernon, B.C. (Downes), September
26th, 1918. E

Saldula nigrita. Described from specimens taken by Mr. Downes at Dunean, B.C., on
September 17th, 1919.

4
LEPIDOPTERA NOT PREVIOUSLY RECORDED FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA.

The following annotated list contains those species of Lepidoptera which haye been taken
during the past two seasons and of which we have had no previous record. It does not inelude
the Microlepidoptera, which are treated of under a separate heading, neither does it include
the names of species recently determined as new to the Province, but which have stood as
uniques in the cabinets of various collectors for a number of years. The numbers preceding
the names are the same as those contained in Barnes & McDunnough’s Check-list of North
American Lepidoptera, 1917.

Noctuidae.

1226. Orosagrotis incognita Sm. Mount McLean, near Lillooet, B.C., August 2ist. 1920
(A. W. Hanham). Further remarks on this species will be found under the heading of
“ Tilustrated Lepidoptera.”

1256. Luxroa floramina Sm. A single specimen taken by A. W. Phair at Lillooet, B.C., on
September 5th, has been determined by Dr. A. W. Lindsey as agreeing with specimens of
Jloramina Sm. in the Barnes collection.

1274. Buroa rufula Sm. Mount McLean, B.C., August 22nd, 1920. (See “ Illustrated
Lepidoptera.” ) ;

1288. Euroa erculta Sm. <A single specimen taken at Vavenby, B.C., by T. A. Moilliet on
August 26th has been determined as this species by Dr. H. G. Dyar, who compared it with
Smith's unique type. In Proce. U.S. N.M., Vol. XXII., page 424, Smith gives ‘“ North-west British
Columbia” as the locality for the single male from which the species was described. It is more
likely that ‘“* North-west Territory’ was meant, as most of Smith’s species described from this
general locality have turned out to be from Northern Alberta. I believe that this Vavenby
specimen is the first authentic record that we have of this species from British Columbia.

13644. Buroa excellens race infelizv Sm. Fort Steele, B.C., August 15th, 1921 (W. B.
Anderson). (See ‘“ Illustrated Lepidoptera.)

Noe

Provincia, Museum Reporr. M 21

ie 1388S. Rhizagrotis flavicollis Sm. Vavenby, B.C., August 26th, 1921 (T. A. Moilliet). This
' species is listed in the 1906 B.C. Check-list from Wellington and Kaslo, but all the specimens
a that I haye seen under this name (about fifty from a dozen different localities) have been
_ Huxoa ridingsiana Grt. The two species are very much alike superficially, but flavicollis has a
fy : more yellow costa and the collar is yellow also. I have the species from Nordegg, Alta., and
_- the Vavenby specimen agrees with these.
i a 1584. Lampra (Rhynchagrotis) nefascia Sm. Goldstream, B.C., September 6th, 1920 (E. H.
_ Blackmore). (See “Illustrated Lepidoptera.’’)
4 . 1642. Anarta hampa Sm. A single specimen taken on Mount McLean at 7,500 feet altitude
_ by A. W. Hanham on August 21st, 1920.
= 22014. Sympistis zetterstedti race labradoris Staud. Mount McLean, B.C., August 21st, 1921
» 2 (A. W. Hanham). (See “ Illustrated Lepidoptera.” )
” _ 2275s. Trachea inordinata race montana Sm. Chileotin, B.C., May 30th, 1920 (E. R.
Buekell). (See ‘“ Illustrated Lepidoptera.” )
“4 2364. Teniosea discivaria Walk. Vavenby, B.C., July 18th, 1921 (T. A. Moilliet). (See
_ “Tilustrated Lepidoptera.” )
ia w 2470. Acronycta radcliffei Harv. Quamichan Lake, near Duncan, B.C., June, 1921 (G. O.
BD Day). (See “ Illustrated Lepidoptera.”)
i _ 2965. Tarachidia semifiavana Gue. Taken by J. W. Wynne at Enderby, B.C.
; 3222. Syngrapha alticola Wik. <A single specimen taken on Mount McLean, B.C., by A. W.
a Hanham on August 22nd, 1921. This was at one time believed to be a synonym of devergens
- Hubner, but is now regarded as a distinct species.
i 38509. Zanclognatha jacchusalis Wik. Taken by T. A. Moilliet at Vavenby, B.C., on July
oe 18th, 1921:

ae

Geometrida.

40098. Hydriomena nubilofasciata race vulnerata Swett. Sluggett’s, B.C., March ist, 1921
-(W. Downes). (Sce “Illustrated Lepidoptera.”)

4 i 4129. Nasusina leucata Hulst. A single specimen taken by A. W. Phair at Lillooet, B.C.,
on July 16th, 1920.

3, 4316-1. Drepanulatrix secundaria B. & McD. Kaslo, B.C., July, 1920 (J. W. Cockle). (Sce
_. “Tilustrated Lepidoptera.”)

me: " 4453. Dysmigia loricaria Evers. Vavenby, B.C., July 18th, 1921 (T. A. Moilliet). (See

“Tllustrated Lepidoptera.”’)
_ 4467. Caripeta angustiorata Wik. Several specimens taken at Kaslo, B.C., by J. W. Cockle
~ Ss
Ny in 1920. ‘This species is an inhabitant of the Atlantic States, but is recorded from Blairmore,
a Alta.

RARE AND UNCOMMON LEPIDOPTERA TAKEN IN BrITISH COLUMBIA DURING 1921.

“>, ’ Victoria—Mr. Martin Brinkman took the following noctuids during the present season, all
; of which are new records for Victoria: Graptolitha torrida Sm.; Acronycta funeralis G. & R.;
4 and Autographa speciosa Ottol. They were all taken “at rest” on electric-light poles. He also
4 i took a specimen of that rather rare geometer Gabriola dyari Tayl.
j Master Lewis Clark, who has recently become an enthusiastic collector, captured a fine
‘specimen of Autographa octoscripta Grt. This is the first record of this species for Vaneouver
Island. It is a very rare species in British Columbia, as only three specimens have been
recorded to my knowledge. He also bred from a pupa found in his father’s garden a female
__ specimen of that very rare geometer Cleora ercelsaria Streck. It emerged on June 22nd. It is
" four years since I have had a record of this species, when I took a specimen at Goldstream on
_ June 4th, 1917. A figure of this specimen was given in Rep. Prov. Mus., 1917, Plate II.
" Mr. W. B. Anderson took specimens of Polia restora Sm. and Septis alia race rorulenta Sm.
- he former species is apparently increasing, as it has been taken by several local collectors
during the past two or three years.. It was at one time comparatively rare in collections.
Mr. W. R. Carter, who has collected assiduously during the season, has captured several
_ yery interesting species, amongst them being a nice series of /pimorpha nanaimo Barnes. This
species has been a comparative rarity for many years, but from certain conclusions reached last
year an exhaustive search of certain localities resulted in an increased number of specimens
eine taken this season. As the specimens taken have always been in the vicinity of Lombardy

.
*
"Sr
*

. oa
-¥
AS!
“eo
—
WE
in

i hig” ae >

See ; é + Vg

ictal

“« Le ott antag 3 = Meee FT, -5

ré aes a eS Wen Ps
ts wT As ae, g a

2 ‘ c

M 22 BririsH CoLuMBIA. 1922,

poplar, I am inclined to the belief that this is its food-plant. There are two distinct colour
forms of this species, the predominating form being of an eyen light-buff colour and the other
is of a light olivaceous shade. Mr. Carter also took a couple of specimens of Cerma cuerva
Barnes, both “at rest.” This small noctuid seems to be of very retiring habits, as very few
specimens have been captured. I have only taken two in eleven years’ collecting in this vicinity.
It was described from Victoria in 1907 (Can. Ent., Vol. 39, page 10), and with the exception of
a couple of specimens taken by Mr. Cockle at Kaslo, I have not seen it from any other locality.
A figure of this species was given in the Rep. Prov. Mus., 1919, Plate IT.

Showing the extreme mildness of the Victoria winter climate, Mr. Carter took a freshly
emerged specimen of Coniodes plumogeraria Hulst. on January 6th of this year. ‘This is about
two months earlier than it normally appears. A single specimen of Hrannis vancouverensis —
Hulst. was taken on December 7th. A nice series of the wingless females of both Paraptera
danbyi Hulst. and Rachela occidentalis Hulst. were taken by Mrs. Carter in the early part
of December. =

Goldstream.—The writer spent part of his vacation as well as a number of week-ends in
this locality. The collection of “ Micros ” was the principal object in view, but several interesting
species of other families were also taken. The most desirable of them being Polia tacoma Streck. ;
this is the first record from Goldstream, the other known localities being Duncan, Kaslo, and
Rossland; Graptolitha ferrealis Grt., a perfect specimen “at rest”; Huzoa obeliscoides Gue.;
Trachea cinefacta Grt.; Alypia ridingsi Grt.; this was the first specimen that I haye any record
of since I took a solitary individual in the same locality in July, 1912. They have a habit of —
settling on the railway-track in the hot sunshine of a July afternoon and slowly waying their
wings up and down. They are extremely wary and very difficult to capture, as once they are
disturbed their flight is exceedingly rapid. Later, Mr. Carter while collecting at Fitzgerald,
some 12 miles north of Goldstream on a hillside about 700 feet elevation, saw a number of this
species flying about a bed of Valerianella congesta (sea-blush). He managed to net some twelve
specimens on three different dates. It is evident that it is a species that frequents higher
altitudes and only occasionally comes down to the low levels, thus accounting for its apparent
rarity. In the Geometride the writer took a single specimen of Lobophora simsata Swett.; a
single Spodolepsis substriataria race danbyi Hulst.; this is the first record from this district.
It apparently occurs sparingly throughout the whole of Southern British Columbia; a single
specimen of Entephria multivagata Hulst. in beautiful condition; Dysstroma ethela Tayl., a
perfect specimen (see “ Illustrated Lepidoptera”) ; Hupithecia mutata Pears.; this rare species
I haye also figured on Plate IV.; and two fine male specimens of Sabulodes cervinaria Pack.;
these were taken “at light” about 11 p.m. on June 2nd and are the first of this species that
I have captured.

Fitzgerald.—Mvr. Carter, who collected regularly every week-end in this locality, took many
desirable species during the season, chief of which were a single Gortyna pallescens Sm. (new
locality) ; Annaphila decia Grt.; this pretty little noctuid is rather uncommon in the southern
part of the Island, though I believe it oceurs a little more frequently at Duncan. Amongst the
geometers, Drepanulatrix rectifascia Hulst. and D. falcataria Pack. were the best captures.

Alberni.—Mr. John Redford collected a large number of specimens during the past season,
the most interesting of which are the following: Huroa costata Grt. (uncommon); Agrotis
esurialis Grt. (uncommon); A. oblata Morr.; Huretagrotis perattenta Grt.; this record extends
the known range of this species considerably, my previous records being from Vernon and
Chilliwack. It is rare in British Columbia collections. Trachea indocilis Walk.; Papaipema
insulidens Bird, one specimen taken “at light.* Previous to this specimen I have only seen
the species from Duncan (Day). It is very uncommon, a few odd specimens being taken “at
light” occasionally; if its food-plant was known it could doubtless be obtained in greater
numbers. It was described from Vancouver Island. Hosphoropteryx thyathroides Gue.; two
specimens of this very handsome and uncommon noctuid were taken “at light.”

Mr. W. R. J. Piggott, a new collector in this district, did considerable collecting * at light”
in the late summer and early fall and obtained many good things, amongst them being Polia
lubens race glaucopis Hamp.; Graptolitha dilatocula Sm.; Humichtis versuta Sm.; Bremobia
claudens race albertina Hamp. (not common); Pyrrhia umbra race exprimens Walk. (very
uncommon on Vancouver Island); Melipotis versabilis Hary. (rather rare on the Island);
Janassa pallida Streck.; Tolype dayi Blackmore, a single male specimen. The distribution of
this species is greater than I at first supposed, as, in addition to the Vancouver Island localities,

;

Proyinc1aL Muspum Report. M 23

_ I have seen a specimen taken by Mr. Cockle at Kaslo, and I have also found a rather poor male
_ among some papered material taken by the late W. H. Danby at Rossland many years ago.
p Maillardville-—Mr. L. 8. Marmont, besides collecting a large number of “ Micros,” took the

_ species; Trachea indocilis WIk., a single specimen. This is a good capture as the species seems
_ yather rare in British Columbia collections. The other recorded localities that I know of are
Dunean (Day), Alberni (Redford), Kaslo (Cockle), Rossland (Danby), and Upper Columbia
River (Dod). It may be more common than supposed, as it is probably confused in collections
with Trachea divesta Grt., which it very much resembles, especially if the specimens are some-

- what worn. Autographa nicholle Hamp.; several specimens of this species were taken in May
and again in September, thus indicating it to he double-brooded. There is no apparent difference
between the two broods. It is also reported from Duncan (Day & Hanham) as having two

broods in the season. Huthyatira pudens Gn. (peach-blossom moth); a single specimen of '

this handsome species was taken and a fine specimen of Drepana bilineata Pack. was bred
eX pupa. ; i

Amongst the Geometride, Mr. Marmont captured a nice specimen of that rare species Cleora
albescens Hulst., and another specimen of Lygris harveyata Tay]. A short series of AWthaloptera
anticaria race fumata B. & McD. was taken. The specimens taken by Mr. Marmot are consider-
ably paler than those taken by Mr. Cockle at Kaslo, from which locatity the species was described.
A most peculiar incident of a butterfly being taken “ at light”? was related to me by Mr. Marmont.
At 11.30 p.m. on the night of August 6th, while out collecting noctuids, he noticed a peculiar-
looking moth (?) flying around an electric-light pole. Upon capturing it, it proved to be a

specimen of Phyciodes mylitta Edw. ‘This is the first instance I have heard of a butterfly being

_ taken in this manner.

Lillooet—Mr. A. W. Phair, who generally sends in some very desirable material, has not
eollected as much as usual this season, the cares of an increasing business having prevented him
getting into the field as often as he has done in previous years. However, amongst the material
sent in was a Specimen of Acronycta mansueta Sm.; this is the first authentic specimen of this

_ species that I have seen. It agrees perfectly with the description and figure (Proc. U.S.N.M.,
Vol. 21, page 100, and Plate XII., Fig. 7). Dyar in his “ Kootenai List” records one specimen
from Kaslo (Cockle), but a specimen sent to me by Mr. Cockle as this species is A. grisea race
revelleta Sm.; Acronycta strigulata Sm., a rather worn specimen. This species was figured in
Rep. Proy. Mus., 1920, Plate I.
Amongst the geometers was a specimen of Dysstroma formosa Hulst., a rather rare species.
JI have seen one other specimen previously from the same locality and one from Vavenby.
During the second week of August Messrs. Day and Hanham spent six days camping on Mount
McLean at an elevation of 5,000 feet. Several trips were made to an altitude of 7,500 feet, at
which elevation many alpine insects were taken. The most noteworthy of the diurnals were:
Burymus nastes race streckeri Gr.; Hrebia vidicri Elwes; Strymon saepiwm Bdy.; Heodes
cupreus Edw.; and H. heteronea Bdy. A single specimen of Huroa colata Grt. was taken. This
is a most interesting record, as the species must be exceedingly rare. Dyar records one from
Sandon, B.C., and a specimen is recorded from Mount Cheam, B.C. Two specimens of Oncocnemis
hayesi Grt. were captured; this is a new locality for this species, Kaslo being the only previous
record. Curiously enough, a specimen of Autographa alta Ottol. was taken, to which the same
remark applies.

Princeton.—Mr. A. S. Thomson, who was with a surveying party in the mountains in this
district, managed to pick up a few specimens, which included Brenthis chariclea Schneid and

- Buphydryas anicia D. & H. among the diurnals; Diacrisia vagans Bay. and Parasemia plainta-
_ ginis form geometrica Grt. in the arctiids. The only noctuid taken was a rather rubbed specimen
of Zale benesignata race largera Sm. The species was described by Smith (Proe. U.S.N.M.,
‘Vol. 35, page 257, 1908S) from two specimens, a male from Winnipeg, Man., and a female from
* Wellington, B.C. (G. W. Taylor). I have no record of any specimen of this species having been
captured in the Province since the type was taken until Mr. Thomson secured this specimen,
which was kindly identified for me by Dr. J. McDunnough. A single geometer was taken,
“ Macaria denticulata race sexpunctata Bates. This is rather an uncommon species; it has been
__ yécorded from Chilcotin and Penticton.

Chilcotin—Mr. E. R. Buckell, who has been studying the grasshopper situation in this
district for the past two years under the direction of the Provincial Department of Agriculture,

Sag ee et Tee S eee eee

M 24 ) BririsH CoLuMBIA. Rett 1922

made a small collection of Lepidoptera which contained some very interesting species. The
following are worthy of special notice: Apantesis blakei race superba Stretch; a single, rather ;
faded Schinia separata Grt.; this species was recorded for the first time in Rep. Proy. Mus., — b,
1920, page 19, from Spences Bridge, B.C. (Newcombe), as being new to the Province and a figure
of it was given on Plate I. Huxoa quadridentata race flutea Sm.; this is a good record as it
is a very rare species in the Province. G'raptolitha petulca Grt.; this record extends the known —
range of this species, as it has hitherto only been recorded from the southern part of British
Columbia (Vancouver Island to Kaslo); Septis barnesi Sm., a worn specimen; Oligia tensa —
Grt. (see “ Illustrated Lepidoptera”) ; Andropolia contacta W1k., a rare species, only previously —
known from Kaslo; and Huclidimera annera Hy. Edw. Amongst the Geometridz was a nice —
specimen of Phasiane hebetata Wulst. (see “Illustrated Lepidoptera”); Lygris atrifasciata —
Hulst., an uncommon species which occurs very sparingly in various localities; and Platea
trilinearia Pack.; this exceedingly handsome geometer is more widely. distributed than is ‘
generally supposed. For a number of years a single specimen taken by Mr. BE. M. Skinner at ‘a
Keremeos in May, 1894, was the only known record for British Columbia. During the last three :
or four years specimens have been recorded from Lillooet (Phair), Penticton (W. B. Anderson),
and now from Chilcotin. ; *
Barkerville—During the middle of August a short time was spent in this district by
Mr. Buckell, but owing to the extremely wet weather very few insects were taken; the most
interesting amongst the geometers being Jiame brunneata Thun., one specimen in nice condition
being taken. This is a very tare species in British Columbia. I have one other specimen taken
by the late R. V. Harvey from Similkameen in July, 1906. In Rep. Can. Arct. Exped., Vol. IIL.,
Pt. 1, page 44, Gibson records one specimen from Burwash Creek, Yukon Territory, taken
in August, 1914 (D. D. Cairns), rather darker in colour than the Eastern specimens. I have
also a single specimen from the Yukon-Alaska boundary taken by Theo, Bryant in 1908.
This specimen is also much darker in ground colour than the two British Columbia examples
I have mentioned; Lygris destinata Moesch (not common); Lupithicia cretaceata Pack.; this
species has a very wide range in the Province, from Victoria in the south to Atlin in the far
north and across the Province to West Kootenay. I am not at all sure but what they embrace
one or two well-defined races; and Aanthorhe abrasaria race congregata Walk. s
Mr. Buckell also collected & short series of @neis beagni Elwes on Mount Bowman (7,500
feet) on July 9th. This species has been taken on a number of mountain ranges in the Province
and probably occurs on every mountain of over 7,000 feet altitude. Mount Bowman is a high
limestone ridge some 20 miles north-west of Clinton. :
Enderby.—Myr. Downes has handed us a list of species identified by Dr. J. McDunnough which
were taken by Mr. J. Wynne in the vicinity of Enderby. They include several good records, the
best of them being Tarache areli Streck.; this pretty little noctuid is extremely rare. I haye
one specimen from Rossland (Danby) and it has been taken at aslo by Mr. Cockle. Syneda —
ochracea Behr.; this is another somewhat rare species, odd specimens haying been taken at
Vaseaux Lake (Treherne), Kaslo (Cockle), and Rossland (Danby). Amongst the geometers,
Trichodesia albovittata race tenuifasciata B. & McD. is the most interesting. It was deseribed
(Cont. Lep. No. Amer., Vol., 8, No. 4, pagé 225) from Spirit Lake, Idaho. It differs from typical
albovittata in having the white band of the primaries very much reduced in width. I haye one
specimen from Rossland (Danby). ; :
Vavenby.—This locality is situated about SO miles north of Kamloops in the valley of the —
Upper Thompson River. Mr. T. A. Moilliet and his son Ted, who is an enthusiastie collector,
sent us a considerable quantity of material during the past season. As we had not previously
received any materiai from this district, we were especially glad to get this, as it has extended
our knowledge of the range of many common species, as well as furnishing us with specimens
of rare species of which we had no previous representatives, including several new to the
Provinee. Amongst the diurnals were specimens of Basilarchia arthemis race rubrofasciata
B. & MeD.; this species must be extremely isolated, as this makes only the third locality from
which it has been recorded in eighteen years. The first was a single specimen taken by
Mr. Dashwood-Jones at Haleyon Tlot Springs, Kootenay Lake, in 19038, and then no further
specimens were recorded until Mr. W. A. Newcombe took five in the Chileotin District in 1919.
Incisalia polias C. & W.; Lycwnopsis pseudargiolus form lucia Kirby, and form marginata Edw. ;
these are the first specimens of these two forms that I have seen from this Proyinee, although

4

ProvincraL Muspum Report. M 25

I haye two or three rather poor specimens taken in the Yukon by Mr. T. Bryant which are
referable to the form lucia. In the Rep. Can. Are. Exped., Vol. III., page 30, Mr. A. Gibson
refers to specimens taken by G. M. Dawson at Dease Lake, B.C., in 1887, which Dr. Fletcher
- determined as representing the forms lucia Kby., marginata Edw., and violacea Edw. Dease
Lake is situated some 60 miles north-east of Telegraph Creek.
In the Sphingidx, Smerinthus jamaicensis f. norm geminatus Say. and Hamorrhagia thysbe
form cimbiciformis Steph. were the best. Apantesis michabo Grt. was the most desirable of
-) the arctiids, while in the Noctuidse the following are worthy of special mention :—
; Buxoa plagigera Morr.; Scotogramma trifolii Rott., a single specimen which is the first
I have seen of the typical form; it may occur at Kaslo, but I have not seen a specimen from
P there. Anyway, it is quite rare, as is also the race albifusa Walk., which occurs on Vancouver
Island. A figure of the latter was given in Rep. Proy. Mus., 1916, Plate VII. Polia farnhami
Grt.; Bombycia rectifascia Sm. (see “ Illustrated Lepidoptera”) ; Agroperina morna Streck.3
this is another rare species; the only other one I have seen was collected by Mr. G. O. Day
? Beat Cowichan Bay. Andropolia edon Grt.; Namangana preacuta Sm.; and Autographa flagellum
_ Walk.; this is rather an uncommon Autographa in British Columbia, as our preyious records
are from Agassiz and Kaslo. Amongst the geometers are Lobophora montanata race magno-
liatoidata Dyar., previously taken at Ixaslo (Cockle) and Rossland (Danby) ; Dysstroma formosa
Hulst.; Lygris destinata race schistacea Warr.; a single specimen taken on August 30th matches
exactly a specimen from Kaslo (Cockle), which was identified by Dr. McDunnough some years
ago as this species. I have no other record of it. Jsturgia truncataria Wlk.; Itame sulphurea
Pack.; J. plumosata B. & MecD.; Buchlena astylusaria Wik.; and one BLulype hastata race
— subhastata Nole.; this race is rather rare in British Columbia collections, although it is rather
widely distributed. We have specimens from Atlin, Prince Rupert, and Grouse Mountain, near
Vancouver.

different localities during the season, reports that collecting on the whole was decidedly poor,

although several good days were experienced, notably May 24th at Penticton and August 15th

at Fort Steele. The following are the best of his captures :—

Powell River—Eriopygea perbrunnea Grt.; Autographa mappa G. & R.; and Diactinia

_ silaceata race albolineata Pack. :

: Seechelt.—Several specimens of Hpargyreus tityrus Fabr. were taken, but they were all badly

worn as it was rather late for this species—August 6th, 3 be exact. This species has previously

been recorded from Vancouver and Savary Island (R. 8. Sherman), where it appears about the
latter part of June. A specimen of Selenia alciphearia eas ornata B. & MeD. was also taken.

' Penticton.—Smerinthus cerisyi opthalmicus form pallidulus Edw.; a single specimen of

4 this uncommon form was taken; Diacrisia pteridis (danbyi) race rubra Neum; Scotogramma

oregonica Grt.; and Spodolepsis substriataria race danbyi Hulst.

Fort Steele.—Buroa satiens Sm.; 2 short series of this rare noctuid was taken in good
condition “at light.” In our local lists it is simply recorded from “ B.C.’ I have one specimen

- from Lillooet (Phair) which is referable to this species. HWuxroa quadridentata race flutea Sm.;

Ba -Oncocnemis albifasciata Hamp.; this is also a rare species. A single specimen was taken some

a years ago by Mr. Anderson at Chilcotin (see ‘“ Illustrated Lepidoptera”); and Zenophieps

a! lignicolorata Pack.

2 MICROLEPIDOPTERA,

We have continued our work in this group during the present season and have obtained a

~ number of new records, including several new species. We have also extended our knowledge of

; the known range of a number of species that have been previously recorded.

= Collections have been made at Victoria, Goldstream, Fitzgerald, Mount Tzouhalem, Maillard-
‘yille, Mount McLean, Chileotin, and Vavenby, which have resulted in the addition of much

- desirable material.

As a result of this activity the writer has been enabled to mount about 1,800 of these small

‘moths during the past season, a great many of which have not previously been recorded.

- In the Ann. Rep. Prov. Mus., 1920, pages 23 and 24, I gave a list of species taken in that

ear which were additional to those recorded in the 1906 B.C. Check-list. I am appending a

_ further additional list of species taken during the present year, together with a few taken in
av 1920, the determinations of which were not to hand when the previous list was printed. Some

a

Mr. W. B. Anderson, Dominion Inspector of Indian Orchards, who has collected in many

23

M 26 British CoLtuMBIA. ; oe: 1922

of the species have been described since the 1906 Check-list was published; the majority are, —
however, new records for the Province and a few are new to science. ;

It is well to state here that this season’s captures in the Jineina are not included, as they .
have not yet been worked up owing to the absence from Washington of Mr. August Busck, who.
is the foremost authority on this group in North America. ge

The numbers and arrangement are in accord with Messrs. Barnes & McDunnough’s Check-
list. Those marked with a star have been described since the “ List” was published.

Collectors: W. B. Anderson, E. H. Blackmore, E. R. Buckell, W. R. Carter, G. O. Day,
A. W. Hanham, L. E. Marmont, and T. A. Moilliet, whose initials only are used in the following ©
records. 2

Pyralide (Pyraustine).
4994. Bvergestis subterminalis B. & McD. Mount McLean (G.O.D.); Vavenby (T. A. M.).
4996. Evergestis simulatalis Grt. Fort Steele (W. B. A.) ; Mount McLean (G. O. D.).
Pyralide (Scopariine). %
* Scoparia basalis pacificulis Dyar. Victoria (i. H. B.); Mount Newton (BE: HNBakers
* Scoparia commortalis Dyar. Victoria (fH. HW. B.).

Pyralide (Schenobiine).
5311p. Schenobius melinellus albicostellws Fern. Alberni (J. Redford).
Pyralide (Crambine).
* Crambus tutillus McD. Victoria (W.-R. G.; EE. H. B.).
Pyralide (Phucitine).

-5591. Ambesa letella Grt. Chilcotin (BH. R. B.).
5631. Salebria virgatella subcwsiella Clem. Goldstream (HE. H. B.). >
* Pyla blackmorella Dyar. Mount Tzouhalem (G. O. D.).

Fterophoride.

5862. Platyptilia edwardsi Fish. Mount McLean (G. 0. D.; A. W. H.).
5881. Platyptilia pallidactyla Haw. Victoria (W. R. C.); Goldstream (E. H. B.).

Alucita montana declivis Meyr. Fort Fraser (W. B. A.).
5899. Oidematophorus cinecraceus Fish. Mount McLean (G. O. D.); Vavenby (fT. A. M.).
5907. Oidwmatophorus homodactylus Wik. Mount McLean (G. O. D.; A. W. H.); Vavenby

(PAL)
Oidematophorus occidentalis Wishm. Fort Steele (W. B. A.); Wavenby, (T. A. M.).
* Oidematophorus corvus B. & L. Goldstream (BH. H. B.); Maillardyille (lL. E. M.).

5944. Stenoptilia mengeli Fern. Mount McLean (A. W. H.).

Gelechide. ,
6021. Meteneria lappella Linn. Victoria (BB. H. B.).
Oecophoride.

6486. Semioscopis aurorella Dyar. Maillardyille (lL. E. M.).

6488. Semioscopis inornata Wishm, Victoria (L. Clarke).
Aegeriide.

6758. Paranthrene perlucida Buseck. Victoria (lL. Clarke).
Bucosmide.

6770. Evetria colfariana Kearf. Fitzgerald (W. R. C.).

6803. Exartema versicoloranum Clem. Maillardville (L. E. M.).

6840. Argyroploce mengelana Fern. Vavenby (T. A. M.).

6842. Argyroploce urticana Wub. Maillardyille (lL. E. M.).

6869. Argyroploce bipartitana Clem. Maillardville (L. E. M.).
6885. Bucosma argenteana Wishm. Chilcotin (EB. R. B.).

ProvinciaL Museum Report.

894. Bucosma ridingsana Rob. Vavenby (T. A. M.).
6948. Eucosma radicana Wishm. Victoria (W. R. C.; E. H. B.).
«6964. Hucosma rectiplicana Wishm. Victoria (W. R. C.).
Be 7018. Eucosma illotana Wishm. Vavenby (TIT. A. M.).
7046. Eucosma medoistriata Wishm. Chilcotin (E. R. B.).
. EBucosma tarandana Moesch. Chilcotin (E. R. B.).
7100. Eucosma montanana Wishm. Chilcotin (E. R. B.).
. BEnarmonia pinicolana Zell. Victoria (W. R. C.).
. Dnarmonia fasciolana Clem. Goldstream (E. H. B.).
. Hnarmonia crispana Ciem. Vavenby (T. A. M.).
» Ancylis intermediana Kearf. Fitzgerald (W. R. C.); Ladysmith (E. H. B.) ; Maillard-
hr ville (I. E. M.).
. Ancylis apicana Wilk. Fitzgerald (W. R. C.).
. Ancylis kincaidiana Fern. Maillardville (L. E. M.). z
. Laspeyresia vancouverana Kearf. Fitzgerald (W. R. C.); Goldstream (E. H. B.), ,
. Laspeyresia conversana Wishm. Witzgerald (W. R. C.); Goldstream (E. H. B.).

. Laspeyresia lunatana Wishm. Victoria (E. H. B.).
. Laspeyresia zana Kearfs Mount Tzouhalem (I. H. B.). - a
. Laspeyresia trossulana Wishm. Victoria (W. R. C.). rr
Be Laspeyresia americana Kearf. Ladysmith (EH. H. B.). >.
7247. Laspeyresia prosperana Kearf. Goldstream (E. H. B.). 5 _
- 7260. Hemimene sedatana Busck. Mount Tzouhalem (E. H. B.). od
Tortricida. ‘ P

at
Pi

2 * Cacecia, dimorphana B. & B. Victoria (W. I. C.).
+7405. Tortricodes horariana Wishm. Victoria (W. R. C.).

By

Poa Phaloniide.

7540. Hysterosia aureoalbida Wishm. Chilcotin (E. R. B.).
3 Glyphipterygid.

7619. Chorcutis balsamorrhizella“Busck. Chilcotin (E. R. 1353))-
“Sie Plutellide.

as 7638. Buceratia securella Wishm. Victoria (W. R. C.).
7674. Plutella vanella Wishm. Victoria (BE. H. B.).

‘ee Incurvariide.

_. 8428. Incurvaria oregonella Wishm. Fitzgerald (W. R. C.); Chileotin (E. R. B.); Cheak-
R, @ - amus (W. B. A.).

ot

ae Hepialide. :
_ 8483. Sthenopis purpurascens Peck. Vavenby (T. A. M.). ie’
_ Among those species which have been previously listed, the following, with notes thereon,
prove of interest :-—

,

5087. Perispasta caculalis Zell. Two specimens of this rather uncommon pyraustid were : b
ken by Mr. W. R. Carter at Fitzgerald on June 12th and July 3rd respectively, and a single re
imen was taken by Mr. W. B. Anderson at Chase on June 18th. %
+5093. Phylctenia itysalis Walk. This species has a much wider distribution in British Pa *
Columbia than was at one time supposed. A short series was taken on Mount McLean (A. W. HH.) 4
n altitude of 5,000 feet and a few specimens were taken at Vavenby (T. A. M.). It has been e
ken at Kaslo (J. W. C.) and we have specimens taken at Atlin (E. M. Anderson). i
5143. Pyrausta semirubralis Pack. A long series of this pretty ruby and fawn coloured fi
cies was taken by Mr. W. R. Carter at Fitzgerald on various dates in June. It occurs at Rh,
any points on Vancouver Island and has been recorded from Vancouver (R. V. Harvey), but we wi
, not possess any records of its occurrence in the Interior. som
5361. Crambus hortuellus.Hubn. Previous to this season we have only had odd specimens ee

f this species—Victoria (E. H. B.); Vancouver (R. V. Harvey); Lillooet (A. W. Phair)—but <a
ee * n ¥
’

i

ey.

M 28 British CoLuMBIA. j 1992.5

on June 15th Mr. W. R. Carter took a long series in good condition on Gonzales Hill. The
majority were of the dark form (vachellellus Kearf.), but two or three were as light as Zeller’s 3
topiarius. It seems to me that vachellellus and topiarius should be regarded as “forms” and
not ‘races,’ as the dark, light, and typical forms all occur together. ;

6 5369. Crambus plumbifimbriellus Dyar. This Species was described from sixteen specimens —
taken by Dyar at Kaslo in 1903. We have had no other record of it until Mr. Buckell took a
single specimen at Chilcotin on July 15th, 1920. During the present season two specimens were
taken at West Summerland by Mr. J. W. Richmond on June 20th, and a single specimen was
taken by Mr. L. E. Marmont at Fraser Mills on July 27th. The latter is rather an unexpected
locality for this species.

5588. Promylea lunigerella Rag. This is apparently a rather rare species. One specimen
was taken by the writer at Victoria on July 17th, 1917; another specimen on Mount Newton,
August ist, 1920; and I took a third specimen on August 22nd of this year. I have not seen —
any others. It was described from ‘“ Vancouver Island” by Ragonot in 1887.

* Carcina quercana Fab. In last year’s Report, page 31, this species was recorded by the
writer as being new to North America, Meyrick (Handb. Brit. Lep., 1905) gives apple as one
of its food-plants, and a sharp look-out was kept on the apple-trees in my garden for both laryie
and pup, but none was found. On July 15th, about 8 p.m., I noticed a newly emerged adult
resting on the leaf of a large spreading shrub which is trained up the front of the house. An
extended search for further specimens resulted in finding several pup spun up on the leayes
of this shrub which turned out to be Cotoneaster pyracantha Linn., commonly known as fire-
thorn or Christ’s-thorn. (Upon investigation I found that this particular shrub was purchased
from a local nurseryman and planted in the garden about seventeen years ago). A further
search was made the next evening and altogether some twenty pup:e were obtained. Meyrick
(ibid., page 618) states that the pup: spin a flat web beneath the leaves; I found that they
spun their webs both on the upper and the lower surface of the leaves in about equal proportions.
The pupa is of a bright golden-brown and the web is of thick white silk. The moths began to
emerge about the 20th and continued to do so for several days. Several of the pupx were
parasitized and two hymenopterous species were bred out. These have been determined by —
Mr. R. A. Cushman, of the U.S. National Museum, as Uphialtes sanguineipes Cress. and Itoplectis
pacificus Cush.

6448. Agnopteryx rosaciliella Busck. Two specimens of this uncommon cecophorid were
taken at Fraser Mills by Mr. Marmont on April 17th.

6459. Agnopteryx argillacea Wlshm. A single specimen was taken by Mr. W. R. Carter at
Fitzgerald on March 28th. a

6836. Argyroploce galaxana Kearf. The writer took a long series of this pretty little moth —
on Mount Tzouhalem on May 24th. It was described (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXXIIL., 9, 1907)
from two specimens taken at Vernon, B.C., and one from V ictoria, B.C.

6864. Argyroploce campestrana Zell. Four specimens were taken by Mr. Hanham on Mount ~
McLean in August, and Mr. Moilliet took two at Vavenby on July 3rd. Dr. Dyar records taking | ;
it at Kaslo and states that the larve occurred on the common thimble-berry (Rubus nutkanus).°

7263. Hemimene britana Busck. The writer took a long series of this species at Goldstream
on June 1st to 8rd. It was easily started up in the evenings from patches of red clover alongside
the railway-track. A peculiar feature was that during the daytime no amount of beating would
disturb them, only one individual being taken-in two attempts, although an hour before sunset
the slightest tap would start four or five up immediately. The species was described (Proc.
Biol. Soc. Wash., XIX., 178, 1906) from specimens taken by Dr. Dyar at Kaslo in 1903. Dyar
‘in bis “Kootenai List,’ page 929, recorded it under the name of alpinana Treitschke, but
Mr. Busck states in his description that it is quite distinct from the European species,

7342. Cacacia persicana Viteh. Of this handsome dark-red and ochre species the writer
took a single specimen at Goldstream on July 2nd, and Mr. Marmont took another individual —
at Fraser Mills on June 16th. We havé specimens from Wellington (Bryant) and Rossland

(Danby). The species is apparently more plentiful at Kaslo. ~

7426. Peronea variana Fern. This exceedingly variable species seems rather uneommon in
British Columbia. Mr. Marmont took two specimens at Fraser Mills on September 26th. It is
recorded from Kaslo (Cockle); Field (Dyar); and Mr. Hanham has taken two or three

e

<4

specimens at Dunean. .

PLATE III.

NOCTUID.
Eucoa excellens infelix Sm. Acronycta radcliffei Harvey.
Fort Steele, B.C. (W. B. Anderson). Dunean, B.C. (G. O. Day).
(New to British Columbia.) (Rather rare.)

Oligia tonsa Grt.
Kaslo, B.C. (J. W. Cockle).
(Rather rare.)

Lampra nefascia Sm. Briopyga bostura Sm.
Victoria, B.C. (E. H. Blackmore). Kalso, B.C. (J. W. Cockle).
(Previously misidentified.) (New to British Columbia.)

Sympistis zetterstedti labradoris Staud.
Mount McLean, B.C. (A. W. Hanham).
(New to British Columbia.)

Teniosea discivaria W1k. Trachea inordinata montana Sm.
Vavenby, B.C. (T. A. Moilliet). Chilecotin, B.C. (E. R. Buckell).
(New to British Columbia.) (New to British Columbia.)

Oliygia tonsa subjuncta Sm.
Chileotin, B.C. (BE. R. Buckell).
(Very rare.)

Bombycia rectifascia Sm. Bombycia curvifascia Sm.
Vavenby, B.C. (T. A. Moilliet). Fraser Mills, B.C. (L. E. Marmont).
(Rather rare.) (New to British Columbia.)

Oncocnemis albifasciata Hamp.
Chileotin, B.C. (W. B. Anderson).
(Very rare.)

Euroa rufula Sm. Orosagrotis incognita Sm.
Mount McLean, B.C. (A. W. Hanham). Mount McLean, B.C. (A. W. Hanham).
(New to British Columbia.) (New to British Columbia.)

Polia olivacea davena Sm.
Kaslo, B.C. (J. W. Cockle).
(New to British Columbia.)

ProvincriaL Museum Report. M 29

7604. Allononymea vicarialis Zell. The writer took two specimens in beautiful condition on
oq April 17th at Fitzgerald and two specimens at Goldstream on May 30th, the latter being rather
§ worn. This is the same insect which Dr. Dyar described as A. diana var. betuliperda and which
_ is listed in our 1906 Check-list from Kaslo. An examination of Zeller’s type in Lord Walsingham’s
collection by Mr. Busck (Pro. Ent. Soc. Wash., XI., 97, 1909) in 1908 proved that vicarialis and
betuliperda were conspecific.

ILLUSTRATED LEPIDOPTERA.

r Noctuide (Plate III.).

is 1226. Orosagrotis incognita Sm. The specimen illustrated was taken on Mount McLean,
5 near Lillooet, B.C., at an altitude of 5,CO0 feet by Mr. A. W. Hanham on August 21st, 1920. It
“was described (Trans. Am. Int. Socy., Vol. XXI., page 52, 1894) from two males taken at
; Laggan, Alta., by Bean at an altitude of 7,000 feet. In Smith’s description he gives the locality
as Laggan, British Columbia. It is as well to note here that the majority of Smith’s earlier
- references to British Columbia and to ‘* North-west B.C.” really refer to Northern Alberta. That
is the reason why so many of his species still stand in our local lists as “ B.C.” without avy
$ further specific localities. Mr. Hanham says that the species was not at all uncommon, but
unfortunately most of the specimens taken were somewhat worn.
’ 1274. Buxrcoa rufula Sm. This species was also taken by Mr. Hanham at the same time and
_ place, but was much more scarce than the preceding. It was described (Pro. U.S.N.M., X., 461,
5 1887) from a single male taken by Professor Snow in New Mexico at an altitude of 7,000 feet.
# Dr. A. W. Lindsey, who kindly identified it, states that the Mount McLean specimen is darker
¥ than specimens from Wyoming in the Barnes collection.
13644. Huxoa excellens race infelic Sm. Taken by Mr. W. B. Anderson at Fort Steele on
_ August 15th, 1921. It was described (Trans. Amer. Ent. Socy., XVII., page 57, 1890) from
California as a distinct species, but later (Cat. Noct., 1893) Smith placed it as a synonym of
excellens. It has been rescued from the synonymy by Barnes & McDunnough, who have placed
t as a race of excellens. The maculation is practically the same, but infeliv is of an even. dark
_ colour in contradistinction to the contrasting shades of the typical form. Mr. Cockle has also
taken a single specimen at Kaslo.
ms 1584. Lampra (Rhynchagrotis) nefascia Sm. (not negascia as listed, vide Benjamin, Pull.
So. Calif. Acad. Sci., XX., 100, Dec., 1921). This species has never been properly placed in
British Columbia collections. It has generally been placed under the name of anchocelioides
Gue. ; sometimes under alternata Grt. The majority of the specimens that I have seen are
of a very eyen brownish-grey, with the terminal area distinctly paler. The species comes
commonly to “sugar” at Duncan and I have taken it “at light” at Victoria and Goldstream
in September. Mr. Foster H. Benjamin, who has recently revised this difficult genus, has
kindly gone over my material in this group, and our British Columbia species are now more
accurately placed than was previously the case.
__—‘:1755c. Polia olivacea race davena Sm. Taken by Mr. J. W. Cockle at Kaslo on June 22nd,
1910. Amongst some material sent to us for examination by Mr. Cockle was this specimen,
_ which seemed distinct from any of the five named varieties which are in the Museum collection.
It was submitted to Dr. Lindsey, who identified it as davena Sm. It seems closer to comis Grt.
_ than to any other named form, but the pale areas are not so light or so well defined, so that
ar avena is not so econtrasty in appearance as comis. ‘
__—«1828. Briopyga bostura Sm. The specimen figured was taken by Mr. Cockle at Kaslo on
August 2ist, 1913. It does not appear to have been taken in any other locality in British
Columbia. The only reference that I can find of this species in the literature that I have at
hand is anote by Wolley-Dod in Bull. B.C. Ent. Soc., No. 10, June, 1908. Under the heading of
“Additions” he lists Graphipora bostura Sm. (Ann. N.Y. Ac. Sci., XVIII, 103). Type from
‘Kaslo.
2022. Oncocnemis albifasciata Hamp. This is the most striking of the British Columbia
‘species of this genus. The specimen figured was taken by Mr. W. B. Anderson at Chilcotin on
August 26th, 1918. The same collector took the species again at Fort Steele on August 15th,
1921. Sir George Hampson lists it “from North-west British Columbia.”
at 2117. Bombycia curvifascia Sm. Taken by Mr. L. E. Marmont at Maillardyville, B.C., on

August 10th, 1920. This is the first specimen of this species that I have any record of from
mh,

ae yy - a“ ae he Oe dae ee yt RONES <tr:

M 30 Brirish CoLtumMBis. > . 1922

British Columbia. It was described from California (Trans. Am: Ent. Soc., XVITI., 109, 1891).
Dr. Lindsey, who kindly determined this specimen, states that there is one specimen in the
Barnes collection from Victoria, B.C., which has been identified-as B. thula Strecker. & )
2120. Bombycia rectifascia Sm. The specimen figured was taken at Vavenby, B.C., by a
Mr. T. A. Moilliet on August 14th, 1921. The species has been taken at Kaslo by Mr. Cockle,
and Mr. Day has taken a specimen at Duncan, which was determined by Wolley-Dod as this
species with a question-mark. I have not had an opportunity to compare Mr. Day’s specimen
with the one from Vayvenby. ;
22014. Sympistis cetterstedti race labradoris Staud. Taken by Mr. Hanham on Mount
McLean on August 21st, 1920. This is a fine record as the species is arctic. It was described
from Labrador. It is very rare in North American collections. %
22754. Trachea inordinata race montana Sm. This specimen was taken by Mr. E. R. Buckell
at Chilecotin, B.C., on May 30th, 1920. This is another good record and adds another name to
our list. It was described (Proc. U.S.N.M., XIII., 444, 1890) from Colorado.
2342. Oligia tonsa Grt. Taken by Mr. Cockle at Kaslo, B.C., on August 1st, 1907.
23424. Oligia tonsa race subjuncta Sm. Taken by Mr. Buckell at Chilcotin, B.C., on
August 1st, 1920. I have taken these two forms together, as there has been considerable doubt
expressed at different times as to their specific identity. The former was described by Grote —
(Can. Ent., XII., 214, Oct., 1880) from Nevada as Hadena tonsa. The latter by Smith (Can. —
Ent., XXX., 323, Dec., 1898) from Colorado and Calgary, Alta. (Dod), as Hadenella subjuncta.
In Bull. 52, U.S.N.M., 1902, Dyar sinks suwbjuncta as a synonym of minuscula Morr., but Dr. Smith,
in Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXIX., 194, states that it has nothing to do with minuscula, but it
is really a synonym of tonsa Grt. Dyar, in Proc. U.S.N.M., XXVII., 809, apparently agrees with ©
this and records tonsa from Kaslo, B.C., and states that the specimens agree with the type of
subjuncta. Wolley-Dod, in Can. Ent., XLITI., 152, May, 1911, discusses the matter at some length,
° but believes that tonsa and subjuncta are distinct. Barnes & McDunnough have listed (Check-
list, Lep. Bor. Amer., 1917) swbjuncta as a race of tonsa, a proceeding which seems a far more
satisfactory solution. ; ‘

I submitted the Kaslo specimen to Dr. Lindsey as tonsa Grt., and he kindly verified my
determination. I have carefully compared Mr. Buckell’s specimen with the description and it
agrees in all essential particulars. It also agrees fairly well with Holland’s figure on Plate XIX.,
Fig. 25. I have specimens from Nordegg, Alta. (Bowman), which match exactly the Chileotin
specimen. They were sent to me as tonsa. a

2364. Teniosea discivaria Walk. Taken by Mr. Moilliet at Vavenby on July 28th, 1921. —
As far as I know, this is a new record for British Columbia. It varies considerably in depth
of colouring, one specimen showing considerable red shading.

2470. Acronycta radcliffei Hary. The specimen figured was taken at Quamichan Lake, near ie
Dunean, by Mr. G. O. Day on June 12th, 1908. This is a rare species in British Columbia. —
It is very close in general habitus to A. grisea revellata Sm. Mr. Day’s specimen agrees with
the description (Proc. U.S.N.M., XXI., 107, 1899) and with the figure given on Plate XIL., Fig 4.
It was listed in the 1904 B.C. Check-list from Kaslo, B.C., but Dyar did not record the species
in his “ Kootenai List,” and it was omitted, probably intentionally, from the 1906 B.C. Check-list.
Mr. Cockle has a specimen which has been identified by Dr. MecDunnough as this species. I haye
no other records of it, although it may be confused with revellata in some collections. Radeliffei
is a much narrower-winged species and the course of the t.p. and s.t. lines are different. In
radcliffe: the t.p. line is broadly outeurved from costa, while in revellata it is only slightiy
oblique, with the s.t. line parallel, at least superiorly.

Geometride (Plate IV.). :

3997. Dysstroma ethela Hulst. ‘The specimen figured was taken by the writer at Goldstream,
B.C., on July 3rd, 1921. It is rather a rare species and this is the first specimen that I have
taken; it is the most perfect specimen I have seen of this species. It is closely allied to
D. casloata Tayl., but can generally be separated from the latter by the narrower median band
and the absence of the extra-basal bar. It has been taken at Wellington (Bryant), Duncan
(Day & Hanham), and TI have seen one specimen taken at Victoria (Meugens, 29, VI., 20).
Described by Hulst (Trans. Am. Ent. Socy., XNIIL, 283, 1896) from a single male taken at

Sierra Nevada, Cal.

Pe Le wee ee rT ee Lee

12 Guo. 5 ProvinciaL Museum Repoey. M 3

40095. Hydriomena nubilofasciata form vilnerata Swett. This species is new to the Province
and was taken by Mr. W. Downes at Sluggett’s. V.I., on March 1st, 1921. Some years previously
Mr. Downes, who was then living in that locality, noticed a species of Hydriomena occurring in
February which was apparently different from any of our known spring Species in that eenie,
Owing to various causes no opportunity offered until this spring to investigate the matter, ‘when
a nice series was taken with the aid of a lantern. Nwbilofasciata Pack. has six described forms
or races, all of which are colour forms (vide Swett, Can. Ent., XLIII., 79, 1911); this species
can at once be differentiated from any other British Columbia species by the dark marginal
band of primaries. Mr. Swett in his notes states that he has the species from British Columbia
amongst a number of widely spread localities, but he does not give any specific locality, neither
does he refer to any particular form.

4192. Hupithecia interruptofasciata Pack. The specimen figured was takeu by Mr. G. O. Day
at Maple Bay, near Duncan, B.C., in August, 1913. This species has not been hitherto recorded
from British Columbia. It is an inhabitant of the Atlantic States and was described in Fifth
Rept. Peab. Acad. Sci., 59, 18738. Mr. Day states that it is rather rare and very local; he has
not taken it in any other locality in the vicinity, excepting Maple Bay.

4209. Hupithecia mutata Pears. Taken by the writer at Goldstream on July 2nd, 1921.
This is one of the rarer species of this genus. The only other specimen that I have seen is a
rather worn individual taken by myself in a pine woods near Victoria on July 18th, 1913. The
specimen figured is in good condition and was obtained by “beating” in a heavily wooded
(chiefly Douglas fir) district. It agrees with Pearsall’s description (Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc., XVI.,
98, June, 1908). The species was described from the Catskill Mountains, New York State.
It is closely allied to albicapitata Pack., which is also a rare species in the Province, our only
records being Cowichan Lake (Day) and Kaslo (Cockle). 5

4223. Hupithecia scabrogata Pears. This is another new record to add to the already long
list of Hupithecias (about fifty) recorded from British Columbia. It was taken by Mr. Theo.
Bryant at Wellington, B.C., on April 16th, 1903. One other specimen taken on March 24th of
the same year is not in such good condition. It is quite distinct from any other species that
we have. The determination was made for us by Mr. L. W. Swett.

4316-1. Drepanulatriz secundaria B. & McD. Taken by Mr. Cockle at Kaslo, B.C., on June
14th, 1910. At first thought to be a new species. It, however, agrees with the description
(Cont. Lep. No. Amer., Vol. III., No. 1, page 25, Nov., 1916) of secundaria, and Dr. Lindsey,
who compared it with the types, believes it to be this species, although it is rather far north.
The species was described from Mineral King, Cal.

4374. Phasiane hebetata Hulst. Taken at Chilcotin, B.C., by Mr. E. R. Buckell on July 16th,
1921. This is the first specimen of this species in good condition that I have seen. We have had
two specimens previously—one from Atlin (E. M. Anderson) and the other from Chileotin
(WwW. A. Newcombe)—that were referable to this species, but were so denuded of scales as to
make accurate identification impossible. The course of the extra and intra-discal lines are
exactly the same as Barnes & McDunnough’s figure (Cont. Lep. No. Amer., Vol. III., No. 4,
Plate XXII., Vig. 9) of demaculata, which the authors later (ibid., Vol. IV., No. 2, page 149)
sunk as a synonym of hebatata. Mr. Buckell’s specimen agrees with the description and the
figure mentioned. The type material of demaculata also included a specimen from Field, B.C.
The species has a wide range, but is rare in British Columbia.

4425. Itame pustularia Hub. This is another very rare species in British Columbia. The
specimen figured was taken by Mr. A. W. Phair at Lillooet, B.C., on June 29th, 1920. The only
other specimen that I know of in the Province is a specimen taken at Kaslo by Mr. Cockle many
years ago. It occurs throughout the Atlantic States and I have specimens from Manitoba. It
has not been recorded from Alberta.

; 4453. Dysmigia loricaria Evers. This species is new to the Province. A nice series was
taken by Mr. T. A. Moilliet at Vavenby, B.C., during the middle of July, 1921. It was recorded
in the 1904 B.C.’"Check-list under the name of Sympherta Julia Wulst., and the localities given
are Rocky Mountains and Kaslo (?). I have seen all Mr. Cockle’s species and he has not taken
it. The species was left out in the 1906 List. Some specimens, especially if a little rubbed,
closely resemble Jtame crauspicula Wlk., which also occurs in the same district. The females

are wingless.

M 32 - British CoLtuMBIA. z bata ore 1922

Pyralide (Pyraustive).

4994. Hvergestis subterminalis B. & McD. Taken on Mount McLean by Mr. G. O. Day on
August 8th, 1921. Very close to funalis Grt., which also occurs in British Columbia. The latter
is taken at Kaslo and I have a specimen from Vavenby (T. A. Moilliet). It is recorded in the
1906 Check-list from Vancouver Island, but this is an error. A specimen from Wellington —
(Bryant) labelled funalis is undoubtedly insulalis B. & McD., which occurs at several points on
the Island.

4996. Evergestis simulatalis Girt. This pretty species was taken by Mr. W. B. Anderson at —
Fort Steele, B.C., on August 15th, 1921. Mr. Day also took a single specimen on Mount McLean
on August 10th. Dyar lists the species from Arizona and Colorado.

Pyralide (Scopariine).

*Scoparia basalis race pacificilis Dyar. Described (Ins. Ins. Mens., LX., 66, 1921) as a
new race from specimens, three taken by the writer at Victoria and Mount Newton and one taken
at Grayland, Wash. (H. K. Plank) ; it occurs from mid-July to mid-August. The specimen figured
is one of the co-types and was taken on Mount Newton on August ist. 1920. Fernaldalis Dyar is
now placed as a race of basalis. Dyar in his “ Kootenai List” records taking a long series of
fernaldalis at Shawnigan Lake, B.C. It is also recorded from Kaslo, B.C.

*Scoparia commortalis Dyar. This new species was described (Jbid., page 67) from
specimens taken by the writer at Victoria, B.C., July 15th to 17th, 1920. This species is quite
distinct from any other of our British Columbia scoparids and is easily recognizable by its
generally brown appearance and the presence of a broad dark-brown band which follows the
pale outer line. One of the male co-types is figured.

5248. Scoparia tricoloralis Dyar. Taken by Mr. L. EB. Marmont at Maillardyille, B.C., on
July 13th, 1921. This does not appear to be a common species by any means, although it is
recorded from several points—Wellington (Bryant), Duncan (Skinner), Ainsworth (Dyar), and
Kaslo (Cockle). It is the most brightly coloured of the British Columbia species and is rather
a pretty insect. Mr. Marmont took three specimens on the 13th and one on the 26th, but it was
not observed between those dates, although if was searched for. He did not take any the
previous year.

Pyralide (Crambine).

*Crambus tutillus McDun. The specimen figured is a male paratype kindly returned to me
by Dr. McDunnough. It was taken by the writer on May 28th, 1918. This species is very
common in Victoria, generally occurring about the middle of May. It is very close to dissectus
Girt. and had previously been determined for me as this species, under which name it was listed
on page 24, Prov. Mus. Rep., 1920. This is the same insect that was listed in the 1904 B.C.
Check-list as “dumetellus Hub. Generally distributed (common).” I have seen specimens in
the Bryant collection labelled dumetellus which are undoubtedly McDunnough’s new species..
Dr. MeDunnough in his description states that “It (tutillus) is probably closest to dwmetellus
Hub., differing in the much shorter and less distinct white costal line.’ Dr, Fernald in his
“ Crambidee of North America,” 1896, gives a coloured figure of dissectus (Plate I1., Fig. 12) and
one of dumetellus (Plate III., Fig. 2), and a comparison of these figures with specimens of
tutillus shows that the latter is closer to dumetellus than it is to dissectus.

Pyralide (Phycitine,.

*Pyla blackmorella Dyar. Described by Dr. Dyar (Ins. Tns. Mens., 68, 1921) from two
specimens taken by the writer on Mount Tzouhalem, near Duncan, B.C., on June 24th, 1913. A
figure of the male paratype is given. ‘The writer in company with Mr. G. O. Day climbed Mount
Tzouhalem on May 24th of the present year, but we were about three weeks too soon for this
species. Mr. Day, however, secured a nice series on June 13th. It has not been recorded from
any other locality.

Occophoride.

6486. Semioscopis aurorella Dyav. ‘The specimen figured was taken by Mr. L. EB. Marmont
at Maillardville, B.C., on March 4th, 1921. Another specimen was taken on the 14th of the
same month. These two specimens are the only records that we have of this species in the
Province.

PLATE IV.
GEOMETRID.M.

Hydriomena nubilofasciata vul-
nerata Swett.
Sluggett, B.C. (W. Downes).

(New to British Columbia.)

Bupithecia

Drepanulatriz secundaria B. &
MeD.
Kaslo, B.C. (J. W. Cockle).
(New to British Columbia.)

Dysstroma ethela Hulst.
Goldstream, B.C. (E. H. Black-
more).

(Rather rare.)

interruptofasciata
Pack.

Maple Bay, B.C. (G. O. Day).
(New to British Columbia.)

Bupithecia mutata Pears.
Goldstream, B.C.
more).

(Very

Eupithecia scabrogata Pears.
Wellington, B.C. (T. Bryant).
(New to British Columbia.)

Dysmigia loricaria Evers.
Vavenby, B.C. (T. A. Moilliet).
(New to British Columbia.)

Phasiane hebetata Hulst.
Chilcotin, B.C. (E. R. Buckell).
(Rather rare.)

(B. H. Black-

rare.)

Itame pustularia Hubn.
Lillooet, B.C. (A. W. Phair).
(Very rare.)

MICROLEPIDOPTERA.

Evergestis simulatalis Grt.
Fort Steele, B.C. (W. B. Ander-
son).

(New to British Columbia.)

Fitzgerald, B.C.

Scoparia commortalis Dyar.
(Male co-type.)
Victoria, B.C. (B. H. Blackmore).
(New to science.)

Semioscopis aurorella Dyar.
Fraser Mills, B.C. (L. E. Mar-
mont).

(New to British Columbia.)

Victoria, B.C.

Choreutis balsamorrhizella Busck.
Chilcotin, B.C. (B. R. Buckell).
(New to British Columbia.)

Crambus tutillus MeD.
(Male paratype.)
Victoria, B.C. (i. H. Blackmore).
(New to science.)

Victoria, B.C.

Bvetria colfariana Kearf.

(New to British Columbia.)

Enarmonia pinicolana Zell.
(CW. R. Carter).
(New to British Columbia.)

Argyroploce dupler Wism.
OWeeha Carter)
(Very local.)

Evergestis subterminalis B. &
McD.
Mount McLean, B.C. (G. O. Day).
(New to British Columbia.)

(W. R. Carter).

Scoparia basalis pacificalis Dyar.
(Male co-type.)
Mount Newton, B.C. (E. H. Blackmore).
(New to science.)

blackmorella Dyar.

(Male paratype.)

Mount Tzouhalem, B.C.
Blackmore).

(New to science.)

Pyla

(E. H.

Argyroploce mengelana Fern.
Vavenby, B.C. (T. A. Moilliet).
(New to British Columbia.)

Scoparia_ tricoloralis Dyar.

Mills, B.C. (L. EB. Mar-
mont).

(Rather uncommon.)

Fraser

2 Pe eg oe ee ext ane 25,5 ste ;
J Sgn tert ut (NS: =
12 Gro. 5 mi ProvinciAL Museum Revory. M 33
Hiucosmida.

£ 6770. Bvetria colfaxiana Kearf. Taken by Mr. W. R. Carter at Fitzgerald, B.C., on April
aM 17th, 1921. A short series of five specimens was taken on this date and a single specimen on
a May Sth. This species has not hitherto been recorded from the Proyinee. Kearfott (Trans.
oN Am. Ent. Soc., XX XIII., 3, 1907) described the species from a single male taken at-Colfax, Cal.
4 6840. Argyroploce mengelana Fern. This is a good record and is new to British Columbia.
A single specimen, luckily in good condition, was taken at Vavenby, B.C., by Mr. T. A. Moilliet
on July 12th, 1921. It was. described (Ent. News. V., 131, 1894) from ten specimens in poor
i : condition taken by Mr. L. W. Mengel in North Greenland in 1891. }
a 6859. Argyroploce duplex Wishm. A nice series of this handsome eucosmid was taken by Mr.
; W. R. Carter from June 21st to 28th, 1921. It is exceedingly local and was only taken in a
very small area. They were all taken “at rest ” on a board fence bordering a small grove of
i aspen, which is undoubtedly their food-plant. Dr. Dyar in his “ Kootenai List” records finding
_ the Jarve of this species on aspen at Kaslo. It has not been recorded from any other
locality in the Province. I have seen one other specimen taken by Mr. Hanham at Victoria,
ty rELC:, many years ago. It was described (Trats, Ent. Soc., Lond., 501, 1895) from Colorado.
2 7144. Buarmonia pinicolana Zell. The specimen illustrated was taken at Victoria, B.C., by
_ W. R. Carter on July 20th, 1921. It is rather uncommon. Mr. Carter has taken two specimens
and the writer took one in July, 1918. It bears a close superficial resemblance to some forms of
a Bucosma solandriana Linn. The species was’ described by Zeller in 1846 and is widely
distributed. Meyrick (Handb. Brit. Lep., 474, 1895) gives its distribution as Great Britain,
North and Central Hurope, and North Asia, and its food-plant as larch.

ra

Glyphipterygidle.

“iA 7619. Chorentis balsamorrhizella Busck. Taken by Mr. E. R. Buckell at Chileotin, B.C.,
eon May 20th, 1920. This pretty little species, with its sprinkling of iridescent scales, is a new
_ record for the Province. Four specimens were taken, but they were not in the most perfect
_ condition, the one figured being the best. It has also been taken at Vernon (Rubmann).

4 Our sincere thanks are due to the following specialists for identifying material during the
a ‘past season: Dr. J. M. Aldrich, Dr. W. Barnes, Foster H. Benjamin, August Busck, R. A.
Cushman, Dr. H. G. Dyar, Carl Ieinrich, Dr. A. W. Lindsey, Dr. J. McDunnough, S. 4. Rohwer,
- and L. W. Swett.

‘a
®

ey

Mesa. British CoLuMsras. ee 192

THE PTEROPHORIDAl OF BRITISH COLUMBIA.
By I. H. Briacknmore, F.E.S.

The recent publication of ‘‘ The Pterophoride of America, North of Mexico,” by Drs. Barnes
and Lindsey (Cont. Lep. No. Amer., Vol. IV., No. 4, Aug. 1921) has so altered our conception
of many of the species, and also of some of the genera in this family, that I have thought it
advisable to write this short paper on the species occurring in British Columbia, and to bring
them up to date as regards correct determination and nomenclature.

In the Check-list of British Columbia Lepidoptera published in 1906 there are naturally a
number of misidentifications, many species to be eliminated, and there are also a considerable
number of additions.

The species of this family are for the greater part very difficult to determine correctly, and
I wish to express my sincere thanks to Dr. A. W. Lindsey for his willing and kindly help in
determining a large number of specimens of doubtful and little-known species. I am also grateful
for his kind permission to make use of any part of the ‘“ Revision” that is applicable to our
British Columbia species. ;

My thanks are also due to Messrs. Bryant, Cockle, Day, Hanham, and Ruhmann for the loan
of material, without which this paper would have been incomplete. -

The Pterophoride can be distinguished primarily from any other family by the presence of
a series of black spine-like scales on the under-surface of the secondaries.

In all the North American species, with one exception, the primaries are bifid and the
secondaries are trifid. ‘The exception noted is Agdistis americana B. & L., which has both fore
and hind wings entire. Two other exotic genera have the same characteristic, while another one
has the primaries quadrifid and a third has them trifid. : wae

The following general remarks on the family as a whole, taken from Genera Insectorum
Fasc., 100 (Pterophoridze by E. Meyrick), will prove of interest :—

“Ovum more or less oval, smooth. Larva rather short, with more or less developed fascicles
of hairs; usually feeding exposed on flowers or leaves, but sometimes internally in stems or
seed-vessels. Pupa sometimes hairy, attached by tail. or in a slight cocoon above ground. The
majority of those species whose food-plants are known are attached to the Composite, which
are the most highly organized group of dicotyledonous plants, and this is especially true of the —
two largest genera, Platyptilia and Pterophorus (Oidematophorus), where the association with
this order is very marked, probably nine-tenths of the species being attached to it.

“The fore wings of the imago are very elongate, narrow, dilated posteriorly, and the legs are
very long and unusually slender. The general structure seems adapted to secure extreme
lightness, thus enabling distribution to be effected by the wind without much effort on the
part of the insect; hence the species need and possess very little muscular power, and are quite
unable to fly against even a moderate breeze. The method of distribution has been effective,
for the species have spread over the whole globe, including the principal oceanic islands;
though the wide distribution of some cosmopolitan species is due to artificial introduction with
the cultivated shrubs and trees on which the larvie feed.

“Probably all the principal genera originated in Asia, which shows much the greatest
diversity of generic forms; the great specific development of Platyptilia and Pterophorus
(Oidematophorus) in America would seem to be due to the large variety of abundant suitable
food-plants (Composit) offered, whilst the relatively insignificant generic modification indicates
that the family did not find its way to America until long after its first origin. I infer, there-
fore, that it originated not only late in time, but at a period when Asia was comparatively isolated
from other regions by wide seas, and that on eventually gaining access to the other continents it
found them already well-stocked with a large lepidopterous fauna.”

In North America eleven genera are listed, embracing some 116 species, of which British
Columbia is represented by six genera with a total of 30 species, being slightly over 25 per cent.
of the whole. The synonyms of genera and species are not given in their entirety, but only
so far as they represent names previously given in former B.C. Check-lists. The descriptions of
genera are given with the venation omitted, but sufficient structural characters are given that
with the additional aid of the plate, no difficulty should be experienced in placing any specimen
in its proper genus. The descriptions of species are not given in full detail, but all the essential
characters necessary for the identification of our British Columbia species are included.

PLATE V.
PTEROPHORID-E.
WING OUTLINES OF BritISH COLUMBIA GENERA.

1. TRICHOPTILUS. 2. PrTRROPHORUS.

3. PLATYPTILIA. 4. STENOPTILIA.

6. OIDAMATOPHORUS.

5. ADAINA.

Norr.—The above figures were photographed from the original plate in Messrs. Barnes and Lindsey's
“ Pterophoride of America, North of Mexico,” by the kind permission of Dr. A. W. Lindsey.

12 Gro. 5 . ProvinciAL Musrum Report. M 35

FAMILY PTEROPHORIDAE.

Genus TRICHOPTILUS Walsingham.

‘ Trichoptilus Walsingham, Pteroph. Cal., Ore., 62, 1880. Characters: Forehead without tuft;
ocelli obsolete. Labial palpi moderate, ascending. Fore wings cleft from before middle, both
- lobes ‘slender, tapering, without anal angle.

_ 1d. TRicHopTitus pyemaus Walsingham, Pter. Cal., Ore., 64, 1880. A very small species
_ measuring about 10 mm. in expanse. Fore wings very pale fawn, barred with white on both
_ lobes.

Two specimens taken at Wellington, B.C. (Bryant), on 30-VI.-03 and 11-VII.-03 respectively.
One specimen is without head or body and the other is simply pinned. There is no record of any
7 other specimens having been taken since. An exceedingly rare species. The type series included
- three specimens taken near Millville, Cal., on July 11th, 1871. ‘Two of them are in the British
Museum, the remaining one being in the Fernald collection at Amherst, Mass. One other specimen
is in the U.S. National Museum. I believe that these six specimens are all that are known.

Genus PTEROPHORUS Geoffroy.

__ -Pterophorus Geoffroy, Hist. Nat. Ins., II., page 90, 1762.

Osxyptilus Zeller, Isis X., page 765, 1841.

: Characters: Forehead smooth without tuft; ocelli obsolete. Labial palpi moderate,
oblique; second joint with a ventral apical tuft in one British Columbian species; third joint
moderate. ibis thickened with scales at base of spurs. Primaries bifid, cleft from about
middle. Secondaries trifid, third feather with a well-developed tuft of black scales in the fringes
of the inner margin.

ie 1. PTEROPHORUS TENUIDACTYLUS Fitch. ‘Trans. N.Y. Agr. Soc., XIV., 848, 1854. Primaries ~
a dark brown with a coppery tinge, with a fine transverse white line across outer half of both lobes.
'Virst lobe with a broader stripe basad of this; second lobe with this stripe reduced to a small
white patch. Palpi white with lateral brown stripes. Thorax white behind. Abdomen brown
with diverging pairs of white stripes on the third segment. Fourth segment entirely brown
above; fifth mostly white. Beneath the abdomen is more heavily marked with white. Expanse,
Pio-—1( mm. ,

Bie Dyar in his “ Kootenai List” records two specimens of this species as haying been bred
" from the thimble-berry (Rubus nutkanus). Specimens sent to me by Mr. J. W. Cockle from
_ Kaslo as tenwidactylus turn out to be Pterophorus delawaricus Zell. The only authentic specimen
that I have seen is a unique taken by Mr. G. O. Day at Quamichan Lake, near Duncan, on July
14th, 1907. Dr. Lindsey tells me that the species is widely distributed and is quite common in
some localities.

4 2. PTEROPHORUS NINGORIS Walsingham, Pter. Cal., Ore., 26, 1880. Fore wings dull brown
“with a greyish cast caused by the presence of white and fuscous scales. Both lobes crossed
_ by two white lines; the outer one slender, the inner one broad. The lobes are somewhat narrower
et han in our other two species of this genus. Secondaries brown; third lobe paler, white beyond
“middle, with large tuft of blackish scales in fringes at outer third. Palpi rather long and slender,
oblique, dark brown, with both joints white-tipped. Il irst spurs attached about three-fifths from
base of tibia and reaching its tip. Jixpanse, 18-20 mm.

Dyar records it from Kaslo and states that the larv were found feeding on a herbaceous
plant with milky juice, Hieracium albiflorum. In our 1906 B.C. Check-list it is also recorded
from Wellington, but the specimens labelled ningoris in the Bryant collection and from which the
cord was taken all prove upon examination to be delawaricus. Mr. Day took one female
specimen at Cowichan Lake on June 18th, 1913.

8. PreRoPHORUS DELAWARICUS Zeller, Verh z-b Ges. Wien., XXIII., 320, 1873. Fore wings
bright golden-brown, with both lobes crossed by two inwardly oblique white stripes; the outer
one slender, the inner one broader. Palpi brown at the sides; the vestiture of the second joint ~
produced into a point below, which almost reaches tip of third. Abdomen with diverging white
dashes above. IExpanse, 18-20 mm.

_ This species is far more common than the other two. 1 have it from Victoria (Blackmore) ;
Fitzgerald (Carter) ; Goldstream (Blackmore) ; Wellington (Bryant); Fraser Mills (Marmont) ;
Kaslo (Cockle) ; and Rossland (Danby) ; the dates ranging from June 16th to July 26th.

s
i.

*

M 36 Bririse CoLuMBIA.

The three species are superficially very close, but delawaricus can be separated from —
tenuidactylus and ningoris by the second joint of the labial palpi having a projecting ventral —
tuft which nearly reaches the tip of the third, and tenuidactylus can be distinguished from
ningoris by the position of the median spurs on the hind tibiz. In tenwidactylus these spurs are
attached to about the middle of the tibize, while in ningoris they are attached three-fifths or more —
of length of joint from its base. a

as
“>

Genus PLATYPTILIA Huebner. : x

Platyptilia Hiiebner, Verz. bek. Schmett., 429, 1826. Characters: Front with a prominent”
scale tuft in some species, usually with at least a moderate tuft. Palpi short, scarcely exceeding
front, to long; second joint oblique; third porrect. Tibixe sometimes with slight scaletufts. —
Fore wings cleft not more than one-third their length, anal angle evident on both lobes, in some
species prominent and in some retreating. Hind wings trifid, third feather with black scales or |
scale-tuft in fringes of inner margin in most species.

1. PLATYPTILIA PUNCTIDACTYLA Haworth, Lep. Brit., 479, 1812. ~

Alucita cosmodactyla Hiiebner, Samml. Eur. Schmett., 35, 1823.

Primaries brownish-grey to oliye-black, with a very variable superficial white irroration.
Costa with white dots on a blackish ground running from base of wing to cleft. A black
triangle, paler on the costa, reaches just beyond base of cleft. Third feather of secondaries —
with black scales along inner pee a large triangular scale-tooth just beyond middle and a
small tuft at apex. HExpanse, 20-23 muni. ;

This is the cosmodactyla of our previous lists, which Meyrick places as a synonym of
punctidactyla. Although only previously recorded from Kaslo, it is widely distributed, as IL "
have it from Victoria (Blackmore) ; Fitzgerald (Carter) ; Goldstream (Blackmore) ; Dunean
(Day); Wellington (Bryant); Fraser Mills (Marmont); Lillooet (Phair); Mount McLean ©
(Hanham) ; Fort Fraser (Anderson) ; Kaslo (Cockle) ; and Chilcotin (Buckell). The species —
extends as far east as Manitoba, south to Illinois, Colorado, and South California. It also —
occurs in Europe and Japan. It feeds on a number of food-plants; Meyrick (Handb. Brit. Lep.,
433, 1895) gives Stachys, Aquilegia and Geranium as the European food-plants. Dyar records it
from Kaslo as feeding in the red bracts of the high-bush honeysuckle (Lonicera inogtiaerr
Mr. Cockle bred specimens from the Indian paint-brush (Castilleja) in 1907.

2. PLATYPTILIA PIcA Walsingham, Pter. Cal., Ore., 21, 1880. Primaries white to well beyond
base of cleft, followed by a black shade which terminates at the usual transverse white lines on ~
the two lobes. Costa black with white spots and a heavy black triangle before cleft. Terminal —
area brownish with white scales which sometimes cover the darker colour. Third lobe of
secondaries much as in the preceding species. The abdomen offers the only constant distinguish- ,
ing feature. Its upper surface is marked with a large white triangle on each segment, apex
forward, and the last few segments are almost entirely white. Beneath it is broadly white in —
its distal half. Expanse, 1S—24 mm.

This species is rather uncommon, the specific localities being Victoria (Carter) ; Fitzgerald —
(Blackmore); Duncan (Day); and Wellington (Bryant). It has not been recorded from the :
Mainland as yet. The types were taken at Crescent City, North California, and it has been ‘
taken at Seattle and Mount Rainier, Wash. ;

The species varies considerably and in some cases closely approaches punctidactyla. ‘The
two species, however, can always be separated by the white triangles on the abdomen as noted
above.

3. PLATYPTILIA TESSERADACTYLA Linnzeus, Faun. Suee., 370, 1761. Primaries rather evenly |
greyish, the markings produced by variation in the mixture of white scales, and therefore
powdery and indefinite. Costa darker, dotted with white, with the usual dark triangle before A
cleft, sometimes very vague. Outer transverse white line present, incomplete on second lobe. —
Secondaries with dark scales at tip of each lobe and a weak tuft of approximately equal dark ,
scales just beyond middle of inner margin of third lobe. Palpi small, scarcely exceeding front.
Thorax white behind. Expanse, 16-20 mm.

This is apparently a rare species in the Province. In Dyars “ Kootenai List” he records —
two specimens—Bear Lake Mountain (July 29th) and Kokanee Mountain (August 11th). None > .
have been recorded since until this year. Mr. R. S. Thomson, who was with a surveying party .
in the mountains some 10 miles from Princeton, ¢: :ptured a single pterophorid which was deter-

Pegg) alps Se lai Sees Sa
pile a ttt Oe
12 Gro. 5 Provincia Museum Reporr. M 37

mined by Dr. Lindsey as this species. In Mr. M. Ruhmann’s material there is a single specimen

labelled Vernon, but without date. The species occurs in Eastern Canada and the Atlantic

‘States, extending west to Pennsylvania and Colorado. It also occurs in Europe and West Central

Central Asia.

i 4, PLATYPTILIA CARDUIDACTYLA Riley, Rept. Ins. Mo., 180, 1869. Primaries brownish-buff,
with the costa dark brown dotted with white as far as the usual brown triangle, which is much
the darkest part of the wing. The heavy triangle contains a dark transverse dash before cleft
which is visible only in pale specimens ; both lobes pale brown crossed by a vague light line
oward outer margin. Fringes grey-buff with a row of brown scales in base along outer margin,
grey tufts at apices and anal angles, and two dark-brown scale-tufts on inner margin. Secondaries
rey-brown, fringes slightly paler, with short dark scales at apices of first two lobes. Fringes
of inner margin of third lobe with a prominent triangular tooth of dark-brown scales at middle.

[This tooth is preceded and followed by a variably complete row of short, dark scales and the
3 lobe is whitish before it. Frontal tuft moderate, blunt, surpassed by third joint of oblique palpi.
_ Expanse, 20-27 mm.

_ This is one of our commonest species and is widely distributed. I have specimens from a
arge number of localities; from Vancouver Island to Rossland and from Prince Rupert to
Vavenby. It occurs all throughout the United States and has been taken at Labrador. According

to Riley, the lary are gregarious, living in webbed heads of common thistles.

: 5. PLATYPTILIA PERCNODACTYLA Walsingham, Pter. Cal., Ore., 8, 1880. The general appear-
ance of this species is substantially the same as the preceding, eas chiefly in the greatly
reduced seale-tuft on the third lobe of secondaries.

In carduidactyla this scale-tooth is distinctly triangular; in percnodactyla it is often very
weak and made up of scales of approximately equal length. They may be forms of one species,
but the early stages of percnodactyla are unknown. Careful breeding may clear up the standing

of the species. Specimens which have been definitely determined as this species are from
_ Victoria (Carter); Goldstream (Blackmore) ; Wellington (Bryant); and Mount McLean (Day
and Hanham).

6, PLATYPTILIA EDWARDS Fish. Can. Ent., XIII., 72, 1881. Primaries buff, frequently tinged
with brown and hoary with whitish scales, the buff appearing only in the pale markings and
_ along the inner margin. The usual dark triangle is blackish-brown. Brown shade continued
Y along costa to base, towards which it becomes faint. Brown spot in cell is usually connected
with costa. Inner margin frequently with brown shades. Both lobes with pale outer line,
_ incomplete on second, preceded by a heavy brown shade which blends into buff or greyish
‘towards triangle. Terminal area hoary with whitish scales over brown. Secondaries grey-
brown, third lobe having seattered brown scales on inner margin and a variable but always
weak tuft of slender, almost equal brown scales within outer third of feather. Thorax somewhat
_ boary, whitish behind. VPalpi moderate, oblique, scarcely exceeding the short, conical frontal tuft.
_ Expanse, 19-29 mm.
z Lh This is apparently a high-altitude species in British Columbia and has only been taken in
ew localities—Hope Mountains (Day) ; Mount McLean (Hanham and Day); Kaslo (Cockle) ;
_ Rossland (Danby) ; and Mount Cheam (Harvey). The types were taken at Boston and Amherst,

Jass., and it also occurs on Mount Rainier, Wash.

b Edwardsii can always be separated from the two preceding species by the scale-tooth on
le inner margin of the third feather of secondaries being always placed at the outer third,
hile in carduidactyla and percnodactyla it is in the middle of the lobe. In addition, the

cies is considerably darker in appearance and generally larger, although all three species vary

considerably in size.
——- 7. PLATYPTITIA ORTHOCARPI Walsingham, Pter. Cal., Ore., I1., 1880. Primaries ochreous along
inner margin, mixed brown and white with a few ochreous scales toward costa. Costa itself
narrowly blackish-brown with white dots. Dark triangle before cleft. Terminal area brown,
hoary with white scales, preceded by a faint transverse pale line, less complete on second lobe.
paces between this and triangle ochreous irrorate with white, with an elongate triangular
brown dash and costal shade on first lobe and two dashes on second. Cleft margined with a
few dark scales. Secondaries brown, third lobe more ochreous. Fringes greyish with white
bases along inner margins and at apices of first two lobes; containing a few brown scales in
basal half of third lobe. Palpi brownish ochreous, moderate, oblique, touched with white above

M 38 British CoLuMBIA. 8 @ 3 oes

=

and below. Thorax mostly whitish in front and behind, brownish ochreous across tips of patagia. y

Expanse, 20-26 mm. ig i

A very rare species. There is only one record from British Columbia—a single specimen
taken by Mr. G. O. Day in June. The type came from Northern Oregon, where they were reared

from a species of Orthocarpus. Writing of orthocarpi, Barnes and Lindsey state that “ Together tm

with fragilis, shastw, and albida, they make up an extremely difficult group which we are
inclined to believe in a state of evolution. The named forms can be recognized, but whether
to regard them as forms and races of one species or as distinct species is a question which
we are unable to decide.” , ; oa

8. PLATYPTILIA FRAGILIS Walsingham, Pter. Cal. Ore., 16, 1880. In this species the
characters are much the same as in the preceding, except that the general colour is more or less
buff or light brown. Expanse, 20-24 mm. sis

In the Bryant collection several specimens stood under the name of fragilis, but wpon exami-
nation they all proved to be albiciliata Wals., with the exception of one specimen, which
Dr. Lindsey agrees is fragilis. The specinien is a little undersized, barely measuring -18 mm.
It lacks antennz and abdomen, but is otherwise in good condition. It was taken by Mr. Bryant
at Wellington on July 13th, 1903. The species occurs in Washington, California, Arizona, and
Colorado. is

9. PLATYPTIMIA ALBICILIATA Walsingham, Pter. Cal., Ore., 17, 1880. Fore wings even dull
brown, dark triangle faintly indicated. Fringes greyish with pale bases which bear a row of —
dark scales on the outer margin. Secondaries are concolorous, their fringes with pale bases,
sometimes conspicuous, and a few scattered brown scales along the inner margin of the third
lobe. Expanse, 21mm. Thorax somewhat lighter behind. Palpi are moderate, oblique, and the
frontal tuft very short and blunt.

British Columbia examples differ from the above abbreviated description, in haying the dark
triangle well marked and the outer pale line discernible on the first lobe in most specimens.
There is also some irroration of bluish-white scales on the disk and along the costal edge; in
some specimens this irroration is extended to the terminal area of both lobes of the primaries.
The species has been taken at Wellington (Bryant); Mount McLean (Day); and at Barker-
ville (Buckell). The single specimen taken by Mr. Buckell is a darker brown than the other
British Columbia specimens and of a more even colour. The species was described from North
California. There is a specimen from Montana in the Barnes collection which is doubtfully
referred to this species. The early stages are unknown.

10. PLATYPTILIA ALBICANS Fish, Can. Ent., XIII., 71, 1881. Primaries creamy white with
white-irrorate brown areas, the colours about equally extensive. Both lobes with a terminal
brown band and one just- before middle which fades out toward inner margin. Costa brown
as far as base of cleft and inward to a transverse dash before cleft. Fringes white with grey
tips; brown and white scales in bases along outer margin. Secondaries grey-brown with a
faint tuft of slender scales, not visible without lens, near middle of inner margin of third lobe.
Expanse 17-24 mm. Frontal tuft lacking. Palpi small and slender, but projecting well beyond
front; brownish on sides. >

The only records for British Columbia are specimens taken by Mr. G. O. Day. One taken
at Hope Mountains in July, 1808, and another one taken on Stokers Mountain, near Cowichan
Lake, on July 23rd, 1909. Writing on the species, Barnes and Lindsey remark “ that the Stoker
Mountain specimen is anomalous. We place it here with little hesitation, though it is so much
darker than the typical form that a casual examination discloses little resemblance. It corre-
sponds in essential features with our series, but differs in having the brown areas darker and
more extended, the pale areas consequently narrow and somewhat tinged with brown.”

The species was described from Nevada and has been taken at Wyoming and Colorado.
The early stages are unknown.

11. PLATYPTILIA PALLIDACTYLA TIaworth, Lep. Brit., 478, 1812. Primaries with nebulous

bright-brown and whitish markings. Cleft preceded by two brown dots. Pale areas a blotch in
cell, preceded by a brown dot, one near inner margin about one-third from base, and a broader
area below base of cleft. Lobes paler brown, crossed by a pale line outwardly and with a pale area
on costa above base of cleft, before which costa is narrowly dark brown, dotted with white.
All brown areas slightly irrorate with white. Secondaries brown. Fringes of inner margin of
third lobe with pale bases and usually with a faint cluster of slender dark scales just beyond

3

ProyinciaL Museum Report. M 39

middle. Expanse 21-26 mm. Frontal tuft about as long as head, sya pointed. Palpi long,
slender, porrect, noticeably surpassing tuft.

Our British Columbia specimens agree with the above description, pores ee in the faint
cluster of slender dark scales on the inner margin of third lobe. In all the specimens I have
examined the cluster is absent, but in most of the specimens there are a few scattered dark
a ‘Scales, mostly in the basal half. I have it from Victoria (Carter); Goldstteam (Day and
_ Blackmore); Vernon (Rubmann); and Kaslo (Cockle). I found it not uncommon at Gold-
stream in June. It apparently ranges over the entire North American Continent north of
87° latitude, and also occurs in Europe.
ae 12. PLATYPTILIA ALBERTA Barnes and Lindsey, Cont. Lep. No. Amer., Vol. IV., No. 4, 346,
Aug., 1921. Primaries white. Costa narrowly brownish-grey to cleft. Cleft preceded by two
‘3 dark dots; a third similar dot in middle of cell. Lobes with terminal and median greyish
| Shades defining the broad outer white line. Fringes white, basal scales on outer margin white.
' Secondaries yery light brownish-grey, fringes and third lobe paler. Expanse 24-27 mm.

The shape of the primaries is distinctive. Towards the apex the costa is abruptly rounded,
the apex is very blunt, and the outer margin of the first lobe almost straight. The first lobe
and consequently the entire wing looks very wide and blunt. Frontal tuft as long as head,
sharply pointed. Palpi moderate, oblique surpassing front, but not reaching end of tuft.

_ The species was described from four specimens, as follows: Holotype female, Laggan, Alta.,
- August 16th to 23rd, and one paratype female, Olympic Mountains, Wash., in Coll. Barnes.

% Allotype male, Mount Cheam, B.C., August, in Coll. Blackmore. Paratype female, Laggan, Alta.,
August 16th to 23rd, in U.S. National Museum.

The Mount Cheam specimen was taken by the late Captain R. V. Hary ey in August, 1903.
Among some material sent by Mr. Cockle, of Kaslo, for examination were two specimens of
this new species. Both of them are rather worn and one is without abdomen; the latter,
presumably taken at Kaslo, is without date. The other specimen was taken at Sandon on

: - August 9th, 1904.
iy Unfortunately the wings have a tendency to stain easily and in the allotype they are more

7

- orless tawny. It is evidently a high-altitude species.

4

By

‘i Genus STENOPTILIA Huebner.

Stenoptilia Hiiebner, Verz. bek. Schmett., 480, 1826. Front with a rounded or conical
prominence or a scale-tuft. Ocelli present. Palpi various. Primaries bifid, cleft from about
two-thirds. Secondaries trifid, third feather without dark scales in fringes of inner margin.

_ Anal angles of both lobes of primaries very retreating. Very closely allied to the preceding
_ genus, but can be separated from the greater part of Platyptilia by the lack of dark scales in
the fringes of the secondaries and from the remainder by the retreating anal angles.
-—s«4.-« STENOPTILIA MENGELI Fernald, Pter. No. Amer., 60, 1898. Primaries ashy-grey and glisten-
ing; a few dark fuscous scales on the first lobe form an ill-defined longitudinal stripe on the

5 middle; a fuscous spot at the end of the cleft. Hind wings ashy-grey. Expanse 20 mm.

ie. Thorax and palpi dark ashy-grey. A fine white line occurs over each eye.

A single specimen taken by Mr. A. W. Hanham on Mount McLean in August constitutes our
Ms only record. It is a rather surprising capture, as very few specimens are known. It was
described from ten poor specimens taken by Mr. W. lL. Mengel at McCormack’s Bay, North
Greenland in 1891. Barnes and Lindsey record a single specimen from Colorado which is slightly
paler than the types. The latter specimen is in the U.S. National Museum. This is apparently
all that are known.

= 2. STENOPTILIA EXCLAMATIONIS Walsingham, Pter. Cal., Ore., 32, 1880.

Stenoptilia coloradensis Wernald, Pter. No. Amer., 61, 1898.

_ Primaries dark brownish-grey on costa, blending into ochreous or pale grey on inner margin,
and irrorate with white in most specimens. The white scales are heaviest on the terminal area
of both lobes. Cleft preceded by two blackish dots, usually fused. Wirst lobe with a heavy
eS blackish shade, margined outwardly with white and preceded on costa by a white dash. There
id is usually a blackish dot near middle of cell. Fringes white in cleft, with greyish clusters before
outer margin, elsewhere grey, white below apices of both lobes. Secondaries brownish-grey with
bf concolorus fringes. Expanses, 18-24 mm. (British Columbia examples are more consistent in
: size, measuring 22 mm.) Palpi moderate, whitish above; third joint small; a white line over

each eye.

r
‘

M 40 Brivis CoLuMBra, — 4929 es

A rather uncommon species in the Province. I have it from Fitzgerald (Carter) and Fraser
Mills (Marmont), and haye seen a specimen from Kaslo (Cockle). The species occurs in
Manitoba and Ontario. The types of exclamationis came from the Siskiyou Mountains, North
California, and the types of colorandensis were taken in Colorado. Barnes and Lindsey, who
have examined the types, consider them conspecific. The early stages are unknown.

Genus ADAINA Tutt.

Adaina Tutt, Ent. Ree., XVII., 37, 1905. Ocelli obsolete. Palpi moderate, ascending, slender.
Primaries cleft from two-thirds cr before. Secondaries trifid, third feather without black scales
in fringes. Very close to Oidwmatophorus, but differs chiefly in venation of primaries, as a
reference to the figures on Plate V. will show. The cleft in primaries is also cut more deeply,
thus making the lobes longer in proportion.

1. ADAINA MONTANA Wals. form DECLIVIS Meyrick, Exot. Microlep., I., 112, 1913. Primaries
eleft to three-fifths, lobes rather narrow, equal, pointed; white, sometimes mixed with light- :
brownish suffusion; basal half with a few scattered dark fuscous scales; a moderate oblique
fascia of dark fuscous irroration from costa beyond base of cleft to middle of inner margin. Both
lobes more or less sprinkled with.dark fuscous. Fringes white on inner margins of both lobes,
brownish towards apices. Secondaries rather dark grey with fringes paler. EExpanse 16 min.
Thorax white, posterior half sometimes light brownish, abdomen white, sometimes with faint
brownish dorsal lines. (The British Columbia example has the posterior half of the thorax
and the abdomen a light ochreous.) :

One specimen in fair condition taken by Mr. W. B. Anderson at Fort Fraser on September
16th, 1921.

The species was described from two specimens taken at Toronto, Ont., in August. It also
occurs in Manitoba. It has been reared in Colorado by Dyar and Caudell in the heads of -
Helianthus pumilus.

Genus OIDAEMATOPHORUS Wallengren.

Oidematophorus Wallengren, Skand. F-jiid., 19, 1859.

Pterophorus Wallengren (not Geoff.), ibidem, 20, 1859.

Front rarely with tuft. Ocelli obsolete. Palpi short to long, usually slender, and more or
less oblique. Tibia with or without conspicuous scale-tufts. Primaries cleft two-fifths or less.
Secondaries trifid, fringes without black scales.

Writing of this genus, Barnes and Lindsey state, in part, that ‘‘The species of Oid@mato-
phorus are not at all difficult to identify when one has gained some familiarity with them.
Usually some one or two characters suffice, but we have found that very nearly all characters
of colour and pattern are subject to such variation that the construction of a key is very difficult.”

As there are sixty species of this genus in North America, many of which are closely allied,
the authors prepared a key combining structural characters together with those of coloration and
maculation. A number of species were inserted under two categories so as to make use of the
most salient features.

As only eleven of these species occur in the Province, I have constructed a key based (with
the exception of monodactylus Linn.) on the colour and pattern of the wings alone, whieh I think
will suffice for the identification of most of our British Columbia species of this genus.

Key to the Species.

tT. Primaries: white or whitisht.. soak, cece sa ssieuesaetme ites kik ote tian annette ee F
Primaries, ightrochrecussto- ta wily cicvte coe steeeucieie one sie one ee eels Cee cite teen 4

2. Primaries white with scattered dark-brown irroration; a dark-brown costal
WAC ONE WASS Ol GLEN Gi .5erer <i jaccialo Neves sensi seers fafa aie chetalre sil c 2 mathewianus
Primaries SWOT, sco sole oleae oe tare aloe oral eran SIR oral cess sis ee 3

3. With a wide dark-brown diskal streak from base to cleft; oblique costal
pateh, over base OF Glett oc. eK, cn ieren ear ees lee sats pi hone ec muerte 5 fieldi

With wide tawny streak on costal margin of first lobe; fringes on primaries
brown, contrastingly darker than wing. No costal patch ....6 phebus

4, Primaries tawny with heavy brown costal mark over base of cleft; small
DIOWN: SHAE aeLOLS: GALS oi cainwlare ernisectete cass nvais ee hee fee ie eres 1 occidentalis

Primaries light ochreous; a blackish-brown rounded spot a short distance
before cleft and another fainter one above it, sometimes connected by.
& “Palin WG. accord cete/eue.w: dyemetiiels. cutee eet nee res te ikea ICRI: ee! T helianthi

. Oidematophorus stramineus Wism. Iaslo, B.C.
. Oidamatophorus occidentalis Wism. Vavenby, B.C.

. Oidematophorus mathewianus Zell. IKaslo, B.C.

. Oidematophorus helianthi Wism. Iaslo, B.C.

2. Oidamatophorus homodactylus Wik. Mount McLean,
. Oidamatophorus mcenodactylus Linn. Victoria, B.C.
. Platyptilia alberte B. & L. Waslo, B.C.

PLATE VI.
PTEROPHORID2.

Pterophorus tenuidactylus Fitch. Quamichan Lake,

. Pterophorus delawaricus Zell. Fraser Mills, B.C.
. Stenoptilia exclamationis Wism. Fraser Mills, B.C.
. Platyptilia punctidactyla Haw. Isaslo, B.C.

‘

Platyptilia pica Wslm. Victoria, B.C.
Platyptilia tesseradactyla Linn. Vernon, B.C.

. Platyptilia fragilis Wism. Wellington, B.C.

. Platyptilia atbiciliata Wism. Wellington, B.C.

. Platyptilia carduidactyla Riley. Victoria, B.C.
. Platyptilia pallidactyla Haw. Goldstream, B.C.
. Plalyptilia edwardsii Fish. Mount McLean, B.C.
2. Oidamatophorus fieldi Wright. Atlin, B.C.

. Oidamatophorus grisescens Wism. Iaslo, B.C.

. Oidematophorus cineraceus Fish. Alberni, B.C.
. Adaina montana declivis Meyr. Fort Fraser, B.C.
». Stenoptilia mengeli Fern. Mount McLean, B.C.

. Oidematophorus corvus B. & L. Goldstream, B.C.

~

‘

B.C.

BiG:

Vi.

PLATE

5 ProvinciAL Museum Report. M 41

5. Species smaller. Primaries pale yellow or yellow-tinged ............... 6

‘Not such species ..... “FB! BG. 0:0. 8 ON eh Dip NIE RRC Re eMC aCe Me ean a 7
, 7 6. Primaries definitely yellowish; generally with a heavy tawny shade from
es base torarse tobes. Lxpanse, 15-21 mm: 2... d.. se rece 9 stramineus
bs Primaries pale greyish-yellow; a greyish-brown shade generally present
oe in first lobe. Secondaries conspicuously darker. Tixpanse 17-20
ts Teohan ye Nig wera rind & Bg OOD G EROS GOREN et Clonee ae AR ee eet ea 10 corvus
Be 7. Iintirely snowy white etekeneVoAae ied otal a atte. 2 Shi eisiscisielesescscvee eS MOMOMACHYIUS
a Primaries grey, powdered with blackish-brown and white scales; inner
a LUELLA AM COUSILCUOUSLY: WEOW ISH 4... ..= oteci ccs te cioie ee ales svete w ace 83 grisescens
* Primaries ash-brown to ash-grey, generally heavily irrorated with blackish
‘ i scales. Base of cleft white preceded by a blackish triangular mark
4 conmectineawithvardariecostal Gash) 5.5 <i... cies oie eos ere ous 4 cineraceus

Primaries variable; from tawny to red-brown and grey; anal angle of
.. second lobe with extremely Jong fringes. Hind tarsi with a econ-
2 spicuous dorsal crest on upper surface ............... 11 monodactylus
a2 1. OIDZMATOPHORUS OCCIDENTALIS Walsinghain, Pter. Cal., Ore., 37, 1880. Primaries creamy
_ white to deep ochreous, normally with a heavy brown costal mark over base of cleft, preceded
5 and followed by a few whitish scales. This patch is connected with a small brown triangular
‘shade before cleft. The wing is marked with cloudy brown areas and the first lobe is light
_ brown. Fringes even tawny-grey. Secondaries brownish, shining with paler fringes. Expanse
26-29 mm. Head with a pale patch between antenn, otherwise the darkest part. Thorax
_ concolorous with primaries, paler behind. Palpi rather small, oblique; second joint thickened,
x white-tipped. Front tibiz with a heavy double tuft of brown scales in terminal half, mid-tibize
with heavy median and terminal tufts of the same colour. Inner spur of median pair on hind
__tibiee almost twice as long as outer. A very variable species.
} The records in British Columbia are from Kaslo (Cockle); Rossland (Danby); Vavenby
(Moilliet) ; and a rather worn specimen from Fort Steele (W. B. Anderson). The type series
was taken in California and it occurs in Arizona and Utah.
<= 2. OlpAMATOPHORUS MATHEWIANUS Zeller. Verh. Zoot.-bot. Ges. Wien., 445, 1ST4. Primaries
_ white with yariably extensive tawny brown shades, usually confined to inner half, but sometimes
encroaching on first lobe. Costa with scattered dark-brown scales forming a long spot over
base of cleft and two white dots beyond. Cleft preceded by a white area, and this by a davk-
brown dash continued obliquely to costal spot by a light-brown shade. Sometimes a dark dot
near middle of cell and some scattered patches of dark-brown irroration. Inner margin of first
lobe with a brown dot belore apex, followed by a white pencil in the fringe. Fringes light
brownish-grey with some white hairs. Secondaries brownish-grey. Expanse 21-27 mm. Head,
_ thorax, and abdomen white. Palpi short, oblique, brown-speckled. Front tibie with a large
brown scale tuft; mid-tibiz with two heavy brown tufts; hind legs white.
Described from Vancouver Island. I have sot seen any specimens from the Island, although
- extensive collecting has been done on the southern portion of the Island, neitlfer are there any
specimens in the Bryant collection from Wellington. A short series was taken in August by
- Messrs. Day and Hanham on Mount McLean, and three specimens sent to me by Mr. Cockle, of
Kaslo, as Petrophorus brucei Fern. turn out to be this species. Mr. Day records a specimen
. of this species taken by his son at Dawson, Yukon Territory, in 1910. It occurs in Southern
_ California, and Barnes and Lindsey refer to this species specimens taken in Colorado and Maine
which differ from typical specimens, but agree in all essential features.
\ 3. OIDAMATOPHORUS GRISESCENS Walsingham, Pter. Cal., Ore., 34, 1880. Primaries narrow,
heavily sprinkled with white, and with some scattered blackish scales. Ground colour of inner
half, brown: of costal half, apparently grey-brown, the scales tipped with white; but this area
of the wing is greyish-white because of the predominating white scales. Costa with a grey-brown
- dash over base of cleft and two spots beyond. Cleft preceded by a white patch, and this by a
small blackish spot curving forward to costal dash in a slender line. First lobe with a black
dot before apex, followed by a white pencil in the fringes. Fringes brownish-grey with a mixture
of white hairs. Secondaries grey-brown with concolorous fringes. Expanse 23-30 mm. Head
and thorax clothed with grey-tipped white scales. Palpi short, oblique, each joint white-tipped.
Abdomen whitish with brown-tipped scale tufts on posterior margins of segments.

oe

<r

_ és ti
Ma p
a e3
- *

M 42 British CoLuMBIA. 71992. 9)

One specimen taken by Mr. Cockle at Kaslo on August ist, 1907. This is a very distinct 3
species and cannot be confused with any other British Columbia species. Type series were reared a

from Artemisia sp. at Rogue River, Southern Oregon. It also occurs in California, Colorado,
and Arizona. Barnes and Lindsey also record a specimen from “ British Columbia (June),”
but no specific locality is given.

4. OIDAMATOPHORUS CINERACEUS Fish., Can., Ent., XIII., 73,1881. Primaries brownish-white

to greyish, often darker toward costa. There is a variable irroration of blackish scales which |

tends to collect between the veins and in the basal half of the wing. Whitish at base of cleft,

preceded by a brown dash which curves outward to brown costal dash above base of cleft.

Fringes brownish-grey with a few white hairs. Secondaries grey-brown with fringes, concol-

orous. Expanse 27-29 mm. Palpi short, oblique. Abdomen brownish-white, with central dark —
§

dots in distal half.

Not uncommon and widely she tranietl Recorded from Duncan (Day) ; Wellington (Bryant) ;
Alberni (Redford) ; Mount McLean (Day) ; Kaslo» (Cockle) ; and Vavenby oth We have ©
not seen the species from either Victoria or Goldstream.

Our British Columbia specimens are very even in their colouring, all that I have seen being
of the typical brownish-white form. The irroration of the blackish scales is, however, very
variable. The species occurs in Washington, California, Colorado, SS Pennsylvania, and
Manitoba. The life-history is unknown

5. OIDA2MATOPHORUS FIELDI Wright, ‘Ent. News. XXNII.. 6, 1921. Primaries: Ground colour

white; the costal edge, discal area from base to cleft, and inner margin broadly brown-streaked.

A dark-brown costal streak just above the base of the cleft, connected broadly with the outer
end of the discal streak, preceded and followed by white; another brown costal streak at the

base of the first lobe, then narrowly white to apex. A white spot preceding base of cleft,

connected obliquely by a fine white line to the outer costal white spot. Second lobe brown at
tip, faint brown line down the centre, and a small square white spot one-third from base.

Fringe smoky, darker within the cleft. Secondaries dull smoky brown, fringes darker. Expanse ©

21-26 mm. Palpimottled light brown and white. Thorax dorsally brown; anterior part,
buf. Abdomen light brownish-buff on anterior part, becoming almost seal-brown mottled with
lighter on the anal segments.

Two specimens from Atlin. One is from the Bryant collection without date and the other
was taken by E. M. Anderson on July 19th, 1914. They are both rather faded and a little worn.
Dr. Lindsey made a slide of the genitalia of the latter to ensure the identification. Barnes and
Lindsey also record a specimen from Wellington (Taylor) which is paler than typical. The
type series was taken at San Diego, Cal., so that the species has an extensive Tange; it is
also recorded from Arizona. :

6. OIDAMATOPHORUS PHOEBUS Barnes and Lindsey, Cont. Lep. No. Amer., Vol. IV., No. 4, page
406, 1921. Primaries whitish to light tawny brown, the palest area in the second lobe and
along inner margin of first. Costa whitish towards base, sprinkled with blackish scales, paler
towards apex. Cleft preceded at a short distance by a faint dark dot. Entire wing usually
with some scattered black scales, tending to form streaks in the lobes and near the inner margin.
Fringes pale on costa, elsewhere brownish-grey to brownish-black, contrastingly darker than
wing. Secondaries brownish-grey with slightly darker fringes. Expanse 21-23 mm. Head
brown with a whitish band between antenns. Thorax whitish in front, becoming tawny bese
Palpi small, oblique, whitish, with traces of brown on third joint.

Described from four specimens from various localities in California. With these the authors
have associated a specimen from New Westminster, which, however, is much paler than the type
series. Neither the date of capture nor collector’s name is given. Among the material sent
from Kaslo was a specimen which was different to anything else that I had seen; it was
submitted to Dr. Lindsey, who pronounced it this species. It was taken by Mr. Cockle on
June 22nd, 1910.

7. OlbSMATOPHORUS HELIANTHI Walsingham, Pter. Cal., Ore., 54, 1880. Primaries brownish
—white to tawny with some scattered dark-brown scales. A short distance before the cleft and

slightly toward inner margin there is a rounded dark-brown spot, well defined, which may be — x

extended as much as half-way to the costa by an oblique line of dark scales, and occasionally
the anterior extremity of this mark alone is evident as a spot much more vague than the first
(this is the case in the British Columbia example before me) apex and inner margin of first

¢
4

x

ProvinciAL Museum Reporv. M 43

lobe with a row of dark dots. Fringes concolorous, those in cleft with dark areas just before
apices of both lobes.. Secondaries grey-brown, bases paler; fringes slightly more tawny.
Expanse 21-29 mm.
The only record of this species in British Columbia are some specimens taken at South Fork,

q - Kaslo Creek, by Mr. Cockle on August 10th, 1903. Other specimens sent by Mr. Cockle from
me Kaslo as this species are worn specimens of occidentalis. The type series was taken in the
_ Siskiyou Mountains, South Oregon, and were bred from larve feeding on a species of Helianthus.
' The species has also been taken in Colorado.

ee: 8. OIDAMATOPHORUS HOMODACTYLUS Walker, List. Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus., XXX., 941, 1864.
_ Primaries snowy white, in some specimens with a slight irroration of brownish-grey in costal
_ half. Cleft sometimes preceded at a short distance by a small brownish dot. Secondaries tinged
with greyish. Head, thorax, and abdomen snowy white. The mid-tibie have a fringe of scales
= _ down the inside, but no tufts.
; It is evidently a mountainous species in this Province, as our records are from Hope
é Mountains, July (Day and Harvey) ; Mount McLean, August (Day and Hanham) ; and Vavenby,
i est (Moilliet). The Mount McLean specimens were taken at an elevation of 5,000 feet.
The species occurs throughout Canada from British Columbia to Quebec, south into New Jersey
Psa Illinois. It has also been taken in California.
a 9. OID-EMATOPHORUS STRAMINEUS Walsingham, Pter. Cal., Ore., 41, 1880.
— Lioptilus augustus Walsingham, Pter, Cal., Ore., 43, 1880.
’ Primaries usually yellow or yellowish, occasionally somewhat ochreous. There is at least
a trace of a brown spot contiguous to the base of the cleft; in some specimens this spot is well
marked. In most specimens a heavy brown shade runs from the base next to the inner margin
into the first lobe. Fringes more greyish. Secondaries greyish with fringes concolorous.
ae Expanse 15-21 mm. Thorax yellow. Abdomen yellow with brown dorsal stripes. Palpi
slender, moderate, oblique; tips of second and third joints touched with fuscous outside.
} _-* This is the species that is listed as stramineus in our local lists. Stramineus was described
from specimens taken in the Siskiyou Mountains, South Oregon, in June, and augustus from a
ome series taken on Mount Shasta, California, in August. The types are in the British Museum.
_ Mr. Edw. Meyrick has compared specimens with the types for Messrs. Barnes and Lindsey, and
the latter have also compared specimens with Fernald’s paratypes and are unable to find any
1 "specific differences between them. The species is very variable in appearance, due to the
- inconstancy of the brown shade on the primaries. Mr. Day has taken a specimen at Quamichan
Lake, near Duncan, the only record we have for Vancouver Island. The same collector also
. took the species in the Hope Mountains in 1908. Mr. Cockle has it from Kaslo and Dr. Dyar
- took a long series at Ainsworth in June and July, 1903. In his note on the species Dyar states
_ that “ The moths were easily started up from low grass and weeds, but especially from the plant
_ Anaphalis margaratacea, which I suppose is their food-plant. Laryze were found commonly in
ae the flower-heads of this plant, but unfortunately were not bred.”
al 10. OlpaMATOPHORUS CoRVUS Barnes and Lindsey, Cont. Lep. No. Amer., Vol. IV., No. 4, page
a 437, 1921. Primaries clear pale yellow in the lightest specimens, with some brown scales near
% base, sometimes a small brown dot a short distance before base of cleft, and sometimes a brown
_ sub-costal shade which meets the costa in the first lobe. In the type series these wings have a
_ pale-yellowish or greyish-yellow costal band from base to a point opposite base of cleft, in which
the extreme costal margin bears some brown scales. Behind this the entire wing is clothed
ith brownish-grey mixed with very pale-yellowish scales, becoming more whitish toward inner
margin. The spot before the cleft is faintly marked and is continued slightly toward costa to
= orm a transverse shade. Costal fringes on first lobe yellowish, others dark greyish. Secondaries
_ brownish-grey fringes concolorous. In pale specimens the secondaries appear dark in contrast
to the Fellow primaries. Expanse 17-20 mm. Palpi moderate, slender, oblique, yellowish-white
with a brown outer line. Thorax pale yellow. Abdomen pale yellow to-pale greyish-yellow with
__a fine light-brown dorsal line.

This new species was described from twenty specimens taken at Tuolumne Meadows and
- Deer Park Springs, Lake Tahoe, California. It has also been taken in Washington and
— Colorado.
It is apparently widely distributed in British Columbia, specific localities being Goldstream
(Blackmore) ; Wellington (Bryant) ; Fraser Mills (Marmont) ; Kaslo (Cockle) ; and Cranbrook
Garrett).

a

Tay

Wee ot ts eae a

M 44 Brirrsa Corumpia. ae 1922

The British Columbia specimens are very variable, both in size and in coloration. The
Wellington examples are the largest, being 21-22 mm. in expanse, with the dark shades con-
trasting with the paler areas, which are a deep cream. A series from Goldstream average
18 mm. in expanse and are very pale, the ground colour being a sordid white, with the brown
spot before cleft distinctly marked. Those from Fraser Mills are similar, but not quite so pale.
Some Kaslo specimens are as pale as my Goldstream series, but a trifle smaller, although one

specimen is larger than any, measuring 23 nim., and in addition is very much darker, the ground

eolour being dark brown. Dr. Lindsey has seen this specimen and pronounced it corvus, believing
that the brown colour is due to age or some other cause. It was taken on June 20th, 1904.

The life-history and food-plant are unknown, although the series which I took at Goldstream .
in August, 1920, were all beaten from the common yarrow (Aciillia millefolium), which may
be its food-plant. I did not observe it on any other plant.

11. OIDZAMATOPHORUS MONODACTYLUS Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. (Ed. 10), page 542, 1758. The
colour of the primaries is very variable, ranging through shades of grey, yellow, and brown to
various mixtures of these colours. The fore wings are very narrow, but have unusually long
fringes at the anal angle of the second lobe. ‘There is a black spot before base of cleft, some-
times extended to it, a dot in cell, some at tips of veins in both lobes, and some black scales
streaking the wing near inner margin. Secondaries and fringes of both wings brownish-grey.
Hxpanse 21-28 mm. Thorax similar to primaries. Abdomen brownish or greyish with some
dark dashes, and a narrow dorsal stripe concolorous with thorax, which widens anteriorly and
is usually margined with white toward its junction with the thorax. There is usually a crest of
scales present on the upper surface of the hind tarsi. *

This is our commonest species on Vancouver Island and it has been taken in every month of
the year. The most common coloration is tawny, with a sprinkling of grey forms and a few
red-brown ones. I have not seen any specimens from the Mainland, which is rather surprising,
as it occurs right across the continent from the Atlantic to the Pacific and from Mexico to

Canada. It also oceurs in Europe, Asia, and North Africa. It feeds on a large number of-

different food-plants.

The following eight species revorded in the 1906 B.C. Check-list are omitted from this paper
for the reasons given':—

Trichoptilus lobidactylus Fitch. Recorded from Wellington. I haye examined the specimens
labelled as this species in the Bryant collection and from which the records were taken for the
above list, and find that they are all Pterophorus delawaricus Zeller without a doubt.

Oxyptilus (Pterophorus) periscelidactylus Fitch. Recorded from Wellington. The speci-
mens labelled as such in the Bryant collection are Platyptilia punctidactyla Haw. Rs Vie

Platyptilia shaste Wals. Recorded. from Wellington. This was rather an extraordinary
determination, as specimens bearing this label were undoubtedly Oidwmatophorus cineraceus
Tish. <A totally different insect and bearing no resemblance, either generically or specifically.

Platyptilia grandis Wais. and Platyptilia modesta Wals. Both recorded from Wellington.
Specimens bearing these labels were nothing more or less than specimens of the common
carduidactyla, which had apparently been separated according to their size; the latter species —
being very variable in this respect, as I have specimens ranging from 18 to 28 mm. in expanse.

Pterophorus (Oidemutophorus) brucci Fern. Recorded from Shawnigan Lake by Dr. Dyar
in his’ “Kootenai Mist.” In his annotation he states: “Two specimens . . . in poor
condition, but seeming to agree with specimens from Colorado, so named for me by Dr. C. H.
Fernald.” _

T am rather inclined to doubt the correctness of Dr. Dyar’s determination of this species on”
the following grounds: (1) That brucei Fern. and matheiwianus Zell. have a somewhat super-_
ficial resemblance; (2) that Dr. Dyar’s specimens were in poor condition and he himself was
not positive that they were conspecific with his Colorado specimens of brucei; (3) that
apparently Dr. Dyar did not have at that time specimens of mathewianus for comparison; (4)
that specimens sent to me by Mr. Cockle, of Kaslo, as brucei have been determined by Dr. Lindsey
as mathewianus; and (5) that of 250 specimens of this family recently examined from
many diverse localities in the Province, not a single specimen turned up which has been even
doubtfully referred to brucei. Taking all these facts into consideration, it is more reasonable
to suppose that Dr. Dyar’s specimens were in reality mathewianus, which was originally described

.

~

12, Guo: 5 -ProvinctaL Museum Reporv. M 45

from Vancouver Island. Until undoubted specimens of brucei are taken in British Columbia I
think. it is better to eliminate this species from our .C. Check-list.

_ Pterophorus (Oidematophorus) paleaceus Zell. Recorded from Wellington. Specimens
under this name in the Bryant collection did not seem to agree with the description of that
__—s Species and were submitted to Dr. Lindsey, who pronounced them to be “ rather large specimens
of corvus B. & L., not quite typical, but certainly not paleaceus Zell.”

nef Pterophorus (Oidematophorus) eupdtorii Fern. This record in our list was copied from
| Dyar’s Catalogue (Bull. 52, U.S.N.M.), wherein he gives Vancouver Island, together with New
»‘-York and California, as localities for this species. Barnes and Lindsey in their “ Revision ” give
; a detailed discussion of eupatorii Fern., guttatus Wals., and mathewianus Zell., three very closely
_ __ allied species and which have given rise to a great deal of confusion in the past. The conclusions

| arrived at show that ewpatorii is distinctly Eastern and does not occur on the Pacifie slope.
i In concluding this paper on the British Columbia Pterophoridze, I would like to point out

___ two important pieces of biological work that remain for our local entomologists to undertake,
ae and that is the working-out of the life-histories of (1) Plaluptilia pallidactyla Haw. and pica

a Wals., and (2) P. carduidactyla Riley and percnodaclyla Wals. Careful breeding from the ova

a of known females, full notes on the different larval instars, together with careful comparison of
ug the resulting imagines, will do much to proye the specific identity or otherwise of the species
‘indicated.

i The following family, with its one North American species, is included here as it is so very

closely allied to the Pterophoride.

f FAMILY ALUCITIDAE LINN.

Py Genus ALUCITA Linn.

, : Alucita Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. (id. X.), 1, 542, 1758.

ey" Orneodes Latreille, Precis. Car. Ins. 148, 1796.

F Characters: Ocelli present. Proboscis well developed. Labial palpi strong. Both primaries
- and secondaries deeply cleft into six lobes each. The under-surface of the secondaries lacks
_ the black scales which occur in the Pterophoridw, and the legs are of normal length.

a : 1. ALUCITA MONTANA Cockerell, Ent. Mo. Mag., XXV., 213, 1889.

x Orneodes hexadactyla Fernald (not Linn.), List. Lep. No. Amer., 88, 1891.

a Primaries greyish-tawny, crossed by a wide dark-brown median band margined narrowly

a with white, which forks on the first two lobes; a subterminal band, narrower on the first two
lobes, is also margined with white. Secondaries checkered with dark brown, tawny, and white.
s - This species is the Orneodoes hexadactyla of our local lists, a European species with which
ri. our North American species has generally been considered conspecific, but according to Barnes
— and Lindsey heradactyla is much lighter and more ochreous in general appearance and entirely
_ lacks pure white scales. _
Montana has a wide distribution in North America, occurring from Vancouver Island to

Ontario and from New York to California.

=~
” List oF REFERENCES.

wa 1921. Barnes, W., and Lindsey, A. W. The Pterophoridse of America, North of Mexico

(Cont. Lep. No. Amer., Vol. IV., No. 4).

Ay 1902. Dyar, H. G. “List of North American Lepidoptera (Bull. 52, U.S. National System).
_ . 1904. Dyar, H. G. The Lepidoptera of the Kootenai District of British Columbia (Pro.
og : U.S.N.M., pages 779-938).

a 1895, Meyrick, Edw. Handbook of British Lepidoptera.

i: 1910. Meyrick, Edw. Fam. Pterophoridie (Genera Insectorum Fasc., 100).
1918. Meyrick, Edw. Exotic Microlepidoptera, Vol. I., Pt. 4, page 112.

a VICTORIA, B.C.

* Printed by Wittiam H. Cuxin, Printer to the King’s Most Excellent Majesty.

1922.

PROVINCE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

ey) EL

OF THE

| PROVINCIAL MUSEUM

- NATURAL HISTORY

FOR THE YEAR 1922 _

PRINIDD BY
AUTHORITY OF THD LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY.

VICTORIA, B.C.:
Printed by Witi14m H. CuL1in, Printer to the King’s Most Excellent Majesty. nek
| 1923.

inate

ty

q REPORT

OF THE

| PROVINCIAL MUSEUM

NATURAL HISTORY

& FOR THE YEAR 1922

| LE oni Instiegs
a A mos Sei

‘a is WN

2 2 \\

a | 2G 2 SG 7’)
q ——— a

% =

. PRINTED BY

i - AUTHORITY OF THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY.
Le

VICTORIA, B.C.:
I'rinted by Wituia4m H. CuLuin, Printer to the King’s Most Excellent Majesty.
1923.

His Honour WatrtEerR Camuron NicHou,

Lieutenant-Governor of the Province of British Columbia.

The undersigned respectfully submits herewith the Annual Report of the
Provincial Museum of Natural History for the year 1922.

J. D. MacLEAN,

Provincial Secretary.

a

ProvINcIAL MuseuM or NatTuRAL History,
Victoria, B.C., February 19th, 1923.

The Honourable J. D. MacLean, M.D.,

Provincial Secretary, Victoria, B.C.

Sir,—I have the honour, as Director of the Provincial Museum of Natural
History, to lay before you the Report for the year ending December 31st, 1922,

covering the activities of the Museum.
I have the honour to be,
Sir,
Your obedient servant,

FRANCIS KERMODE,

Director.

= TABLE OF CONTENTS.
PAGE
SSn Gi iter MGA Gon ooombeseC OnU SEO Omen > A> SDD OO CoS tee cIge care ena nee 6
‘ (TOLSE: -sdnododds 6b oon Odeo Bee Gp ODOCe 0d » OC CIE ACO a ene ae een ae eae 7
css oo: SEEN eep abe sci les Shy set ll 7
‘Visitors ....... Pe ee yee eie fo bis Siaiciaitiereeie aidisls ba nebo oe aed ave 7
4 LAE SHTGS, oA OB SARs aie aan 6 aotad HOge cine ior eneae SAT see Sista pik etiw ie marae ie sfokats a Meavaditoleleo 7
ete hey Sue SM eI ig Se eee Peers ote scit tao) chess vare-svate tage 8
A IEREREDTES 5 oa BANG Sob eho ob SU Be Onn OOPS © ORI OO ae Seen 10
; ENHVEY 2ses ade does (db odode Soe Op GOs We DGG OOS CIE Cine eI Car ieee 13
Ne eR ae See eh sii cnc ie Vek edld jes sevesseseanes 16
4 Notes on the Occurrence of the Plumed Egret (IMesophoyz intermedia).............. 16
’ Naresmoneine wceeland Gull <(Larws (leuCOpterus?) ioc... ices e cece wc cccccercecsoesre 17
é. Notes on the Occurrence of the White Pelican (Pelecanus erythrorhynchos) ......... 18
RS Notes on the Occurrence of the Brown Pelican (Pelecanus californicus) ............. 18
q ORI OVELOLOP VMs Mere sie victe. «cso tue. channe aisiaeisees A SPC Es Sor ORS ere ae See REPU aS, 18
a pace GOTH aelTISeCLS Me WeLOP SCIENCE) < sje cies: oe ccimiaiale es ciel sees sce deeescaeee cis 19
Lepidoptera not previously recorded from British Columbia ........................ 22
3 Rare and Uncommon Lepidoptera taken in British Columbia during 1922 ............ 23
q Joe LAjoRT MSH) oon, on sotdcooaddan dOObe COON On G0 DOA Udo nOoOuOT OOD Totcpeipt: c 26
. ee aLT Ee OM CDI O DLC AME EM irelcnies. cielsiois' occas wve\a arslere s aigiela eid eielerels cae SYoeterste"evsievelee eclete 31
3 CCMA IER CC DEOL Sweater ee tera oi syey fata Ve sid s'o/s) age, <)<leje|o\'slals\ « s-aiw e\elslare:aen/elee ¢/o-s-auellste Wie xe 3D

4

DEPARTMENT OF THE PROVINCIAL SECRETARY.

The Honourable J. D. MacLean, WVinister.

J. L. Wuitr, Deputy Minister.

PROVINCIAL MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY.
Staff: c
FRANCIS KERMODE, Director.
WINIFRED V. REDFERN, Recorder, WILLIAM R. Carter, Assistant Biologist.

Hrnest H. BLackmoreE, Associate Curator of Entomology.

REGINALD W. Park, Attendant. Epwarp A. Cookr, Attendant.

‘Od ‘B@taoxyOIA “‘LUNSSNW [BIloultAcdd ut dnoay
(AAWHS) SOLVLNADYV SNATNA SAdATONA *XOH YAATIS

hs

ey RPE ee FAS ee Ge Oe ae eee eee

REPORT of the
PROVINCIAL MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

FOR THE YEAR 1922.

By FRANcIS KERMODE, DIRECTOR.
OBJECTS.

(a.) To secure and preserve specimens illustrating the natural history of the Province.

(b.) To collect anthropological material relating to the aboriginal races of the Province.

(c.) To obtain information respecting the natural sciences, relating particularly to the
natural history of the Province, and diffuse knowledge regarding the same.

ADMISSION.

The Provincial Museum is open, free, to the public daily throughout the year from 9 a.m. to
5 p.m. (except New Year’s Day, Good Friday, and Christmas Day); it is also open on Sunday
afternoons from 1 p.m. to 5 p.m. from May 1st until the end of October.

VISITORS.

The actual number of visitors whose hames are recorded on the register of the Museum is
21,307, against 22,550 in last year’s report. This does not by any means give the total number
of visitors throughout the year, as not only have more visitors been noticed, but the attendance
of school classes has greatly increased, while the classes from the Normal School have used the
collections considerably in regard to making drawings in connection with their nature-studies.
I would recommend that a turnstile or some other way of recording the number of visitors
accurately be installed. The following figures will give some idea of those who recorded their
names during the months of: January, 698; February, 872; March, 945; April, 1,087; May,
1,231; June, 2,131; July, 4,561; August, 4,880; September, 2,377; October, 1,135; November,
780; December, 660. : :

ACTIVITIES.

In last year’s report it was mentioned that the Public Works Department had completed the
basement, and the carpenter having made four extra cases for the display of exhibits, all the
anthropological material which had for a number of years been exhibited on the main floor in
the northern section of the exhibition halls was transferred to its new quarters. Four other
cases are in the course of preparation, and a temporary arrangement has been made to exhibit
the specimens until the four cases are completed and the extra two rooms ayailable for the
display ef exhibits, making a total of six rooms in the anthropological halls. It is hoped to have
this completed early in the spring and the collection will then be labelled and arranged as a
permanent exhibit, as there is no more space available in the present building.

A temporary arrangement of these specimens was made in the spring of 1922, and the formal
opening of the exhibition halls to the public was inaugurated by a special meeting of the Natural
History Society of British Columbia, held in the Provincial Museum on May 29th, 1922, when an
illustrated lecture was given by the Director on the “ Early Customs and Life of the Aboriginal
Races of this Province,’ which was well attended by the members of the society and their friends.
The lecture was given on the main floor, the mammals in cases and other specimens being moved

to one side so as to give as much space as possible for those who attended. The Department is

handicapped, as in the construction of the present building there is no room available for
scientifie lectures of this kind for the general public, although offers to give lectures have been
received from different scientists who have visited the Department from time to time.

Mr. Harlan I. Smith, Anthropologist of the Dominion Government, Ottawa, also gave a
lecture in the Museum on September 14th, 1922, upon his return from his explorations in the
Bella Coola country, where he has been doing anthropological research-work for the last three

summers. His lecture, “The Relationship of Museum Work to Education,” was given on the

O08 BritisH CoLuMBIA. 1923

main floor of the Museum, but the space provided was barely sufficient for the accommodation
of members of the Natural History Society and their friends, who displayed deep interest in the
lantern-slides illustrating the work carried on by the larger museums in Eastern Canada and
the United States. These slides Mr. Smith very kindly had his Department send from Ottawa
for the occasion.

Two other lectures were given for the Natural History Society, one on “ Bird Life of the
Western Country,” with illustrations, given by Miss Elizabeth Racey, of Portland, Oregon, and
the other by Dr. Franz Boas, of Columbia University, New York, on “Indians of British
Columbia: their Customs, Folk-lore, and Habits.” These lectures were held in the Girls’ Central
School and were attended by large and appreciative gatherings.

At the request of the Honourable John Oliver, Prime Minister, the Museum was open during
the evening of September 21st, 1922, for the members of the Montreal Board of Trade, who were
accompanied on their trip across Canada by a number of British Parliamentarians. They were
conducted through the Department by the Honourable the Premier, and numbers of them
expressed their gratitude, and were agreeably surprised at the showing this Proyince has made
in the exhibit of natural-history specimens. 5

ANTHROPOLOGY.

In the early part of the year the Director took up with Mr. R. G. ‘Cunningham, of Port
Hssington, the advisability of his loaning to the Department his very valuable collection of
Indian stone carvings, which have been in his possession for many years. Mr. Cunningham
willingly consented to place on exhibition for an indefinite time the whole of this collection,
numbering approximately fifty-five specimens.

These carvings are exceptionally good pieces of work, above the average that is done by the
Haida Indians, who are the expert carvers of the North Pacific Coast, and exceed all other tribes
in their totem designs, both in workmanship and skill. Of these stone carvings, some were made ~
by the late Henry Edensaw, a chief of the Masset Tribe of the Haida Indians of the Queen
Charlotte Islands, who lived to be a very old man, dying a few years ago; others were carved
by a man named Abraham, a cripple, born of slave parents who were taken slaves by the Haidas
from another tribe many years ago.

The material these carvings are made of is a form of black slate which is rather soft when
first taken from the deposits found at Skidegate Inlet, Queen Charlotte Islands. After being
carved this material is polished with oil and takes a very brilliant finish.

This exhibition of totem-poles illustrates the stories and legends of the Haida Indians. The
exhibit is in a plate-glass case on the main floor, and may be seen by all visitors entering the
Department before visiting the anthropological halls in the basement.

In the early spring, when the anthropological collection was being transferred to the base-
ment, three extra totem-poles were arranged in the main entrance. One is a largé house-pole,
No. 2309, collected by Dr. C. F. Newcombe, 1913, at Talio, South Bentinck Arm, B.C. It is of
cedar with a hollowed back, Jarge doorway at bottom, painted yellow, blue, green, white, and
black. The lower figure has a short beak and there are two smaller birds three-quarters of the
way up the pole. Size, 17 feet 3 inches by 4 feet 2 inches by 2 feet 6 inches.

Two other house-poles were also placed in the entrance hall; No. 2355, used in the interior
of the house, is of cedar, with the eagle carved on the top and the ancestor of the owner below.
Size, 14 feet 7 inches by 22 inches. No. 2856 is the companion to No. 2355. These two poles
stood inside a house, supporting the roof. Collected at Comox, B.C., 1912, by C. F. N.

At the time these poles were placed in position, the Director thought it advisable to remove
the two oil paintings of Alert Bay Indian Village from the entrance hall to the hall where the
stair-case leads to the anthropological section. A large totem-pole which had been in storage
for 2 number of years was also erected near the stairway. This totem, No. 1863, is of cedar,
carved, and painted red, black, and grey. The top is the copper which the chief or owner is
holding up (holding up his tribe); then comes the chief’s figure; then the rayen (his crest),
and the man underneath is the enemy chief of the chief who is holding the copper. He is
treading on his enemy. Size of pole, 26 feet by 21 inches by 18 inches. Collected at Tsawadi
Village by C. F. N.

A number of other totem-poles, house-poles, and canoes, with several more Indian antiquities
too large for exhibition in the present halls, have still to remain in storage in another building

OVOTA ‘SUINESNAL [BIoutAcdq ul Anoay (‘usuttoesds add ])
(AVGVYNUYOH) IFAGOWHAM SNSHYN YUVA ALIHA S.AGOWYHAM

13 Geo. 5 ProvinciaL Museum Reporv. f o4

indefinitely until space is provided by the erection of a new museum. This had been the intention
for some time, but owing to financial conditions the matter has been left in abeyance, but it is
to be hoped that the time will Soon come when arrangements will be made for the erection
of a building large enough to house this valuable anthropological material.

While undergoing these changes this year the Museum was visited by a number of the
leading scientists and anthropologists of America who were in Victoria during the summer,
among whom were: Dr. Franz Boas, Anthropologist, Columbia University, New York, U.S.A.;
J. C. Bond, Curator, McMahon Museum, Quetta, Baluchistan, India; Professor J. K. Beattie,
Bureau of Plant Industry, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C., U.S.A.; Lieut.-
Colonel G. T. Emmons, Princeton, N.J., U.S.A.; Dr. Goddard, American Museum of Natural
History, New York, U.S.A.; George Heye, Director, Museum of American Indian (Heye Founda-
tion), New York, U.S.A.; M. Hall McAllister, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco,
Cal., U.S.A.; Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, Smithsonian Institution, U.S. National Museum, Wash-
ington. D.C., U.S.A.; Harlan I. Smith, Archeologist, Victoria Memorial Museum, Ottawa, Can. ;
Charles Piper Smith, Botanist, San Jose, Cal., U.S.A.

All these gentlemen were greatly impressed by the move the Department was making in
displaying the anthropological material which had been secured many years ago, and were
surprised that we had been able to gather so much of valuable material in regard to the aborig-
inal races of this Province, material which is now in safe-keeping and will be preserved for the
education of the rising generation. It shows the stone age, industry, home life, customs, ete.,
of the Indians of this North-west Coast.

Dr. Franz Boas, of Columbia University, U.S.A., while in the city had arranged to have
Mr. George Hunt, an Indian from the Fort Rupert Reservation, assist him on a revision of some
of his writings on the Kwakiutl Indians, and as our anthropological collection was being
arranged at the time, advantage was taken by the Department of Mr. Hunt’s visit.

With the permission of the Deputy Provincial Secretary, the Department engaged Mr. Hunt
for several days to go over the Kwakiutl specimens, in order to have reliable data and informa-
tion at first hand for the labels on the specimens when finally arranged. Mr. Hunt, haying spent
all his life on a reserve with his own people, knows well their early customs. He also gave us
the Indian names of many of the plants that are used by the Indians for food and medicine.

Dr. C. F. Newcombe, who is noted as one of the leading anthropologists of the North-west
Coast, has offered to assist the Director to arrange the collection permanently during the coming
year. This will necessitate an immense amount of work, as all specimens will have to be
relabelled, and it is intended to give explanatory notes on their designs and uses by the natives,
only temporary labels being attached at the present time.

The Department has been very fortunate this year in receiving collections of Indian relies
as gifts. Mr. Victor B. Harrison, of Nanaimo, B.C., presented a collection which comprises the
following :—

Salishan (Coast).

No. 3177. Stone pestle. No. 3187. Copper bracelet, found on skeleton
;, 3178. Stone pestle. of a woman.
» 93179. Stone pestle. : , 3188. Bone handle for stone knife.

Salishan (Lillooet).
No. 3183. Stone paint-dish of turtle design.

Salishan (Thompson).

No. 3184. Stone Indian pipe. No. 3189-4006. Stone arrow-heads.
» 3185. Bone needle. » 4007-4020. Stone spear-heads.
, 93186. Stone needle. » 4021-4025. Fragments of arrow-heads.

Salishan (Shuswap).

No. 3180. Jade chisel. No. 4026. Whetstone.

+ 3181. Jade chisel. » 4027. Rubbing-stone.

» 93182. Jade chisel.

In this collection, No. 3183, which is a soapstone dish, is of special interest, being a very
fine piece of work.

O 10 ; BritisH CoLuMBIA. "1928

Miss Alice Turner, Victoria, B.C., presented the Department with some very beautiful work
done by the Blackfeet Indians, consisting of :-—
No. 3168. Chief’s coat, deer-skin.
, 93169. Pair of chaps, deer-skin, beaded design.
» 030176. Large leather belt, buffalo-hide.
;» 0171. Pair of leather leggings, beaded design. >
; 0172. Pair of leather leggings, beaded design.
, 93173. Leather belt, beaded design.
» ol74. Leather belt, beaded design.
,» 3175. Pair of leather moccasins, beaded design.
; 93176. Peace-pipe, bowl of stone and stem of alder.
,» 4028. Pair of leather moccasins, beaded design.
, 4029. Pair of leather moccasins, beaded design.
, 4030. Pair of wristlets, beaded design.
», 4031. Peace-pipe, bowl of stone and stem of wood, with beads.
', 4032. Peace-pipe, bowl of stone and stem of wood.
, 4033. Peace-pipe, bowl of stone and stem of wood.
; 4034. Peace-pipe, bowl of stone with a hand on it. Stem of three-cornered wood with
two red knobs.
,; 4035. Peace-pipe, bowl of stone and stem of wood.
; 4036. Bowl of peace-pipe.
» 4037. Bowl of peace-pipe.
4038. Bowl of peace-pipe, carved.
4039.. Bowl] of peace-pipe, stone, carved in the shape of an animal.
Mr. Harlan I. Smith, Archeologist, Victoria Memorial Museum, Ottawa, very kindly sent
to the Museum eight casts of prehistoric petroglyphs, or pictures on rocks near Bella Coultt B.C.,
with the following note :—

Casts of Prehistoric Petroglyphs, or Pictures on Rocks, near Bella Coola, B.C. :

There are many of these pictures on top of the western edge of the canyon of the creek
that empties into Bella Coola River some 3 miles above its mouth. They are at the top of the
rise in the creek-valley immediately above the Bella Coola bottom lands, or about a mile from
the river. The canyon is here about 70 feet deep. The pictures are on felsite rock, which is
bard when freshly broken, but is decomposing into clay and is very soft where weathered.
One petroglyph near by is on a granitic rock. Most of them were made by pecking, a very
few by incising.

They must be ancient, as the moss with which they were overgrown in places reached a
thickness of about a foot and some were covered by the roots of trees. Besides, only a few
Indians knew of their existence and they only of the large southern group. They had never
seen or heard of the several other exposures from which the casts here shown were made.
They say that a family had “ power” under a large rock near by. They pecked out the pictures
in time to songs which were sung in connection with this “ power.” Not even the oldest Indians
know what any of the pictures represent. This family had a ceremonial house immediately south
of the largest exposure, and the hunting-trail up the valley passed over part of the petroglyphs
and through the house.

Exploration and moulding Cat. Nos. XII-B-1492e (1), XII-B-1498e (7), XII-B-1497e
by Harlan I. Smith, 1921. (6), XII-B-1498e (2), XII-B-1495e (4), XII-B-1496e
Casting by Edward Perron. (5), XII-B-1494e (8), XII-B-1499¢ (8).

Coloring by Claude E. Johnson.
ACCESSIONS.

Long-eared Owl (Asio wilsonianus). Presented by Mr. W. Long, Victoria, B.C., January
24th, 1922.

American Coot (Fulica americana). Presented by Dr. White, Elk Lake, B.C., February
2nd, 1922.

American Crossbill (Loria curviostra minor). Presented by Mr. Dennis Ashby, Duncan,
B.C., February 6th, 1922.

RACCOON. PROCYON LOTOR (LINN.)
Group in Provineial Museum, Victoria, B. C.

Salata

&

13 Guo. 5 ‘ProvincraAL Museum Report. Orit

Northern Shrike (Lanius borealis). Presented by Mr. W. Long, Victoria, B.C., February
26th, 1922.

Cooper’s Hawk (Accipter cooperi). Presented by Mr. W. Long, Victoria, B.C., February
13th, 1922.

Red-breasted Merganser (Wergus serrator). Presefited by Mr. E. V. Blatstone, Victoria,
B.C., March 4th, 1922.

Western Robin (albino) (Jlerula migratoria propinqua). Presented by Mr. Dennis Ashby,
Dunean, B.C., April 1st, 1922.

Avocet (Recurvirostra americana). Presented by Mr. A. Brooks, Okanagan, B.C., April
22nd, 1922.

Blue-winged Teal (Querquedula discors). Presented by Mr. A. Brooks, Okanagan, B.C.,
April 22nd, 1922.

Western Robin (albino) (Werula migratoria propinqua). Presented by Mr. Dave Ferrier,
Alberni, B.C., August 21st, 1922.

Clarke’s Nutcracker (Nucifraga columbiana). Presented by Mrs. H. Rawlins, Errington,
B.C., September 2nd, 1922.

Fox Sparrow (Passerella iliaca iliaca). Presented by Mr. E. G. Kermode, Victoria, B.C.,
September Sth, 1922.

White Pelican (Pelecanus erythrorhynchos). Presented by Mr. J. Bessonette, Victoria, B.C.,
October 10th, 1922.

Western Robin (Planesticus migratoria propinqua). Presented by Dr. Knight, Victoria,
B.C., October 10th, 1922.

Mourning Dove (Zenaidura macroura). Presented by Mrs. H. Rawlins, Errington, B.C.,

October 9th, 1922.

Nest and two eggs of Canada Jay (Perisoreus canadensis canadensis). Presented by Mr. V.
Schjelderup, Burns Lake, B.C., May 4th, 1922. :

Four eggs of Chinese Starling (Acridotheras cristatellus). Presented by Mr. R. A. Cumming,
Vancouver, B.C., November, 1922.

Four eggs of Tule Wren (Telmatodytes palustris paludicola). Presented by Mr. R. A.
Cumming, Vancouver, B.C., November, 1922. ;

Ratfish (Hydrolagus colliei). Presented by Mr. A. W. Stevenson, Victoria, B.C., September
25th, 1922. :

Rock-boring Clam found on coal at Race Rocks, B.C. Presented by Captain W. EB. Gardner,
October, 1922.

Hair-worm (Phreoryctes manheanus) found at Salmon Arm, B.C., October, 1921. Presented
by Dr. E. Buckell, January, 1922.

Fossil found at Lost Creek, B.C., and presented by Mr. A. Jenkins, September ist, 1922.

Beetle, Giant Wood-borer (Prionus californicus). Presented by Mr. A. J. Marsh, Duncan,
B.C., February 2nd, 1922.

Two Beetles (Creocephalus obsoletus?). Presented by Mr. H. R. Eldridge, Victoria, B.C.,
August, 1922.

Two specimens of Geometride (Hydriomena nubilofasciata) captured at Sluggett, B.C., and
presented by Mr. W. Downes, March 2nd, 1922.

Moth (Sphinzg vancowverensis). Presented by Miss Doreen Dodd, Telegraph Creek, B.C.,
July 13th, 1922.

Arrow-head found at Deer Park, Arrow Lake, B.C., 1909. Presented by Dr. Angus W.
Kenning, Victoria, B.C., May 12th, 1922.

Stone pestle. Presented by Major Hodgins, Duncan, B.C., June 8th, 1922.

Stone paint-dish found in 1916 at Parson’s Bridge, B.C. Presented by Mr. and Mrs. J. R.
Hodgson, June 27th, 1922.

' Collection of Indian curios. Presented by Miss Alice Turner, Victoria, B.C., November, 1922.

Collection of Indian curios. Presented by Mr. V. B. Harrison, Nanaimo, B.C., December, 1922.

Presented by Harlan I. Smith,

Hight casts of prehistoric Petroglyphs near Bella Coola, B.C.
Archeologist, Ottawa, December, 1922.

Vertebra of a Bison found July, 1922, at McCullock Station, B.C., in blue clay about 10 feet
from the surface, while building a dam at an elevation of 4,000 feet. Presented by Mr. C. C.
Fuller, Victoria, B.C.

O 12

BritisH CoLUMBIA.

Fragment of a Bison-horn collected by Dr. C. F. Newcombe in March, 1914, at the corner
of Bay and Cook Streets, Victoria, B.C., where excavations were being carried on. Presented ~—

December, 1922.

PUBLICATIONS OF OTHER INSTITUTIONS.

(Alphabetically arranged.)

American Museum of Natural History, New York .................00c0ce0s 3
Art Institute of Chicagos MMMOis a... « «<./o% esti etersieys eis eee ete net ee 5
Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii ....................... 9
Boston Society of Natural History, Boston, Mass. .:...--2.-....2..--.ccems 1
Bristol Museum and Art Gallery, Bristol, England ...................:.-- ak
Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences, Brooklyn, N.Y. .................. ili
Bureausof, Selence;, Manila, Pilei: cras .ysrererateva thote wtsteyeetetel be eit ot ats) eee 4
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, Cal. ..................---. 15
California. University, Berkeley,Call. <j cccsveyetetetares « aie ocbnteum om © susaletlayeelceeee alr¢
Cardiff Museum, ‘Cardiff, Wales. fi-sccsie< clove «sieve eee aes <' e ee 1
Garnegie Museum) Pittsburgh, Pal meacacse= . cide Semel: Jos 2 eee eee il
Charleston Museum; -Charleston;. Si@s 6. ..52-)- 2 oes cere -is © sale ee ee al
Children’s Museum ‘of Boston;-Bostons Massie sc. cies: ats eee ee eee 2
‘Cincinnati Museum Association, Cincinnati, Ohio .....0...........--.cs.es= 1
City Art) Museum; St. Wiowis; Moscon a cx ecke «, ceeitickbotepelone> w nbbie le y-eieee t= See 2
Colorado Museum of Natural History, Denver, Col. -...........:5.:...cee8 EE
Gornell: University, Wtihacaly NX sta esxncirerche sare crcre ytvers eyeee severe Sen Se eee 23
Detroit Institute of Arts, Detroit] Miche... s52. see ces co elec eee cee en 4
Dominion} Government Publications, Ottawa so.=..a.-<62-2. se» oe)ebo renee 42
Brie Publie Library; rie! Rai, eae. core wciens Pepto Siste i ay- tials ee ee 1
Kield’ Museums, Chicagoy Ql. pyi.ve ee .reiatinie ayetin Bates hy steno keto = 0 ae etehotneds velista ean 9
Grand Rapids Pubiie Walbrarys MCW si ey ato er ciecieie cue oth) hacer eee tee 2,
Gray Herbarium, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. .................. 2
Illinois State Natural History Survey, Urbana, Willey. 0- sce. .-). eee 5
Instituto General y Tecnico de Valencia, Valencia, Spain ................. 4
John: Crerar Dibraty, Chicaeoy Te cy reac eretsi cic et cisint-s oriceieiet isi ons aes ieee A.
Library. of Congress; Washington: ID: C@iy se 6)-)6c. ies ele 3 «ie seer ee 1
Manchester Museum, Manchester, Pmgland .....................-esceecece al
Manitoba University; Winnipeg, Ilan’ 9 f-.5, cites <tr teiis lo Sie ey ie ss ae ne
Minneapolis Inmst#tute of Ants) (Miiamy foc scr oe ete wee = te cteter ede) icee iste itch ene ti
Minnesota. University; .Manm,, 45 cit qj-iviepieitvacie seis atin ake sho ee ee 4
Museum of the American Indian. (Heye Foundation), New York .......... 6
Museum of Kine Arts: Boston, (Mass. aac acc «cere wcrclcisl< © <n ivie <iekebelsl= ane 2
National Museum); Philadelphiay,s Ray verre cts «© sete ete betel ome) aretetict stevelajet ote teeta af!
National Museum, Melbourne; Australia <) 22... 2 ee serie new wo olele eS eee 1
Newark Museum Association, Newark, NJ. .......2.0.2.200------ essences 2
Nebraska University, Dimeolm) INGDE crc ce terectrcislegel= teteie) siete tle ieee 3
New South Wales Department of Agriculture, Australia .................. 7
New York Botanical ‘Garden, N.Y. 2 tie cia c's sinie ole als eianeiel epee eles) crepeter es cree een pl
New York State College of Forestry, Syracuse, N.Y. ...................--. 4
New York State Museum, Aldbamy, INIW. oc. c= cir ate iets osette ie eet bine 2
Ohio Agricultural Experimental Station, Wooster, Ohio .................. 3
Oklahoma University, Normans) Ok ack oocsre crte's <1 shin) -nie teil eistal= ieee 1
Peabody, Museum))Salem, Masse: science eae ene cte eines eae <0 . See i
Peabody Museum, Yale University, New Haven, Conn. .................... 15
Pennsylvania Museum and University . 0 oj... 2 6 owes cjeicieis|s at cles nia 6
Publie Museum, Milweatilceen WAS. oe nie emunicisdaun = bylsjnioiie hs) pusisl «isa, hs) 6s ais) «ee 1
Roger Williams Park Museum, Providence, Bie occ ce ee cil cinls)ee) «nis ae 4
Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh, Scotland .............5...-35.. sesame 1
Smithsonian’ Institution.) Washine ton, IsGs icc <x cl. ci eins mys Glas siecle eee 31

Carte. FOMWATEA 2 os cdhiewivs «oe eons Seles ein w oeeee v Oieteiain| 6 Tals nine 264

13 Gro. 5 ProvinciaAL Musnum Report. O 13

PUBLICATIONS OF OTHER INSTITUTIONS—Continued.

ROU CUM ORIGUT Omer sep teretsicier erate ciel svs/eie cleia.cle' s,s. scecevs ve ieie'ee wie leew 264
SraLomuelstandaimstiinte, sNews Briehton, NY es cece bec ccs le aeeacec nese 10
Syracuse Museum of Fine Arts, Syracuse, N.Y. ..........0.. cece cece cc eeee 2
United States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. ............... 12
MAT VENSILVaOLE VLOTIELE de WLOMERCA IY OIE? a. 5.5 fare coves acreice ves antec ecaee il
WITIVeELSILye Ol Wiashinelon Seattle WaSD oo. cece ack cece cate ceceaccenes 2
OO OPI Gls SOCLEDYVmeeNCWVAOYOLKS ING Vc) ici) cus eve trtjcle eo ciavars cles cise se cetettelecceccie 9
OOO FICHE SOCICLY PE NIAC El DNA Rae ce spsyeia's ecole cies el sclie de ess cetwesie cece 2

302
z BOTANY.

By W. R. Carter.

The past season cannot be looked upon as ideal from a collector’s point of view, owing to
the very long, dry spell which extended over a great portion of this Province, many areas
becoming dried up early in the summer; this, coming after a late and bleak spring, had a
marked effect on vegetation.

In some localities it was so dry many plants withered in bloom without going to seed, and
noticeable instances of this were observed in the exposed portions of the Malahat, on Vancouver
Island.

After heavy rains the latter part of August and beginning of September, warm weather
with much sunshine continued late on in the fall, plant-growth took on a new lease of life, and
many flowers were noticed in bloom long past their usual period.

With the exception of collections made by Mr. W. B. Anderson, Dominion Inspector of Indian
Orehards, and Mr. G. V. Copley, of the Provincial Grazing Commission, very little material has
been added to the Herbarium of the Provincial Museum fiom other sources. However, from the
enterprise of these two gentlemen a considerable amount of very desirable material has been
added to the collection, including several new records for this Province and a number of
specimens not hitherto in the collection.

Mr. W. B. Anderson in his official capacity covered a very large area of the Province, and
presented us with many specimens representing the flora of the Windermere District, Fort Steele,
Mount McLean, Mount Cheam, Penticton, Keremeos, and adjacent localities in the south.

Mr. G. V. Copley’s specimens were principally collected from the country surrounding
Merritt, Kamloops, and a portion of the Chilcotin District; also a nice collection from the
southern portion of Vancouver Island. His specimens include a few plants from the higher
altitudes of the districts in which he collected, and some very desirable material from what may
be called the alkaline marshes of the Interior.

Mr. R. Glendenning, Junior Entomologist, Dominion Experimental Farm, Agassiz, B.C.,
presented us with specimens of Alliwm attenuifolium Kellog, which he collected at Maple Bay,
V.I., and listed in his 1918 ‘ Check-list of the Flowering Plants and Ferns growing in the
Cowichan District, V.I.” These specimens were submitted to Professor C. V. Piper, of Washing-
ton, D.C., and Mr. Glendenning’s determination has been verified.

Specimens from Alberni, V.I., referred to as Allium Geyeri Wats., have also been identified
as A. attenuifoliwm; there appears now to be some doubt as to whether A. Geyeri occurs on
Vancouver Island, although specimens from Sidney, V.I., collected by the late Professor Macoun
are so named. It is to be hoped more material from this locality may be collected in the near
future, in order that any existing doubt may be removed.

Dr. C. F. Neweombe, of Victoria, donated several specimens which he collected at Bella
Coola, Skeena River, and Vancouver Island, several of which extend their range of distribution
as previously recorded in this Department.

‘Professor George B. Rigg, of the University of Washington, reports collecting Rubus
Chamemorus Linn. near Duncan, V.I., in the Cowichan District, its former station being near
Comox Lake, Macoun; this record extends the distribution of the Species much to the south
on Vancouver Island.

One of the most interesting plants collected during the past season is Myrica californica
Cham. near Tofino, on the west coast of Vancouver Island. Through the offices of Mr. George

O 14 BritisH CoLuMBIA. 1923

Fraser, of Ucluelet, V.I., Captain J .W. Thompson sent us large fruiting specimens of this shrub-
like tree, which was originally discovered on his property about 4 miles from Tofino by Mrs.
T. B. McBey, of Cameron Lake, September 4th, 1920. ;

Captain Thompson reports having a straight, almost unbroken hedge of it nearly 200 feet
in length, and, apart from this, has only been-able to locate two isolated specimens outside and
in the immediate vicinity of his property.

As no former record can be found of this species having been collected in British Columbia,
this is the first authentic Canadian record. and has recently been recorded by Dr. C. F. New-
combe as such in the “ Canadian Field Naturalist,” Vol. XXXVI., No. 6, September, 1922.

During the year we have been honoured by a number of visitors seeking information on our
native flora, and it is gratifying to report the Herbarium has been used as a source of reference
by several specialists and students from the United States Department of Agriculture, and other
institutions, in their particular research of different genera.

A number of duplicate specimens have also been distributed as follows: To Mr. C. P. Smith,
of Los Angeles, California, who is monographing the Lupines of the Pacific States; Miss Helen

Bergfried, Associate in Botany, University of California, studying the genus Crepis; a set of —

Rubus has been sent to Mr. C. E. Gustafsson, Tralleborg, Sweden, who is working on this genus;
and a few specimens of Carices have been sent to Professor J. K. Henry, late of the University
of British Columbia, who is continuing his researeh in this order.

The greater portion of the specimens received this year, not previously represented in the
Herbarium, have been mounted and placed in the collection; others will be mounted showing
range of distribution; and a few difficult species are as yet undetermined.

Throughout the season we have, as usual, been pleased to identify a large number of plants
for school-children, teachers, and other collectors; there is still room for a great deal of
improvement in the condition in which many of these plants are submitted for examination.

The thanks of this Department are cordially extended to the following gentlemen: Professor
C. V. Piper, of Washington, D.C., for his kindness in determining a number of species, which has
been of great assistance to this Department. Mr. C. P. Smith, of Los Angeles, California, who
examined our collection of Lupines while here on a visit during the summer. Dr. C. F. New-
combe, Mr. W. B. Anderson, Mr. T. P. MacKenzie, Mr. G. V. Copley, Mr. R. Glendenning, and
Mr. P. de Noe Walker, for the keen interest they have taken and for the material they have
donated. :

Among the most interesting plants collected by Mr. W. B. Anderson are the following :—

Juncus acuminatus Michx. Myosotis alpestris Schmidt.
Juncus tenuis Willd. Verbena bracteosa Michx.
Cypripedium passerinum Rich. Pentstemon attenuatus Dougl.
Salix cascadensis Cockerell. Pentstemon erianthere Pursh.
Corispermum hyssopifolium L. Pentstemon pruinosus Doug).
Clematis columbiana Hornem. Lonicera glaucescens Rydb.
Mitella nuda lL. (in part). Arnica arcana A. Nels.
Potentilla flabellifolia Hook. Artemisia longepedunculata Rud.
Astragalus debilis (Nutt.) A. Gray. Aster campestris Nutt.
Astragalus (glareosus Hook.?). Aster Geyeri (Gray) Howell.
Hedysarum Mackeneii Rich. Aster meritus A. Nels.

Oxytropis deflerus (Pall.) DC. Bidens dentata (Nutt.) Wiegand.
Epilobium lutewm Pursh. Brigeron elatus (Hook.) Greene.
Hippuris montana Ledeb. Puthamia occidentalis Nutt. ‘
Sanicula marilandica I. Helianthus Nuttallii T. & G.
Gentiana propinqua Rich. Lactuca pulchella (Pursh) DC.
OCynoglossum officinale IL. Petasites frigida (L.) Fries.
Mertensia subcordata Greene. Senecio Howcllii Greene.

Mr. G. V. Copley’s contributions include :—

Triglochin palustris L. Cryptanthe Torreyana Greene.
Cynosurus echinatus lL. Verbena hastata I.

Carex disperma Dewey. Pentstemon Richardsonii Doug].
Briophorum Chamissonis Mey. Lonicera utahensis Wat.
Thelypodium laciniatum Endl. Iva avillaris Pursh.

os

oo!

a

St a

‘
a

(HORNADAY).

Vietoria,

FANNIN’S MOUNTAIN SHEEP. OVIS FANNINII

je}, (Ch

Museum,

Provineial

(Type Specimen.)

13 Guo:-5 ProvinciaL Museum Report. Orns

Cleome serrulata Pursh. Senecio Burkei Greenman.
Boisduwalia stricta (A. Gray) Greene. Stephanomeria minor Nutt.

Angelica Lyallii Wats.
The following plants were returned to the Provincial Grazing Commission, Department of

Lands :—

Calamagrostis inexrpansa Gray. Carer pregracilis W. Boott.

Blymus Macouniti Casey. Bassia hyssopifolium (Pall.) O. Kuntze.

Fluminea festucacea (Willd.) Hitehe. Orthocarpus (? purpurascens Benth.)

Plants presented by Dr. C. F. Newcombe, collected by him at Bella Coola, B.C., and other
stations :— P

Bella Coola.

Phegopteris polypodioides Fée. Potentilla monspeliensis L.

Stellaria crispa C. & S. Rubus strigosus Michx.

Arabis ambigua DC. Glaus maritima L.

Lupinus littoralis Dougl. Channel Islands off Oak Bay, Victoria, V.I., extending its distri-
bution south; previous station for Vancouver Island being Comox; Macoun.
: Sanicula marilandica L. Collected at Kitwanga, Skeena River, B.C., establishing a northern
distribution for the occurrence of the plant in British Columbia.
As this Department has no previous record of the following plants having been collected in
‘ British Columbia, they are printed as additions to the Flora of this Province :—
vi: Myrica californica Cham. Tofiro, V.I. 1922. Collected by Captain J. W. Thompson.
bi Bassia hyssopifolium (Pall.) O. Kuntze. ‘Kamloops, B.C., September 19th. 1920. Collected
by G. V. Copley.
Boisduvalia stricta (A. Gray) Greene. Near Douglas Lake, B.C., August 19th, 1921.
Collected by G. V. Copley.

3 Pentstemon attenuatus Dougl. Fort Steele, B.C., June 23rd, 1922. Collected by W. B.
___ Anderson.
¥ Mertensia subcordata Greene. Takla Lake, B.C., September 25th, 1921. Collected by W. B.

Anderson.
Arnica arcana A, Nels. Fort George, B.C., August 14th, 1917. Collected by W. B. Anderson.
Senecio Howellii Greene. Windermere, B.C., June 16th, 1922. Collected by W. B. Anderson.
q The following plants are supplementary additions to “The Flora of Vancouver and Queen
Charlotte Islands, 1921” (introduced plants being printed in italics in conformity with the
- printing of the Check-list) :—
Equisetum pratense Ehrh. Mountains, V.I. (Macoun’s “ Catalogue of Plants.’’)
Lycopodium sabinsefolium Willd. Mount Arrowsmith, V.I.
Agrostis pallens foliosa (Trin.) Vasey. Vancouver Island, Macoun.
Polypogon Monspeliensis (L.) Desf. Victoria, V.I., Fletcher, Macoun.
: Carex stipata Muhl. A common sedge along moist ditches, southern half of Vancouver
Island.
Eriophorum Chamissonis albidum (Nyl.) Fernald. Vancouver Island. (Piper & Beattie’s
“Flora of the North-west Coast.’’)
Lazula Piperi Coville. Mount Arrowsmith, V.I.; previously listed as L. glabrata.
Allium attenuifolium Kellog. Maple Bay, Vancouver Island; (R. Glendenning) Alberni,
Vancouver Island. ;

: Myrica californica Cham. Near Tofino, west coast, Vancouver Island.
a Papaver Rhoeas L. Vancouver Island, according to Britton & Brown.
— - Rhaphanus Rhaphanistrum L. Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, Macoun.

a Mitella trifida Graham. Mount Arrowsmith, Vancouver Island.
oq EBuphorbia Lathyrus L. Vietoria. (Henry’s “ Flora of Southern B.C.’’)
} Hydrocotyle umbellata L. Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, Macoun.
Datura Stramonium L. Saltspring Island (P. de Noe Walker), where it is becoming estab-
lished in a wild state on old disused ground.
Hemizonella Durandi Gray. Vancouver Island.. (Piper & Beattie’s ‘Flora of the North-
west Coast.’’)
Madia sativa capitata (Nutt.) Piper. Vancouver Island. (Piper & Beattie’s “ Flora of the

O 16 BririsH CoLuMBIA. 1923

ORNITHOLOGY.

NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCE OF THE PLUMED EGRET (MESOPHOYX INTERMEDIA) IN BRITISH
COLUMBIA, BY FRANCIS KERMODE.

In the year 1915 Mr. J. H. Fleming, of Toronto, visited the Museum and drew my attention
to the snowy heron which we had labelled as Hgretta candidissima, which had been secured by
the late John Fannin at Burrard Inlet some years ago. Mr. Fleming kindly sent me in January,
1916, a skin of Mesophoys intermedia, the Asiatic white heron, to compare with the one in this
Department, as he was puzzled with regard to the exact species of our specimen.

Up to this time our specimen of this bird had always been acknowledged and looked upon
as the American form Egretta candidissima, and, not having sufficient material for comparison,
the matter had been left in abeyance for some time. However, in September, 1922, Mr. P. A.
Taverner, the Dominion Government Ornithologist, visited the Museum and wished to see the
specimen of snowy heron which had for so many years been reeognized as Hgretta candidissima.
He took descriptions, measurements, and made drawings of the same to compare with the
specimens in the Victoria Memorial Museum, Ottawa. Mr. Fleming had loaned me a skin of
Mesophoyx intermedia, and in comparing with our bird they seemed identical. On October 17th,.
1922, Mr. Taverner wrote me from Ottawa, as follows :—

“Regarding the Egret: Whatever this bird is, it is not one of our American species. As
far as I can see, it is identical with Fleming’s specimen, but I am not well enough up on Asiatie
species to identify it as such with confidence. It should be sent somewhere where they haye
an ample foreign collection, and probably the United States National Museum would be the best
place. Have compared the drawings and measurements I made in Victoria and am only convinced
that we have nothing like it in our collection. The only question remains is just what it is and
whether the data attached can be absolutely depended upon. Do you think it can? I under-
stand that Mr. Fannin was not at his best during his later years and that errors may have crept
in.—P, A. TAVERNER.”

Mr. Allan Brooks also had correspondence with me in regard to this bird during the
year 1922, and so as to have the identification of the specimen settled, I sent it on to the
Biological Survey Department at Washington, D.C., asking Mr. W. C. Henderson, Acting-Chief,
to have Dr. C. H. Oberholser examine the specimen and compare it with specimens in the
National Museum. The reply which I received from Mr. Henderson, Acting-Chief, Bureau of
Biological Survey, is as follows (dated January 16th, 1923) :—

“The three specimens that you sent some time ago for examination by Dr. Oberholser haye
been duly identified, and are being returned to you by express collect. The names you will find
on the labels of the specimens. The heron turns out to be Mesophoyx intermedia in full breeding
plumage. If the data on this bird are authentic and there is no reasonable doubt of its being
the specimen originally taken on Burrard Inlet, it would prove to be an interesting addition
to North American birds. We should be glad to have your opinion regarding this, as it is a
matter of considerable interest in our work on the distribution of North American birds.—
W..C. HENDERSON.”

In regard to the dispute which seems to have arisen with reference to this bird being the
specimen secured by the late John Fannin at Burrard Inlet, May 29th, 1879, I have looked up
all records that I can find and have found a list in his own hand-writing by John Fannin of
“ Birds collected prior to 1886.” In this list he records the little white heron, May 29th, 1879,
Burrard Inlet. I have known this bird since September 25th, 1890, as it was in a case in the
Museum when I first entered the Provincial Government service in this Department; and,
furthermore, I have since looked up photographs taken by Mr. Albert H. Maynard, of this city,
in the years 1890-91, and this specimen appears in the case. It has been suggested that probably
the late Mr. Fannin had taken and duplicated the record of this bird with a skin purchased
from a commission agent in this city years ago. This idea has been proyed incorrect, as this
bird had been recorded in the late John Fannin’s ‘ Check-lists of B.C. Birds,” also in Montague
Brown’s “List of the Birds of Canada in 1887.” In speaking to me about this bird years ago,
Mr. Fannin always informed me that it had been shot at Burrard Inlet by an Indian. TI have
also endeavoured to get in touch with people who knew Mr. Fannin at Burrard Inlet since 1862,
when he first arrived in British Columbia. Besides getting the information in the “ Check-
lists of the Birds prior to 1886,” and the fact that Mr. A. H. Maynard told me he remembered

ProvinciAL MusbumM Report. ; O17

this bird when he worked in the Department prior to my joining the service, I did not obtain
- any more information concerning it for some time.

However, on January 24th, 192, Captain Oliver G. Harbell, an old personal friend of the
lute John Fannin, happened to call at my oflice, and knowing that he knew Mr. Fannin for many
years, I asked him when they first became acquainted. Captain Harbell said that he arrived in
; Victoria on October 18th, 1875, from St. John, N.B., and after being here a few days he went over

de

to Burrard Inlet and was living at Moodyville (opposite where the City of Vancouver is to-day),

and about this time he made the acquaintance of Mr. Fannin. After a few more questions I asked
- him about the collection of birds Mr. Fannin had, and if he remembered what white birds were
F in the collection. He informed me that the only white bird he could remember was a white
beron that had been killed by an Indian on the shores of Burrard Inlet in the latter part of

May, 1879. He secured this bird from the Indian, and knowing that Mr. Fannin was desirous
ot obtaining all the specimens possible, he carried it over to Granville, on the southern side
=o of Burrard Inlet (now the City of Vancouyer), to Mr. Fannin, who mounted it and added it to
a his private collection.

The following is a copy of a letter that Captain Oliver G. Harbell has written me under his
own signature, and I think this should settle, once and for all, any doubts concerning the
- occurrence of the plumed egret (Wesophoyx intermedia) as an accidental visitant in British
_ Columbia, and not only is it an addition to the “List of British Columbia Birds,” but also a
record of an addition to the “ Birds ef North America ” :—

a “VicToriA, B.C., January 24th, 1923.
_“#F. Kermode, Esq.,
Director, Provincial Museum, Victoria, B.C.

“T, Oliver G. Harbell, of Victoria City, do hereby declare I am the person who secured the
- specimen of white heron (Mesophoyx intermedia) from ax Indian at Burrard Inlet in the latter ~
part of May, 1879, At the time I was living at Moodyville. The bird was freshly killed and
_ I took it across the inlet to Granyille and gave it to John Fannin, who skinned and mounted
the specimen for his own private collection. This was prior to his becoming Curator of the
_ Provincial Museum at Victoria, B.C.
“The late Mr. John Fannin, after being appointed Curator of the Provincial Museum at
_ Vietpria for the Provincial Government, moved all his private collection to Victoria, to form
the nucleus of the Museum. The specimen in the Museum to-day is the same one that I gave the
late John Fannin.
ze “(Signed) Oniver G. HaRBeLn.”

” Notes ON THE ICELAND GULL (LARUS (LEUCOPTERUS?) ).

In the Annual Report for the year 1920 note was made of the capture of two specimens of
the white-winged gull at Kildonan, on Barkley Sound, by William McKay. As some exceptions
_ have been taken to the classification of these gulls, Mr. P. A. Taverner while here in September,
1922, examined these two specimens and made sketches for comparison with the birds in the
- Victoria Memorial Museum, Ottawa. Mr. Taverner wrote me from Ottawa on October 17th,
_ 1922, as follows :—

: “Your specimens are practically identical with two specimens we have from the Arctic
Coast of Alaska that Dwight examined and pronounced leucopterus. However, he admits that
his only distinction between leucopterus and hyperboreus is size, and these birds just come within
the limits as laid down by him. He is assuming, therefore, that hyperboreus never gets smaller
than his determined minimum and that anything smaller must of necessity be leucopterus. ‘To
admit anything else would make his position on the form L. h. barrovianus, on which he has

“From my experience I do not think that ornithologists generally realize how great the size
variation is in these large gulls. In the glaucous-winged especially the extremes are compara-

large hyperboreus. I see no reason for separating specifically these small white-winged gulls
from the larger hyperboreus—P. A. TAVERNER.”’
I Sent these two birds to Mr. W. C. enderenn Acting. Chief, Histogical SHRINE Wasbleg et

oO 18 British CoLuMBIA. : ~ 1923

Upon looking up records, I find barrovianus is not now accepted by the A.O.U. and is not
in their Check-list of 1910. Mr. Robert Ridgway, in his latest book on “Birds of North and
Middle America,” records the bird he describes as LZ. barrovianus in “The Auk,” July, 1886, as
a synonym of L. lyperboreus. He also lists the bird taken by Allan Brooks at Comox under
LL. hyperboreus, and has dropped barrovianus.

According to A. '‘C. Bent, in the “ Life Histories of North American Gulls and Terns,” page
60: “Many years ago Mr. Ridgway (1886) described the glaucous gulls of the coasts of Alaska
and adjacent waters as a new species under the name Larus barrovianus, the size and shape of
the bill being the chief distinguishing character. Twenty years later Doctor Dwight (1906)
argued that this species was untenable, and it was removed from the Check-list. Recently,
however, Dr. H. C. Oberholser (1918) has resurrected barrovianus, as a subspecies of hyperboreus,
on the claim that the Alaska bird is smaller and has a darker mantle than the birds from Green-
land or from Europe. Whether this claim is well founded or not, it is apparently a fact that
the characters he ascribes to the Alaska bird hold true in a large majority of the specimens,
though there are some exceptions to the rule. Doctor Dwight, however, still maintains that the
proposed race is unworthy of recognition in nomenclature.”

Until some of these disputes are cleared up, as far as I can see this Department will have
to recognize these birds as the Iceland gull (Larus lewcopterus), as they do not come within the
size of hyperboreas, and I cannot place them elsewhere.

NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCE OF THE WHITE PELICAN (PELECANUS ERYTHRORHYNCHOS).

Pelicans are not very commonly found in British Columbia, although two species occur. —
A fine specimen of the white pelican (Pelecanus erythrorhynchos) was secured by Mr. Jack
Bessonette at Macaulay Point, Rod eal Victoria, and presented to the Museum on October 10th,
1922.

A number of these white pelicans have been taken at different times in the Interior of the
Province, but not many on the Coast, although we have had a specimen from Comox. The
farthest northern record I have on the Coast is the specimen in the Museum taken at Port
Essington, on the Skeena River.

NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCE OF THE BROWN PELICAN (PELECANUS. CALIFORNICUS). a

Several California brown pelicans (Pelecanus californicus) have been taken in this Province;
two specimens in the vicinity of Victoria, one near Race Rocks, the other in Esquimalt Harbour,
and both these specimens are now in the Provincial Museum. ‘The farthest northern record of
this bird in British Columbia was recorded at Burrard Inlet by the late John Fannin. ‘

ENTOMOLOGY.
By E. H. BLackmore, F.E.S.

The past season has been the most remarkable one from a weather standpoint that we have
had for over thirty years. With the exception of a few showery days, we practically had no
rain from April to August, the actual precipitation for the five months being 1.94 inches, most
of this being in the beginning of April and the end of August. “ss

The sunshine for the year showed 134 hours above the average annual amount. During the
five months, April to August, there were 1,425 hours of sunshine, giving an average of 914 hours
daily. The above figures are for Victoria and vicinity only, although similar conditions prevailed
throughout the Province, varying according to the loeality.

It is hard to determine exactly what effect this abnormally dry weather had on insect-life
in general, but the one fact which stood out most clearly was the remarkable scarcity of noctuid
moths throughout the whole season. Reports from many points in Southern British Columbia
showed the same state of affairs. In the early spring insects of all kinds were very scarce, but
as the season wore on geometers and micros were more plentiful, although many species which
are usually common were apparently searce.

A much greater interest has been shown in entomology during the past two years, especially
among the younger collectors, and the Museum collections are in frequent demand for the eee
of identification.

ae

13 Guo. 5 ProvinciaL Museum Reporr. O 19

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

We wish to thank the following specialists for their kindness in determining material
submitted to them during the past season: Dr. W. Barnes, Foster H. Benjamin, August Busck,

_ Carl Heinrich, Dr. J. McDunnough, W. Schaus, and L. W. Swett.

BririsH COLUMBIA INSECTS NEW TO SCIENCE.

The following forty-six insects from British Columbia have been described as new to science
since last year’s Museum Report was written. They include fifteen species of Lepidoptera, four
species of Coleoptera, three species of Hymenoptera, twenty-three species of Diptera, and one
species of Hemiptera.

LEPIDOPTERA.

The fifteen species of Lepidoptera are distributed amongst the various families as follows:
Noctuid, 2; Notodontidee, 1; Geometride, 6; Micophoride, 1; HEucosmidie, 1; Tortricids, 1;
Glyphipterygidx, 1; Yponomeutide, 1; and Cygnodoidea, 1.

Noctuide (Cuculliine).

_Oncocnemis youngi MeDunnough. Described (Can. Ent., Vol. 54, page 236, Oct., 1922) from

a single female specimen taken by Mr. C. H. Young at the Biological Station, Departure Bay, B.C.

Oncocnemis columbia McDunnough. Described (Can. Ent., Vol. 54, page 237, Oct., 1922)
from a single male specimen taken by Dr. W. R. Buckell at Salmion Arm, B.C.

Notodontide.

Cerura occidentalis gigans MeDunnough. Described (Can. Ent., Vol. 54, page 139, June,
1922) from specimens taken at Pine Creek, near Calgary, Alta., by the late F. H. Wolley Ded..
A single specimen from Kaslo, B.C., is also apparently included in the paratypes. I have two

' specimens from Rossland, B.C., and one from Trail, B.C., taken by the late W. H. Danby, which

agree perfectly with Dr. McDunnough’s description of gigans. They were labelled in my collec-
tion as occidentalis Lint. I have two others also from Rossland which I cannot separate from
Victoria specimens of scolopendrina Bdy.

Geometridae.

Bupithecia stikineata Cassino & Swett. Described (The Lepidopterist, Vol. 3, Nos. 6-7, page

146, Feb., 1922) from two males and two females taken by Mr. Theodore Bryant at Stikine River,

B.C., in June, 1905. This species belongs to the vancouverata-grefi group, but is quite distinct
from the former. It differs from vancowverata in the more pointed wings, in its lighter colora-
tion, and in the general arrangement of the transverse lines; gr@jfi I do not know.

EBupithecia cenataria Cassino & Swett. Described (The Lepidopterist, Vol. 3, Nos. 6-7, page
147, Feb., 1922) from a series of rather worn specimens taken by the writer at Goldstreai,
B.C., on September 5th-7th, 1920.

Eupithecia scabrogata form gilvipennata Cassino & Swett. Described (The Lepidopterist,

_ Vol. 3, Nos. 6-7, page 147, February, 1922) from a single male specimen taken by Mr. Theodore

Bryant at Wellington, B.C., on May 9th, 1902.
' Xanthorhée incursata race harveyata Cassino & Swett. Described (The Lepidopterist, Vol. 3,
No. 8, page 157, March, 1922) from specimens taken by the late Captain R. V. Harvey at Van-

couver in July, 1904.

Xanthorhée aquilonaria Cassino & Swett. Described (The Lepidopterist, Vol. 3, No. 8,
page 158, March, 1922) from specimens taken by E. M. Anderson at Atlin, B.C., in June, 1914.

Xanthorhée ramaria race delectaria Cassino & Swett. Described (The Lepidopterist, Vol. 3,
No. 9, page 159, April, 1922) from specimens taken at Atlin, B.C., by E. M. Anderson in June,
1914. Further notes on these new species of Geometride will be found under the heading of

. _ “Tilustrated Lepidoptera” and figures of the same are illustrated on Plate VI.

@eophoride.

Ordeal

Agonopteryx blackmori Busck. Described (Can. Ent., Vol. 53, page 277, Dee., 1921) from
- specimens bred by the writer at Victoria in June, 1918. <A figure of one of the co-types will he
found on Plate VI., and further remarks on the species under “ Illustrated Lepidoptera.”

O 20 - British CoLuMBIA. ' 1923

Bucosmide. as

Argyroploce buckellana MceDunnough. Described (Can. Ent., Vol. 54, page 438, Feb., 1922).
from a single male specimen taken by Dr. W. R. Buckell at Salmon Arm on May 28th. This
species belongs to the capreana-nimbatana group of this genus. —

Tortricide. :
Cacecia victoriana Busck. Described (Can. Ent., Vol. 53, page 278, Dec. 1921) from three

specimens taken by the writer at Victoria and Goldstream, B.C. A note on this species will be
found under “ Iliustrated Lepidoptera,” together with a figure of the species on Plate VI.

Glyphipterygide.

Hilarographa youngiclla Busck. Described (Can. Ent., Vol., 53, page 278, Dec.; 1921) from
two specimens, one taken by Mr. C. H. Young at Departure Bay, B.C., and the other by Mr. W.
Downes at Victoria, B.C. During the present season Mr. W. R. Carter took a small series of
this new species at Esquimalt, near Victoria, on August 7th-10th, and Mr. L. BE. Marmont also
took a few specimens at Maillardville in July. This species is interesting from the fact that
‘it is the first record of the genus Hilarographa from North America. It is very similar in
appearance to Laspeyresia vancouverana Kearf. (Eucosmide), but the venation of. the wings
and the antennal structure at once separate it from that family.

Yponomeutide.

Argyresthia monochromella Busck. Described (Can. Ent., Vol. 53, page 279, Dee., 1921)
from four specimens taken by the writer at Victoria on April 20th—22nd, 1921.

Cygnodoidea.

Aphelosetia cygnodiella Buseck. Described (Can. Ent., Vol. 53, page 280, Dee. 1921) from
specimens taken by Mr. W. Downes at Victoria, B.C., on April 26th, 1920. :

COLEOPTERA.

Cicindelide. f

Cicindela wallisi Calder. Described (Can, Ent., Vol. 54, page 62, March, 1922) from two
specimens taken by Mr. J. B. Wallis at Penticton, B.C., on August 13th, 1909. - This new species
was originally described under the name of azurea, but owing to this name being preoccupied it
was changed (ibidem page 191, Aug., 1922) to wallisi.

Carabide.

Elaphus clairvillei form frosti Hippisley. Deseribed (Can. Ent., Vol. 54, page 63, March,
1922) apparently from a single specimen taken by Mrs. W. W. Hippisley at Terrace, B.C.

Buprestide.

Pecilonota fraseri Chamberlin. Described (Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soe., Vol. 30, page 64, March,
1922) from two male specimens, one of which was taken by a. Mr. Weldt on the Fraser River,
B.C., but without date or exact locality. The other specimen was taken on June 5th, 1909, but
bears no locality label other than “Canada” and was received by the author through Dr. J.
Swaine.

Cerambycide.

Leptura aspera form parkeri Hippisley. Described (Can. Ent., Vol. 54. page 66, March,
1922) from Terrace, B.C. Probably described from a single specimen taken presumably by
the author, but neither date of capture, number of specimens, nor collector’s name is given. ;

HYMENOPTERA. .

Ichneumonide (Pimpline).
Phytodietus fumiferane Rohwer. Described (Can. Ent., Vol. 54, page 155, July, 1922) from
one male and two females bred by Mr, A. B. Baird at Lillooet, B.C. This is a new parasite

of the spruce-bud worm (Harmologa fumiferana) and was reared from cocoons collected by
Mr. Baird on July 11th, 1919.

=

=

13 Geo. 5 ProvinciAL Museum Report. O 21

Braconide (Microgasterine).-

Apanteles caudatus Muesbeck. Described (Pro. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 61, page 16, 1922
from eight specimens, three of which are from the type locality, Carbonate, B.C. These specimens
were collected by Dr. J. C. Bradley on July 7th—12th, 1908, at an altitude of 2,600 feet. The other
specimens are from Cheyenne, Wyoming (1); Mica, Washington (3); and Yellowstone Lake,
Montana (1).

Apanteles olenidis Muesbeck. Described (Pro. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 61, page 18, 1922) from
nine male and fourteen female specimens bred from Olene vagans B. & McD. by Mr. FE. PL.

_ Venables at Vernon, B.C. All the species of the genus Apanteles are parasitic on the larvee of
butterflies and moths and cover the infested caterpillar with their oval white cocoons.

DIPTERA.

Tipulidae.

Alerandriaria (gen. noy.) suffusca Garrett. Described (Pro. Ent. Soc., Wash., Vol. 24,
page 60, Feb., 1922) from one male and one female specimen taken by Mr. C. B. Garrett at
Cranbrook, B.C., on October 9th, 1920.

Alexandriaria intermedia Garrett. Described (Pro, Ent. Soc., Wash., Vol. 24, page 60,
Feb., 1922) from two males and one female taken at Cranbrook, B.C., by Mr. Garrett in July,
1920.

Alerandriaria kooteniensis Garrett. Described (Pro. Ent. Soc., Wash., Vol. 24, page 61,
Feb., 1922) from a single male taken by Mr. Garrett at Cranbrook on July 15th, 1920.

Chionea alerandriana Garrett. Described (Pro. Fnt. Soc., Wash., Vol. 24, page 62, Feb.,
1922) from one male and five female specimens. Five of the specimens were taken by Mr.
Garrett at Cranbrook, B.C., in February, 1920 and 1921. The other was taken by a trapper on
the hills near Canal Flats, Kootenay Valley. d

Blepharocerida.

Bibiocephala canadensis Garrett. Described (Ins. Ins. Mens., Vol. 10, page 89, April—June,
1922) from fifteen specimens taken at Wilson Creek near Michel, B.C., at an altitude of 5,000
feet, by Mr. Garrett in August and September.

Bibiocephala kellogi Garrett. Described (Ins. Ins. Mens., Vol. 10, page 91, April-June, 1922
from a single specimen taken by Mr. Garrett at Cranbrook, B.C., on July 18th, 1921.

Tabanide. (

Tabanus laniferus MecDunnough. Described (Can. Entf., Vol. 54, page 239, Oct., 1922) from
thirteen specimens taken at Banff, Alta., and various points in British Columbia. The type
locality is Banff and the British Columbia localities are Hector, Mount ‘Cheam, and Lillooet.

Syrphide.

Melanostema squamule Curran. Described (Can. Ent., Vol. 53, page 275, Dec., 1921) from
five specimens taken at Victoria, B.C., in April and May. ‘The collector’s name is not given.

Toromerus occidentalis Curran. Described (Can. Ent., Vol. 53, page 258, Noy., 1921) from
forty-two specimens taken in California. Oregon. and British Columbia. The holotype male was
taken by Mr. W. Downes at Victoria, B.C., on May 5th, 1919.

Cynorhina robusta Curran. Described (Can. Ent., Vol. 54, page 14, Jan, 1922) from a single
female from British Columbia. No further data are given.

OCynorhinella (gen. noy.) canadensis Curran. Described (Can. Ent., Vol. 54, page 15, Jan.,
1922) from a single male taken by the Rey. J. H. keen at Inverness, B.C., in July, 1910.

Mallota columbie Curran. Described (Can. Ent., Vol. 54, page 16, Jan., 1922) from a single
female taken by Mr. R. C. Treherne at Penticton, B.C., on June 5th, 1919.

Brachypalpus apicaudus Curran. Described (Can, Bnt., Vol. 54, page 119, May, 1922) from
a single male specimen taken by Mr. C. B. Garrett at Cranbrook, B.C.

Tachinide.

Lydetla hyphantrie Tothill. Deseribed (Technical Bulletin No. 3, page 43, Dept. Agriculture,
. Ottawa, 1922) from four specimens bred at Agassiz, B.C.

It is a grey fly with clear wings and is a new parasite on the fall web-worm (//yphantria
- cunea Drury). It may not be out of place to make a few remarks on this particular bulletin

*

0.22 BritisH CoLuMBIA. : 1923°

of the Dominion Department of Agriculture, as it is an exceedingly valuable contribution to our
economic literature. ’

The Bulletin is entitled “The Natural Control of the Fall Web-worm in Canada, toes +
with an Account of its Several Parasites.” It comprises 107 pages, with many text illustrations.
In addition, there are six beautiful plates containing figures of the various adult parasites with
their cocoons, and also several other plates showing the anatomical structure of the lary.

The work is written by Dr. John D. Tothill and is the result of eight years’ intensive study,
in which he was ably assisted by Mr. A. B. Baird. The control-work was carried on in three
different Provinces—in New Brunswick from 1912 to 1918, in Nova Scotia from 1916 to 1918, and
in Southern British Columbia from 1917 to 1919.

Ernestia frontalis Tothill. Described from two males, one taken by Mr. Harrington at
Yukon River, Alaska, and the other by Mr. C. B. Garrett at Cranbrook, B.C.

Ernestia johnsoni Tuthill. Described from four males, three from Massachusetts and one
from Fry Creek, B.C. Dates of capture and collectors’ names not given.

Ernestia nigropalpis Tothill. Described from eleven males takes at Stikine River, B.C.
(type locality) (Mr. Wickham); Savary Island, B.C. (R. S. Sherman); and Franconia, N.H.
(C. H. Townsend).

Ernestia platycarina Tothill. Described from ten males taken at Savary Island, B.C. (R. S.
Sherman) ; Bear Lake, B.C. (A. N. Caudell); Franconia, N.H. (C. H. Townsend) ; and Virginia.

Ernestia sulcocarina Tothill. Described from ten males taken at Cranbrook, B.C. (C. B.
Garrett) ; Lillooet, B.C. (A. B. Baird) ; and Husavick, Man. (J. B. Wallis).

Ernestia bicarina Tothill. Described from four males taken at Bear Lake, B.C.; Boseman,
Mon.; and Tennessee Pass, Colo.

The above six species were described by Dr. Tothill in his ‘‘ Revision of the Nearctie species
of the genus Ernestia,’ which appeared in the Canadian Entomologist (Sept., Oct., Noy., and
Dec., 1921). ;

Helomyzide.

Leria serrata form nigricana Garrett. Described (Ins. Ins. Mens., Vol. 10, page 176,
Oct.Dec., 1922) from a single female taken by Mr. C. B. Garrett at Cranbrook on June 4th,
1921.

Leria serrata form vinus Garrett. Described (Ins. Ins. Mens., Vol. 10, page 177, Oct—Deec.,
922) from seven specimens taken by Mr. Garrett at Cranbrook and Michel.

Ephydride.

Trimerina adjfinis Cresson. Described (Ent. News, Vol. 338, page 137, May, 1922) from a
single female taken at Kaslo, B.C., by Mr. R. P. Currie.

HEMIPTERA (HETEROPTERA).
Miride.

Labops hirtus Knight. Described (Can. Ent., Vol. 54, page 258, Noy., 1922) from a large
number of specimens taken in a wide range of localities throughout Canada and the United
States, including three specimens from Chilcotin, B.C., captured by Mr. E. R. Buckell on July
28th, 1920.

Labops tumidifrons Knight. Described (Can. Ent.. Vol. 54, page 259, Noy., 1922) from fiye
specimens taken by Mr. R. C. Treherne at Chileotin, B.C., on June 15th, 1920.

LEPIDOPTERA NOT PREVIOUSLY RECORDED FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA.

The following thirteen species are new records for the Province and were all taken by
Dr. W. R. Buckell, of Salmon Arm, B.C., who has added considerably to our knowledge of
British Columbia Lepidoptera by his persistent and careful collecting during the past few years.
In a few days’ vacation, spent with his nephew, Mr. E. R. Buckell, at Nicola Lake, he was
successful in securing at least four new records. There are in his collection other apparently
new species, but these have not as yet been definitely determined.

Noctuide.
1072. Melicleptria perminuta Hy. Edw. One specimen taken at Nicola Lake, B.C., June

18th, 1922. This is a good record and is very rare in collections. It was deseribed by Hy.
Edwards in 1881 from specimens taken in the Sierra Nevadas, Cal.

13 Gro. 5 ProyinciaL Muspum Report. O 23

1275. Hucoa infracta Morr. Taken at Salmon Arm, B.C. Described in 1875 from Colorado
and Texas.

1659. Polia detracta Wik. Two specimens taken at Salmon Arm, one on July 9th, 1921,
and the other on June 28th, 1922. This is the first authentic record of detracta that we have
had. The specimens listed from Kaslo under that name are not typical detracta, but are nearer
to the form neoterica Sm., the colours being darker and less diversified, although the insect is

— as large as detracta. Neoterica from Alberta and Saskatchewan is smaller. I have listed the
Kaslo specimens under the latter name.

1665. Polia purpurissata Grt. Taken at Salmon Arm. We are glad to have this record,
as although it was listed in the 1906 Check-list it was very doubtful if the typical form occurred
in the Province. The specimen recorded as such from Atlin, B.C., was in the Bryant collection,
and it is undoubtedly the form crydina described (Pro. U.S.N.M., Vol. 27, page 840, 1904) by
Dyar from Kaslo, B.C. Our lists should now read :—

Polia purpurissata Grt. Salmon Arm,

Polia purpurissata form juncimacula Sm. Rossland.

Polia purpurissata form erydina Dyar. Kaslo, Atlin, Salmon Arm, and Vancouver Island.
The three forms are very close to each other, and although the difference can scarcely be

put into words they are somewhat easily separated by their general habitus.

. * Polia subjuncta race eleanora B. & McD. A single specimen taken at Nicola Lake on June
¢ 18th, 1922. This is another very interesting record, as it was described (Cont. Lep. No. Amer.,
: Vol. 4, ‘No. 2, page 95, May, 1918) from eight specimens taken at Nellie, Palomar Mountain,
Southern California. It differs from typical swbiwncta in the generally lighter and greyer colour
and the almost entire absence of the carneous shades. The typical form has a very wide
P distribution, ranging from the Atlantic States to British Columbia and then south to California.
’ 1708. Polia meodana Sm. One specimen taken at Nicola Lake on June 17th, 1922. This is very
close to liquida Grt., but lacks the latter’s bright colours and is a rather dull-looking insect.
Dr. MeDunnough thinks that it is probably only a form of liquida.

19418. Cirphis insueta race dia Grt. Taken at Nicola Lake on June 18th, 1922. This is very
close to our common Vancouver Island form heterodora Sm. They are both races of the Eastern
insueta. Dia was described as a good species from California.

2160. Graptolitha tepida Grt. Several specimens taken at Salmon Arm. It flies at the end
of September and is an inhabitant of the Atlantic States.

2215, 1. Conistra fringata B. & McD. ‘Taken at Salmon Arm on October 9th, 1921. Further
remarks on this species will be found under the heading of “ Illustrated Lepidoptera.”

2223. Parastictis decipiens Grt. Three specimens taken at Salmon Arm. The type is in the
_ British Museum and was described by Grote in 1881 from specimens taken in Northern Indiana.
3187. Zale benesignata Hary. Taken at Salmon Arm on May 24th, 1921. (See “ Illustrated

Lepidoptera.” )

*Autographa interalia Ottolengui. Taken at Salmon Arm. This is an interesting record
as the species has only been described comparatively recently (Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soe., Vol. 27,
page 123, June-Sept., 1919). It was described from two females taken by Mr. K. Bowman at
Nordegg, Alta. A yery-much-worn male specimen was also taken by Dr. Ottolengui at Banff,
Alta. It is probably only a Western race of alias Ottol., the latter being a common species
throughout the Atlantic States.

_— ies

Ss a ee

7

Geometride.

8802. Synchlora rubrifrontaria Pack. One specimen taken at Salmon Arm. This record
brings our list of species in the subfamily Hemithinee up to seven. It is the prettiest of our
“sreens,’ the white transverse lines being distinctly scalloped or wayy. ‘The species was
described by Packard in 1873 from four specimens taken in New York State and Central Missouri.

RARE AND UNCOMMON LEPIDOPTERA TAKEN IN BRITISH COLUMBIA DURING 1922.

Victoria.—It has been the worst year for Macrolepidoptera that I have known in my twelve
years’ collecting here. Scarcely anything of note has been captured in this vicinity. A specimen
of Annaphila decia Grt. was taken by Master Lewis Clarke, and the writer took a specimen of
Hydriomena renunciata columbiata Taylor on April 30th. This is not by any means a common
species, as only occasional specimens are taken. I also captured a nice series of Cosymbria
dataria Hulst. on Mount Tolmie in May.

O 24 British CoLuMBIA. pipewergs (552°:

Saanichton.—This year we have the pleasure in welcoming to our,ranks two enthusiastic
collectors in the persons of the Hon. J. G. Colville and Captain J. Wise. Commencing in April,
these two gentlemen, with the assistance of the Hon. A. Colville, collected continuously every
suitable evening until the middle of October. Their combined efforts have resulted in forming
the nucleus of a fine collection. The majority of their captures were made at “light” and
included a number of very desirable species, the most interesting of which are as follows:
Euxoa divergens abar Streck. A single specimen taken on June 6th. This is a most interest-
ing capture, as our only previous record of this form is a couple of specimens taken at Duncan
many years ago by the late E. M. Skinner; Aplectoides occidens Hamps. (see “Tilustrated
Lepidoptera’); Acronycta illita Sm.; Arzama obliqua Wik.; a fine female specimen of this
uncommon species was taken on July 5th; Autographa speciosa Ottol. Amongst the Geometride
the best captures are Lygris atrifasciata Hulst; Dysstroma sobria ochrofuscaria Swett; several
specimens were taken in June. It is rather an uncommon species, as with the exception of a
worn specimen taken in 1920, these are the first records that I have had since it was described
in 1917 (Can. Ent., Vol. 49, page 70). Dysstroma walikerata Pears; this is one of the rarest —
of our species in this genus. Mr. Cockle has taken it at Kaslo and I have a single specimen
taken on Mount Arrowsmith, Vancouver Island. Caripeta equliaria Grt.; Cleora latipennis
Hulst.; and a single male specimen of Sabulodes cervinaria Pack.

Duncan.—In this district noctuids have been scarce, but geometers have been fairly abundant,
although they were mostly of the common kinds.

Mr. G. O. Day took three fine specimens of Dysstroma ethela Hulst. in July. A ears of
this beautiful species was given in Report, Prov. Mus., 1921, Plate IV. Mr. A. W. Hanhaim’s
. best captures were Heliothis phloxiphaga G. & R. (rare on Vancouver Island, but taken more
frequently in the Interior); Agrotis havile Grt. (very rare); Polia sutrina Grt. (rare), the
first specimen taken here for many years; Polia pulverulenta Sm. (uncommon); Autographa
brassice Riley; two specimens taken on flower-blossoms on August 25th. Although this species
is common throughout the continent, it is rare in British Columbia. Mr. Hanham’s capture is
the first record from Vancouver Island, and I believe Mr. Cockle, of Kaslo, has also taken one or
two specimens. i

Maillardville—Mr. L. E. Marmont reports a very poor season on the whole, although he
has taken a few very good things, chief amongst them being a single specimen of that very
rare arctid Aemilia roseata Wlk. (see “Illustrated Lepidoptera’). Papaipema insulidens
Bird; this is the first record from the Mainland (sce “Illustrated Lepidoptera”) ; Eremobia
claudens albertina Hamp.; Autographa metallica Grt. (first record from this district). Amongst
the Geometrids were Cleora albescens Hulst. (two, fine specimens) ;. Gabriola dyari Taylor; and
two specimens of Plagodis approximaria Dyar: this is rather a rare species and has only _
previously been recorded from Duncan, Kaslo, and Trail, but this year we have had it recorded
from Agassiz and Vavenby as well. While spending a week with Mr. Marmont in June, the
writer was successful in capturing a specimen of Huthyatira semicircularis Grt. (see “ Illustrated
Lepidoptera’’), a fine specimen of Hustroma nubilata macdunnoughi Blackm., and a specimen
in good condition of Huphyia luctuata obductata Moesch, the first that I have ever taken.

Nicola Lake.—During the past season Mr. E. R. Buckell, Assistant Entomologist of the
Provincial Department of Agriculture, has been stationed in this locality investigating the grass-
hopper situation. In addition to his regular duties he has made a small collection of Lepidoptera,
some of which are of more than ordinary interest. HBuroa murdocki Sm.; this rather handsome
noctuid is exceedingly rare in British Columbia; in fact, the only other record of it that I have
is a specimen taken some years ago by Mr. A. W. Phair at Lillooet. Dr. J. B. Smith (Bull. 44,
U.S.N.M., Cat. Noctuidse, 1893) gives Utah, North-west British Columbia, Oregon, and Colorado
as localities for murdocki, but it is almost certain that his North-west British Columbia relates
to Alberta. Oncocemis wmbrifascia Sm.; this rather delicate species is also very rare. It is the
third specimen that I have had recorded from the Province, the first being taken by Mr. Phair
at Lillooet, and the second by Mr. W. B. Anderson at Fort Steele. Xylena thoracia Put-Cram;
Trachea inordinata montana Sm.; a single specimen taken on June 13th. Our previous records
are Chilcotin (I. R. Buckell) and Vernon (M. Ruhmann). Gortyna obliqua Hary.; a single
specimen of this rather rare species was taken on August 29th. I have seen single specimens
from Dunean (A. W. Hanham), Kaslo (J. W. Cockle), and Armstrong (W. Downes).

138 Gro. 5 ProvinciaL Museum Report. O 25 e

Marron Lake.—This locality is situated about 12 miles south-east of Penticton, and would
doubtless yield rich returns if persistent collecting were carried on throughout the whole season.
Mr. C. de Blois Green, who is now resident in this district, collected a little material in July.
Amongst his captures were Lampra placida Grt., a beautiful red specimen, unlike any other
that I have seen, but undoubtedly referable to this species, which is at present in a state of
eyolution; Polia illaudabilis restora Sm.; Caradrina extima Wlk.; and Sarrothripus revayana

- einereana N. & D. In the Geometride, Acidalia ancellata Hist. and Jtame plumosata B. & MeD.
were the best.

_Vavenby.—Mr. T. A. Moilliet and his son Ted again collected a very large amount of material
in this locality. Although a great deal of it was a duplication of species taken the year before,
nevertheless a very fair percentage represented species not previously recorded from this district.
We have one or two species not yet definitely determined, which may eventually turn out to be
new to the Province. The following is a list of the most desirable species taken :—

Amongst the diurnals was a specimen of Hurymus nastes streckeri Grt. taken at an altitude
of 6,000 feet; Ocneis macouni Edw., taken on June 5th; this is a very good record, as it is

_ apparently a yery rare species in British Columbia. I have only seen one other authentic
specimen and that was taken at Armstrong (W. Downes), although I have a record of a
specimen being taken at Enderby (J. Wynne), which is in the same general locality. Hesperia
centauree Ramb.; two specimens of this rare Skipper were taken on J uly 14th at an altitude
of 6,000 feet, one of them being in beautiful condition. The only previous records for the
Province are a single specimen captured at Atlin (E. M. Anderson) in 1914 and one or two
specimens taken by the late Wolley Dod at Windermere. Owing to the poorness of the season
the noctuids did not make as good a showing as last year. A short series of Polia negussa Sm.
was taken, our previous records of this species being from Rossland and Vernon; Polia segregula
Sm., a single specimen; it is quite possible that negussa, segregata, together with gussata Sm.;
are only varietal forms of the same species. Three specimens of Perigrapha algula Sm. and one
P. achsha Dyar were taken. We are glad to get these as there has been some confusion in the
- determination of these rather uncommon species. A figure of each is given on Plate V. and
_ further remarks will be fourd under “Illustrated Lepidoptera.” In the Notodontidie a single
specimen each of Gluphisia septentrionalis Wlk. and G. septentrionalis quinquelinea Dyar was
__ taken. ‘These are both good records and are figured on Plate V., with additional remarks under
2 “Tllustrated Lepidoptera.” Three specimens of Gluphisia sevcra danbyi Neum were taken
between April 20th and 26th. Amongst the Geometride the following are worthy of note:
_ Itame epigenata B. & McD., an uncommon species and previously recorded from Kaslo (Cockle)
and Mount McLean (Day & Hanham). A figure of this species was given in the Report, Proy.
Mus., 1920, Plate I. Jtame denticulodes Hulst. (see “Illustrated Lepidoptera”); Spodolepsis
_substriatana danbyi Hulst.; a long series of this species was taken in the last week of April.
It shows a very wide range of variation; in some specimens the transverse markings and median
_ band stand out in striking contrast, while in others they are nearly obsolete and give the insect
a nearly unicolorous appearance. Lycia ursaria W1k.; a single specimen of this uncommon
species was taken on April 25th. Mr. Cockle has taken it at Kaslo and our only other record
is a specimen taken by the late W. H. Danby at Rossland in 1900. An illustration of this
_ species was given in Report, Prov. Mus., 1918, Plate II. Plagodis approrimaria Dyar; a good
record and extends our knowledge of the distribution of this rather rare species in the Province.
Erannis vancouverensis Hulst.; a single rather worn specimen taken in November. A rather
unexpected record, as, with the exception of a few odd specimens taken at Kaslo, I have no
record of its appearance outside of Vancouver Island and the Lower Fraser Valley.

Kaslo.—Mr. Cockle reports a very poor season and very little of anything has been taken.

His best capture was a specimen of Autographa bimaculata Steph.; this species is rare in the
‘ Province and is the first record from this district. I have a specimen labelled Victoria, B.C.,
- 1890, but cannot vouch for the authenticity of the label, and I have seen a specimen taken by

_ knowledge of. Mr. Cockle also took specimens of Euroa catenula Grt. and Huroa comosa Morr.
F Kaslo is the only British Columbia locality from which the latter species has been recorded.

_ Mr. W. B. Anderson, Dominion Inspector of Indian Orchards, also reports the worst collecting

Season in his experience. His duties take him to many different parts of the Province, and as

O 26 British CoLuMBIA. pred (EAE

he is a very keen naturalist his material always contains something worthy of note. The follow-
ing are his most interesting captures :— 4 ~

Agassiz.—Plagodis approximaria Dyar.; a single specimen taken on July 23rd. This is a
very late date for this species, as our specimens from other localities were all taken in May.

Fort Steele—Macaria unipuncturia Wright; Phasiane orillata Wlk.; and a single specimen
of Marmopteryx marmorata Pack.; this is an unexpected locality for this species, as all our
previous specimens have been taken between Penticton and Osoyoces.

Keremeos.—Eusxoa cinereopallida Sm.; two specimens taken on September 16th. Our
previous records are from Lillooet (A. W. Phair) and Penticton (W. B. Anderson). Husoa
quadridentata flutea Sm.; a single specimen taken on the Same date. This capture extends the
known range of this species in the Province, as we haye only had it listed previously from
Chileotin (E. R. Buckell) and Fort Steele (W. B. Anderson).

Lytton.—Oncocnemis cibalis Grt. A rather worn specimen of this uncommon species was
taken on September 24th.

MICROLEPIDOPTERA.

Although it has been such a poor season for Lepidoptera in general, we have been successful
in getting together a large number of micros; of which I have set up something over 1,400
specimens. Many of these have not been previously recorded from this Province, a few are
new to science, and our collections have been enriched by many desirable species which were
previously unrepresented.

We are very much indebted to the Hon. J. G. Colville and to Captain J. Wise, who made ~
large collections during the season at the beautiful home of the former, which is ideally situated
cn the Saanich Arm, some 16 miles north of Victoria. They collected persistently throughout
the whole of the season and brought in hundreds of specimens, including many desirable species
and several new records for the Province. Collections have also been made at Victoria, Fitz-
gerald, Dunean, Maillardville, Nicola Lake, Salmon Arm, Marron Lake, and Vavenby.

‘The following list of species are new to the Province and are additional to those previously
published in the Annual Reports of the Provincial Museum for 1920 and 1921 .

The greater part of this season’s captures in the Tineina (sens lat.) have not yet been worked
up and anything new or worthy of note will be included in next year’s report.

The numbers and arrangement are in accord with Messrs. Barnes & McDunnough’s Check-
list. "Those marked with a star have been described since the ‘“‘ List’? was published.

Collectors: W. B. Anderson, EH. H. Blackmore, E. R. Buckell, W. R. Buckell, W. R. Carter,
Hon. J. G. Colville, C. deB. Green, A. W. Hanham, L. E. Marmont, T. A. Moilliet, A. W. Phair,
and Captain J. Wise. The initials only are used in the following records.

Pyralide (Phycitine).

5562. Dioryctia auranticella Grt. Lillooet (A, W. P.).
5600. Nephopteryx hypochalciella Rag. Goldstream (E. H. B.).
56138. Salebria virgatella inconditella Rag. Dunean (A. W. H.).
5662. Pyla eneoviridelia Rag. Mount McLean (A. W. H.).
* Pyla sylphiella Dyar. Mount McLean (A. W. H.).
5676. Megasis ediwardsialis Hist. Chilcotin (E. R. B.).
5680. Megasis atrella Hist. Chileotin (1. R. B.).
5719. Huzophera aglw@ella Rag. Dunean (A. W. H.).
5749. Honora montinatatella Hist. Duncan (A. W. H.).

Cosmopterygide.
6969, 1. Chrysoclista villella Buseck. Maillardyille (©. H. B.; L. E. M.).
6008. Mompha eloisella Clem. Ladysmith (T. Bryant).
6018. Mompha unifasciella Cham. Maillardville (lL. E. M.).
Glelchiide.

6069. Chrysopora hermannella Fabr. Vernon (E. P. Venables).

* Telphusa agrifolia Braun. Victoria (B. H. B.).
6278. Gelechia mediofuscella Clem. Victoria (I. H. B.).
6288. Gelechia conclusella Wik. Vavenby (T. A. M.).

i

ee eS

oe
ba ies

_. > Jeo

ei

y

—- se

18 Guo. 5 ProyinctAL Museum Report. O 27
6290. Gelechia fuscoteniclla Cham. Maillardville (Ll. BE. M.).
6298. Gelechia alternatella Kearf. Dunean (A. W. H.); Vavenby (T. A. M.).
MG cophoride.
6414. Humeyrickia trimaculella Fitch. Vavenby (T. A. M.).
* Agonopteryx blackmori Buseck. Victoria (I. H. B.; W.R.C.); Saanichton (J. G. C.).
Ethmiide.
6622. Hthinia albistrigella Wishm. WMillooet (A. W. P.).
6624. Hthmia monticola Wishm. Chase (W. B. A.).

6654.

6816.
6827.
6838.
6844.
6861.

6949.
6956.
6959.
6965.
6970.

Aigeriide.
Aigeria tibialis Harris. Marron Lake. (C. B. G.).
EHucosmide.

Argryoploce albeolana Zell. Vavenby (T. A. M.).

Argyroploce hebesana Wik. Saanichton (J. G. C.).

Argyroploce coronana Kearf. Salmon Arm (W. R. B.).

Argyroploce puncticostana Wik. Adams Lake (W. B. A.) ; Vavenby (T. A. M.).
Argyroploce nubilana Clem. Saanichton (J. W.); Agassiz (W. B. A.).
Argyroploce fuscalvana Zell. Wavenby (T. A. M.).

Argyroploce buckellana McD. Salmon Arm (W. R. B.).

Bucosma passerana Wishm. Wellington (T. Bryant).

Bucosma nigralbana Wishm. Saanichton (J. W.).

EBucosma lolana Kearf. Chilcotin (H. R. B.).

Eucosma terrococtana Wishm. Saanichton (J. G. C.); Powell River (W. B. A.).
EBucosma abbreviatana Wishm. Chilcotin (H. R. B.).

6986A. Bucosma nisella criddleana Kearf. Victoria (W. R. C.).

6990.
G065.
7082.
7148S.
7175.
7176.
7269.

7372.
7443.

7454.

7664.

Bucosma hirsutana Wishbm. Vayenby (T. A. M.).

Bucosma striatana Clem. Mount McLean (A, W. H.).

Bucosma columbiana Wishm. Kamloops (W. B. A.); Chileotin (EH. R. B.).

Enarmonia haimbachiana Kearf. Vavenby (T. A. M.).

Ancylis subequana Zell. Goldstream (H. H. B.); Saanichton (J. W.).

Ancylis discigerana Wik. Mount McLean (A. W. H.).

Melissopus latiferreanus Wishm. Saanichton (EH. H. B.); Maillardyille (@. H. B.;
L. ©. M.).

Tortricide.

Tortriz packardiana Fern. Maillardyille (l. E. M.).
Peronea subnivana Wik. Hazelton (W. B. A.).
Peronea variegana Schiff. Victoria (W. R. C.; E. H. B.).

Phaloniide.
Phalonia smeathmanniana Fabr. Vavenby (T. A. M.).
Glyphipterygide.

Hilarographa youngiella Busck. Victoria (W. Downes; W. R. C.); Maillardville
(lL. E. M.).

Plutellide.
Cerostoma schwarziclla Buseck. Powell River (W. B. A.) ; Salmon Arm (W. R. B.).

Yponomeutide.

Argyresthia monochromella Busck. Victoria (isne B=);

O 28 British CoLuMBIA. as 1923

Haploptiliide. ei

7762. Haploptilia coruscipennella Clem. Victoria (W. R. C.; E. H. B.); Dunean (A. W. H.);
Maillardville (L. E. M.).
7768. Haploptilia fletcherella Fern. Victoria (W. R. C.; E. H. B.); Maillardville (i. BE. M.).
* Aphelosetia cygnodiella Busck. Victoria (W. Downes).

Scythridide.
8080. Scythris eboracensis Zell. Victoria (HB. H. B.).
Tineide.
8289. Tinea granella Linn. Victoria (H. H. B.; W. R. C.).
Incurvariide.
8436. Incurvaria itoniella Busck. Wellington (T. Bryant).

Adelide.
8448. Nemotois bellela Wilk. Vavenby (T. A. M.).

Micropterygide.

8480. Epimartyria pardella Wishm. Maillardyille (lL. E. M.; E. H. B.).

The following notes on some of the new and uncommon species taken during the last two
seasons may be of interest to students of this group :—

5151. Pyrausta borealis Pack. A short series of this pretty black and yellow pyraustid was

taken by Mr. T. A. Moilliet at Vavenby, B.C., on June 1st. These specimens are not quite
typical and represent a small dark northern race which seems worthy of a varietal name. We
have-two similar specimens from Chilcotin taken by Mr. E. R. Buckell on June 2nd, 1920.
We also have two specimens of the typical form taken at Lillooet several years ago.

5591. Ambesa letclia Grt. This species with its purple-and white markings is one of the
most handsome of the phycitids and has, unti! recently, been-represented in our collections by a
single specimen taken at Rossland, B.C., by the late Mr. Danby. Mr. E. R. Buckell took one
specimen at Chilcotin on June 30th, 1920, and the same collector was fortunate enough to capture
three more this season between June 18th and the 25th at Nicola Lake, B.C. Mr. T. A. Moilliet
also took a single specimen at Vayvenby on July 14th.

5600. Nephopteryx hypochalciella Rag. Two male specimens of this species. which is new
to our list, have been taken by the writer at Goldstream, one on July 3rd, 1918, and the other
on August 10th, 1921. It seems very uncommon.

5662. Pyla wneoviridella Rag. This genus has been hitherto poorly represented in British
Columbia collections. Until quite recently we had only one representative recorded from the
Province, which was listed in the 1906 Check-list as scintillans Grt., taken on Mount Cheam in
1903. This identification, however, has proved to be wrong, as I have two of the original
specimens from the Harvey collection which were determined by Dr. McDunnough in 1919 as
rainierella Dyar. More recently (April, 1921) Dr. Dyar described a new species taken by the
writer at Mount Tzouhalem as Pyla blackmorella. An illustration of this species with notes
thereon was given in last year’s Museum Report.

When collecting on Mount McLean in July, 1919, and again in August, 192i, Mr. A. W.
Hanham, of Duncan, succeeded in capturing a number of specimens of this genus. Upon
examination I found that they were quite distinct from rainierella and involved at least two
species. They were sent to Mr. W. Schaus, of the U.S. National Museum, who is an authority
on this group. The one species taken in July, 1919, at 5,000 feet altitude proved to be @neoviri-
della Rag., and the other one taken in August, 1921, at 7,500 feet was determined as :—

*Pyla sylphiella Dyar. This was described from Mount Rainier, near Tacoma, Wash., from
specimens taken by Dyar & Caudell in August, 1906. This latter species is a trifle smaller and
has purplish-coppery irrorations, while cencoviridelia is irrorated with greenish-bronze. The
majority of the species in this genus are brownish-black in colour, the fore wings being variously
irrorated with either purplish, greenish, bronzy, or coppery metallic seales.

5676. Megasis edwardsialis Hulst. This is also a new record for the Proyinee. A short
series was taken by Mr. E. R. Buckell at Chilcotin the latter end of April, 1920. It is a long —

Ay

iM
=a

ey

teats,

re ie eee ke a BS '

‘Sah
<
=

13 Guo. 5 s _ ProvincraL Museum Report. O 29

~
narrow-winged species measuring 144 inches in expanse, with the primaries of a dull-grey colour
and the secondaries a light fuscous. The females are much smaller than the males, being ouly
%, inch when expanded, and haying two black transverse lines on the primaries. Unless one
was acquainted with this genus, one would never associate the two sexes as belonging to the
same species.

5680. Megasis atrella Hulst. This is a very similar species to the last, but is a little smailer

_ in expanse and the somewhat obscure markings are slightly different. A small series was taken

by Mr. E. R. Buckell at the same time and place as the former species. In the 1906 Check-list
atrella is recorded from Victoria, but I think this is a misidentification. The only specimen
that I have seen from this district is one that I took on March 5th, 1921, and which is closer
to edwardsialis than to atrella, but probably distinct from either.

5969, 1. Crysoclista villella Buseck. A nice series of this pretty black-and-orange micro was

- taken by Mr. Marmont and myself at Maillardville on June 19th. It is about 14 inch in expanse

and when in the air resembles a small black fly. We found it in a large patch of scrub willow
and it was not beaten from any other tree. The willows were § to 9 feet high and the micro
was found only on the topmost twigs. We observed none in flight excepting when they were
disturbed. The method of capture was to touch the top twigs with the rim of the net, holding
it at arm’s length, and then one would see a small black speck fly off. A wild jump and a sweep
with the net and villella was secured. When once in the net, the micro remained perfectly quiet
and was easily bottled. A couple of hours’ hard work found us with about thirty specimens and
a pair of very tired arms. The species was described (Pro. U.S.N.M., Vol. 27, page 76S) from a
single specimen taken at Seattle, Wash., in 1903. Mr. Busck informs me that this is the first
record of this species since it was described in 1904, which makes this a very interesting capture.

5985. Walshia amorphella Clem. A single specimen in good condition was taken by Dr. W. R.
Buckell at Salmon Arm on June 27th. This seems a somewhat rare insect, as we only have two

4 specimens, both taken by Mr. T. Bryant at Wellington. It is also recorded from Kaslo.

6008. Mompha eloisella Clem. This is a new record for the Province and was taken by
Mr. T. Bryant at Ladysmith on July 9th, 1909. It is a pretty little moth measuring about
% inch across the wings. The basal half of the primaries is pure white with two small black
dots, while the outer half is golden-brown with a dark-brown longitudinal line through the centre.

6290. Gelechia fuscoteniella Cham. Mr. Marmont has taken three specimens of this new
record at Maillardyille. It is slightly smaller than the preceding species. The primaries are
pure white with a small black basal area and a black spot on the costa and another at the apex

of the wing. It flies in June.

*Telphusa agrifolia Braun. ‘This species was described in Ent. News, Vol. 32, page 9, Jan.,

_ 1921, from specimens bred from laryze feeding on California live oak (Quercus agrifolia) in

Alameda County, California. The writer took a short series of this species at Mount Tolmie
in September, 1921, and a long series at the same place in August of this year. It was beaten
from scrub oak (Quercus Garryana), on which the larvee undoubtedly feed. It is a small species,
measuring about 13 mm. In colour it is blackish-brown with patches of raised scales; in some
specimens there is an oblique white band crossing the wing from about one-fourth out. It is
very variable.

6156. Recurvaria gibsonella Kearf. A single specimen of this pretty little gelechid was
taken by Mr. W. R. Carter on June 20th, 1921. This is the first record from British Columbia
of this Eastern species. It was described (Can. Ent., Vol. 39, page 4, Jan., 1907) from three

- specimens bred from lary feeding on juniper (Juniperus communis) by Mx, Arthur Gibson at

Ottawa, Ont.
6288. Gelechia. panella Busck. Four specimens of this striking brick-red species were taken
by the Hon. J. G. Colville at Saanichton on various dates in July and August. It was described
(Pro. U.S.N.M., Vol. 25, page 889, 1903) from two specimens, one taken in Arizona and the other
in California. Mr. Hanham has taken a few specimerfS at Duncan during the last few years,
but it is not at all common. The larve feed on arbutus (Arbutus Menziesii). This species was

2 listed in our old Check-list from Wellington, but this is an error, as the species listed under that

“name is Gelechia mandella Busck.

- 68038,1. Hrartema appendiceum Zell. In the Can. Ent. for Feb., 1922, page 39, Dr. J.

McDunnough resurrects this species from the synonmy. It had been placed as a synonym of

_-versicoloranum Clem., but, although very similar in appearance, can be separated by versicolor-

0:30 British CoLuMBIA. 1923 .

anum haying the costa white at the base, while appendiceum has a dark basal area. The species
occurring in British Columbia are the latter and the two specimens recorded in last year's
Museum Report under the name of versicoloranwm (taken by Mr. Marmont at Maillardyilie)
should be changed accordingly. A nice series of this moth was taken this season by Captain J.
Wise at Saanichton in June and July. :

6820. Argyroploce wellingtoniana Kearf. This is a fine capture, as no specimens have been
recorded since the species was described (Trans. Am. Ent. Socy., Vol. 33, page 13, Feb., 1907)
from two specimens taken by the late Rev. G. W. Taylor at Wellington on May 19th, 1906.
The writer took two specimens in fine condition on May 28rd of this year about 7 p.m., and
although a careful search was made on following evenings no more were found. A single
specimen was also taken by the Hon. J. G. Colville at Saanichton on June 5th. It expands
about 18 mm. and the primaries are mottled with white, grey, dark fuscous, and black.

7028. Hucosma similana Hubn. Two nice specimens of this species were taken by Mr. T. A.
Moilliet at Vavenby on September 16th and 20th. At first glance it is very similar to lolana
Kearf., illustrated on Plate VI., but is slightly smaller and has pale hind wings instead of dark-
brown ones. This species has been previously recorded from Kaslo; it occurs in the Atlantic
States, is common in Great Britain, and also extends through Central Europe and Northern Asia.

7161. Enarmonia medioplagata Wishm. This is another uncommon species, only previously
reported from Kaslo. Mr. Moilliet took two specimens in good condition at Vayvenby in July,
and Mr. E. R. Buckell took a single rather worn specimen at Chilcotin on August 2nd, 1921.

7269. Melissopus latiferreanus Wisbm. ‘This is another new record for the Province. It is
represented in our collections by three specimens taken in June of this year. While visiting
Mr. Marmont at Maillardville, I captured a beautiful specimen of this species on the last day
of my stay, June 20th, and on the same morning Mr. Marmont captured another one. Two days
later, while spending a day at the home of Viscount Colville at Saanichton, I captured a third
specimen. Strange to say, although persistent collecting was carried on by both the Hon. Mr. |
Colville and Mr. Marmont, no more specimens of this species were captured. The fore wings
are reddish-brown in colour with a purplish sheen and a small patch of burnished copper in the
median area.

7532. Commophila fuscodorsana Kearf. This species has not been represented in our collec-
tions until this year. Mr. W. R. Carter took two specimens on June 15th in Pemberton Woods
near Victoria. Mr. Marmont captured another one on May 31st at Maillardyille, while the writer
secured a freshly emerged specimen on Mount Tolmie on June 10th. The species was described
(Can. Ent., May, 1904, page 137) from two male specimens, one taken at Fieldbrook, Cal., and
the other taken by Mr. Cockle at Kaslo. This is a good record.

7623. Choreutis leucobasis Fern. This interesting capture was made by Mr. Marmont at
Maillardville, who took two specimens on May 12th. This is the first record that we have had
since Mr. T. Bryant captured a specimen at Wellington on May 3rd, 1903. The species was
described (Can. Ent., Vol. 32, page 242, 1900) from specimens taken at London, Ont., and
Massachusetts. It has also been recorded from Vermont.

7664. Cerostoma schwarziella Buseck. This is a new record for the Province. Mr. W. B.
Anderson took a single specimen in good condition at Powell River on August 4th, 1921. This
season three specimens were taken by Dr. W. R. Buckell at Salmon Arm on May 16th.

8480. Epimartyria pardella Wishm. This is one of the most interesting finds that we have
yet had, and I believe that I am right in stating that this is the first record of this species being
taken in Canada. It was first taken by Mr. Marmont at Maillardville in June, 1921. Mr. August
Busck, to whom it was submitted for determination, was very anxious to get additional material,
as it is somewhat of a rarity in collections, the U.S. National Museum only containing two
specimens which were taken by Professor C. V. Piper at Seattle, Wash.

With this end in view the writer spent a week in June with Mr. Marmont at his home in
Maillardville, which is ideally situated for collecting purposes. The second day I was there—
June 15th, to be exact—we proceeded to the spot where Mr. Marmont had collected the species
the previous year. This was an old disused lane, now very much overgrown. The sides were
lined with small trees and shrubs of many kinds, while the undergrowth was very dense. We
had not been there many minutes before we spotted one or two resting upon the leaves of various
plants, and by careful and steady work we bottled some fifty-two specimens between us in a
couple of hours. ‘Bottling them off the plants was the only possible way to get them, as when in

IRIL ANID) \Vfn
NOTODONTID.E—THYATIRID.E.

ARCTIID.E—NOCTUID.E

Dimilia roseata Wk. Papaipema insulidens Bird.
Fraser Mills, B.C. (lL. E. Marmont). Fraser Mills, B.C. (L. IE. Marmont).
(Ixceedingly rare.) (Rather rare.)

Gluphisia septentrionales Wk.
Vavenby, B.C. (T. A. Moilliet).
(New to British Columbia.)

Aplectoides occidens Iamps. Oncocnemis cibalis Grt.
Saanichton, B.C. (J. G. Colville). Lillooet, B.C. (A. W. Phair).
(Very rare.) (Very rare.)

Oncocnemis levis Grt.
Fort Steele, B.C. (W. B. Anderson).
(New to British Columbia.)

Perigrapha algula Sm. Perigrapha achsha Dyar.
Vavenby, B.C. (T. A. Moilliet). Vavenby, B.C. (T. A. Moilliet).
(Uncommon. ) (Rather rare.)

Gluphisa septentrionalis quinquelinea Dyar.
Vavenby, B.C. (T. A. Moilliet).
(Rather rare.)

Zale benesignata Warvey. Conistra fringata B. & MeD.
Salmon Arm, B.C. (W. R. Buckell). Salmon Arm, B.C. (W. R. Buckell).
(New to British Columbia.) (New to British Columbia.)

BLuthyatira semicireularis Grt.
Iraser Mills, B.C. (1. WH. Blackmore).
(Rather uncommon.)

Tarache major Sm. Tarache areli Streck.
tossland, B.C. (W. Tl. Danby). Rossland, B.C. (W. Hl. Danby).
(Very rare.) (Rather rare.)

We

PLATE

ie 13 Gro. 5 ProvinciaAL Museum Report. O 31

flight they are almost invisible. The species is rather small, expanding only 11 mm., and the
wings are very narrow, the fore wings being about 4% mm. broad and the hind wings about 1 mm.
It is an extremely handsome insect when viewed under a lens, ail the wings being of an
iridescent purple with a large golden spot on the fore wings about two-thirds out from the base.
be “We also took three or four specimens which were unspotted. At first these were thought to be
a different species, but later on Mr. Busck made slides of the wings and genitalia, which disproved
that idea. He considers them to be merely varieties of the typical form.

A This species is interesting from the fact that it is a representative of the family Microptery-
Ee _ gids, which is the most primitive family of all the Lepidoptera. The fore and hind wings each
- contain twelve veins, and a jugum is developed at the base of the inner margin, which serves
as a wing-coupling apparatus. This family is very closely allied to the order Trichoptera
: (caddice-flies), and it is from this latter order that the Lepidoptera have undoubtedly evolved.

ILLUSTRATED LEPIDOPTERA.
Arctiide (Plate V.).

929. Aimilia roscata Wik. Taken by Mr. L. E. Marmont at Maillardyille on July 2nd, 1922.
This is one of the finest captures of the season, as it is the rarest of all our species in this
family. The specimen illustrated is the first one taken since 1906 that I have any knowledge of.
In the 1906 Check-list it is recorded from Goldstream and Mission. I have not been able to find
any trace of the Goldstream specimen and I know nothing of the one from Mission. In the
Bull. B.C. Ent. Socy., Sept., 1906, under the heading of “ Notes on the Season of 1906,” it says:
“Mr. Harvey received from a friend a fine specimen of dmilia roseata, taken early in July on
the Squamish River.” This record is authentic, as I found the specimen referred to in the
Harvey collection.

Noctuide (Plate Lape

a il rad loka en

1507. Aplectoides occidens Hamp. This is another very fine record, as very few specimens
of this species have been taken in the Province. The specimen illustrated was taken by the
Hon. J. G. Colville at Saanichton on August 15th, 1922, and is the first that I have seen since
I discovered a specimen in the Bryant collection which was taken at Wellington on August 4th,
1902. This latter specimen was labelled “ Hadena mustelina Sm.’ and was listed under that
a mame in the 1906 Check-list. I had great difficulty in getting this species determined, as it was
- not represented either in the Canadian National Collection or the U.S. National Museum. Later
- Dr. J. MeDunnough identified it from the co-type in the Wolley Dod collection, which was

bequeathed to the Dominion Government by the late F. H. Wolley Dod. Dr. McDunnough also
informed me that they have a specimen from Ucluelet, which is on the west coast of Vancouver
Island. In the Entomological Record for 1919 Gibson and Criddle record a specimen of occidens
taken by Mr. J. B. Wallis at Sicamous, B.C., on August 12th, 1915. I have also recently
determined a specimen as this species for Mr. A. W. Hanham, taken at Quamichan Lake, V.I.,
on August 23rd, 1918. These five records are the only ones that I know of from this Province.
1900. Perigrapha algula Sm. Three specimens were taken by Mr. T. A. Moilliet at Vavenby
on April 30th, 1922. We were glad to get these, as this species was not previously represeuted
_ in our éollections. I have seen specimens from Kaslo, where Mr. Cockle takes it occasionally,
and Dr. W. R. Buckell also records it from Salmon Arm.

i 1901. Perigrapha achsha Dyar. A single specimen of this species was also taken by Mr.
Moilliet on April 20th. This is a rather rare species, as I have only seen two other specimens
in British Columbia collections; one was taken in the Penticton District by Mr. E. M. Anderson
in 1913, and the other by Mr. G. O. Day at Quamichan Lake, near Duncan. This latter is rather
an unexpected locality, but I do not think that there is any doubt about the determination, as
_ it agrees with the Penticton specimen which was determined for me by Dr. A. W. Lindsey. In
the Barnes collection at Decatur, Ill., is a specimen from Arrow Lake, B.C., which has been
- compared with the type, and the Penticton specimen agrees with this. Algula and achsha are
- closely allied and have been somewhat confused in collections, but can be differentiated by the
fact that achsha is hoary grey powdered, except in the inner part of median and basal areas,

~ while algula is evenly coloured and ranges from dark slaty grey to a purplish red.
7 2030. Oncocnemis levis Grt. This fine noctuid was captured by Mr. W. B. Anderson at Fort
_ Steele on September 16th, 1918, and as far as I am aware has not previously been recorded from

ENT

ube

le
Lah oe
x

~

O 32 BrRiTIsH CoLUMBIA.

British Columbia. It was described in 1880 from specimens taken in Arizona and Colorado, and
it has also been recorded from Lethbridge, Alta. :

- 2048. Oncocnemis cibalis Grt. The specimen illustrated was taken by Mr. A. W. Phair at ©

Lillooet on September 15th, 1918. This species was also described (Can. Ent., Dec., 1880) from

Colorado at the same time as the preceding. A rather worn specimen of this species was also

taken by Mr. W. B. Anderson at Lytton on September 24th, 1922.
2215,1. Conistra fringata B. & McD. This is a new record for the Province and was captured
by Dr. W. R. Buckell at Salmon Arm on October 9th, 1921. It was described (Cont. Lepid. No.

Amer., Noy., 1916, page 9) from a single male taken at Truckee, Cal. It is closely allied to_

devia Grt., but is a larger and prettier insect, the prevailing colour being a bright red-brown,
although the maculation is practically the saime.

2673. Papaipema insulidens Bird. A single specimen was taken by Mr. L. E. Marmont at
Maillardville on September 9th, 1922. This capture extends its known range, as hitherto it has
not been recorded outside of Vancouver Island. The species was described (Can. Ent., May, 1902,
page 112) from three specimens from Vancouver Island. Mr. G. O. Day has taken it sparingly
at Quamichan Lake for several years. Its food-plant unfortunately still remains undiscovered.

2977. Tarache major Sm. The specimen illustrated was taken by the late Mr. W. H. Danby
at Rossland on July 20th, 1899. It is rather a striking-looking species and must be exceedingly
rare in the Province, as this is the only example I have seen, although Mr. Cockle has taken it at
Kaslo. It is evidently a mountainous species and was described from Colorado in 1900.

2982. Tarache areli Stkr. This specimen was also taken by Mr. Danby at Rossland and is
the only other representative of the genus occurring in British Columbia. This species is nearly,
if not quite, as rare as the preceding. It has been taken at Kaslo (Cockle) and a single specimen
was recorded in last year’s Museum Report as being taken by Mr. J. Wynne at Enderby, B.C.

3187. Zale benesignata Harvey. This is a fine record and is new to the Proyinee. It was
taken by Dr. W. R. Buckell at Salmon Arm on May 19th, 1921. The species was described
(Bull. Buff. Soe. Nat. Sci., Vol. 8, page 14, 1875) from specimens taken at Webster, N.H., and

‘Tndian River, Fla. In the 1906 B.C. Check-list the three species, lunata Drury, calycanthata
S. & A., and duplicata Bethune, listed under the generic name of Homoptera (= Zale) are all
incorrect. I have seen a number of specimens from different collections labelled lunata, and
these are all without a doubt norda Sm., which was described (Pro. U.S.N.M., Vol. 35, page 237,

1908) from specimens taken at Kaslo, Rossland, and Arrow Lake, B.C., and Cartwright, Man. |

Calycanthata, recorded by Dr. Dyar (Pro. U.S.N.M., Vol. 27, page 879, 1904) from Kaslo, is aso
this species. Duplicata, listed from Wellington (Taylor), is almost certain to be largera Sm.,
described (Pro. U.S.N.M., Vol. 35, page 257, 1918) from two specimens, one from Wellington,
B.C., and one from Winnipeg, Man.; in fact, it is quite possible that the specimen listed in our
Check-list was the identical specimen which Smith made the male type of his species. Our species
in this genus will now stand as follows :-—
Zale Hbn.
minera race norda Sm. Vancouver Island; Southern British Columbia.
benesignata Hary. Salmon Arm.
race largera Sm. Wellington; Princeton.

Notodontide (Plate V.).

3680. Gluphisia septentrionalis Wik. A single specimen taken by Mr. T. A. Moilliet at
Vavenby on June 10th, 1922. We are glad to have this record, as it is the first authentic typical
specimen of this species that we have seen. The species taken at Kaslo and listed under this
name are of the form quwinquelinea Dyar. Septentrionalis has a very wide range and should
occur wherever aspen and cottonwood are found. It varies in colour a great deal according to
the locality, and varietal names have been given to many of these geographical races. _

3680p. Gluphisia septentrionalis race quinquelinea Dyar. A single specimen of this form
was also taken at the same place and on the same date as the preceding. It was described by
Dyar (Ent. News, Vol. 3, page 168, 1892) from one male taken at Portland, Ore. — x

Thyatiridie (Plate V.).

3695. EButhyatira semicircularis Grt. The specimen illustrated was taken by the writer

at Maillardville on June 19th, 1922. Previous to this capture this species has only been taken

at one locality in the Province—namely, Quamichan Lake, near Duncan, Both Mr, Day and
a

=

PLATE YI.
GHOMETRID.E.

Itame denticulodes YWulst. Nanthorhée incursata harveyata C. &S.
Vavenby, B.C. (T. A. Moilliet). (Female paratype.)
(Very rare.) Vancouver, B.C. (I. V. Iarvey).

(New to science.)

Bupithecia econataria C. & §.
Goldstream, B.C. (B. WH. Blackmore).
(New to science.)

Xanthorhée ramaria delectaria C. & 8S. Nanthorhee aquilonaria C.&S.
(Male paratype.) (Male paratype.)

Atlin, B.C. (i. M. Anderson). Atlin, B.C. (I. M. Anderson).
(New to science.) (New to science.)

Hupithecia scabrogata gilvipennata C. & S.
(Male holotype.)
(Wellington, B.C. (T. Bryant).
(New to science.)

MICROLEPIDOVPTERA.

Nemotois bellela Wk. Peroneca variegana Schiff.
Vavenby, B.C. (T. A. Moilliet). Victoria, B.C, (1. Il. Blackmore).
(New to British Columbia. ) (New to North America.)

Aegeria tibialis Harris.
Marron Lake, B.C. (C. deB. Green).
(Very local.)

Kihmia monticola Wishm, -Amortia cunecana Wishm,
Chase, B.C. (W. BR. Anderson). Saanichton, B.C. (J. Wise).
(New to British Columbia.) (Somewhat local.)

Melitara dentata Grt.
Nicola Lake, B.C. (If. R. Buekell).
(New to British Columbia.)

Cacacia victoriandad Busek. Agnonopterya blackmoari Buseck.
Victoria, B.C. (1. TH. Blackmore). (Male co-type.)
(New to science.) Victoria, B.C. (BE. HW. Blackmore).

(New to science.)

Bucosma terrococtana Wishm. Hucosma niseila criddleana Keartt.
Saanichton, B.C. (J. G. Colville). Victoria, B.C. (W. R. Carter).
(New to British Columbia. ) (New to British Columbia.)
Argureploce capreana Wn. Bucosma lolana Weartt.
iraser Mills, B.C. (1. 1. Marmont). Chilcotin, B.C. (1. R, Buekell).

(Uncommon. ) (New to British Columbia.)

PLATO VI.

ae eS det
A Bott en | ‘
~ en ete ‘
es Ye

,

- “+

Y

*

= 13° Guo. 5 ProyinctAL Museum Reporv. 0: 33

Mr. Hanham have taken it there occasionally during the past few years, but this season, for
; some unknown reason, it was more plentiful, Mr. Day taking four specimens and Mr. Hanham
: about seven or eight. It was described from the State of Washington in 1881.

-

eS Geometridae (Plate VI.).

*Xanthorhe incursata race harveyata Cassino & Swett. This new race was described from
_ specimens taken by the late Captain R. V. Harvey on July 2nd, 1904, at Vancouver, probably on
4 Grouse Mountain. The types are in good condition, but the paratypes are rather worn. It is
closely related to lagganata Swett.

*Xanthorhe ramaria race delectariw Cassino & Swett. Described from a short series in
rather poor condition taken by E. M. Anderson at Atlin on various dates in June, 1914. It is
superficially like the incwrsata group, but the genitalia prove it to be unrelated and show it to
belong to ramaria, which was described from Labrador.

*Xanthorhe aquilonaria Cassino & Swett. This new species was taken by E. M. Anderson
at Atlin in June, 191+. A few of the specimens (including the types) are in good condition, but
J the majority are rather rubbed. The species is closely allied to congregata Wlk. and trilineata

- Warr., both of which are North American races of the European abrasaria H.S. Slides have
been made of the genitalia, which show it to be related to the above three forms, but enough
- differences are noted to warrant specific distinction. More recently I have seen specimeus
referable to this species, which were taken on Mount McLean by Messrs. Day and Hanham.
} *Hupithecia cenataria Cassino & Swett. ‘This new species was described from a number of
_ specimens taken “at light” by the writer at Goldstream in September, 1920. The specimens
7 were in a somewhat rubbed condition, as it was rather late in the season for them. I have
found out since that the species emerges about the last week in July. In 1921 I took two or.
_ three in fine condition during that period. Mr. Marmont also took a specimen at Maillardville
_ on July 28th of this year. This is the same species that has been recorded from Wellington
under the name of wnicolor Hulst., but the latter, although having the same general appearance,
is a larger insect. Unicolor was described (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., Vol. 23, page 271, 1896) from
specimens taken in California and Colorado.
*Hupithecia scabrogata form gilvipennata Cassino & Swett. Described from a single male
specimen taken by Mr. T. Bryant at Wellington on May 9th, 1902. This form differs from typical
scabrogata Pears, by haying the entire central portion of the primaries a deep yellow instead of
a dark fuscous. A figure of scabrogata was given on Plate IV., Report, Prov. Mus., 1921.
; 4423. Itame denticulodes Hulst. The specimen illustrated was taken by Mr. T. A. Moilliet
at Vavenby on June 28th, 1922. This is a rather uncommon species in this Province. I have a
_ specimen taken by the late Captain Harvey on July 22nd, 1908, at Similkameen, and it has been
- recorded from Kaslo (Cockle). I do not know of any other records.

end

e;
es
‘
‘ay

eed

>

Pyralide (Phycitine) (Plate VI.).

5694. Melitara dentata Grt. This is a good capture and is in fine condition. It was taken
by Mr. E. R. Buckell at Nicola Lake on August 29th, 1922. I have only seen one other specimen,
_ and that was taken by Mr. A. W. Phair at Lillooet on August 30th, 1916. The species was
originally described from Colorado.

Gcophoride.

*Agonopteryz blackmori Busck. Described from specimens bred by the writer from larye
5 ‘feeding upon broom. ‘The date of the bred species is July 12th, 1918. Since then I have taken
eit commonly at the end of August and all through September wherever broom is growing. Ina
recent letter from Mr. Edward Meyrick, of Marlborough, Eng., who is a world authority on this

. group, he states his belief that this species is conspecific with the European costosa Haw. If this

Bthniide.

6624. Ethmia monticola Wishm. This fine specimen was taken by Mr. W. B. Anderson at
Chase on May 27th, 1918, and is a new record for the Province. It is a beautiful species, being
dove-grey in colour with a few fine black markings on the primaries; the abdomen is a bright

O 34 British CoLuMBia. ae ks : 1923.

Ageriide.

6654. Ageria tibialis Harris. This interesting clearwing was taken by Mr. C. de Blois Green —
at Marron Lake in July of this year. Several specimens were taken, but as Mr. Green did not
have the proper means of killing them at hand, they were, with the exception of the one figured,
in rather poor condition. We are very pleased to have this species, as although it has never
been listed in any of our local lists, Mr. Wm. Beutenmuller, in his “ Monograph of the Sesiidz
of North America,” published in 1901, gives, amongst other places, British Columbia and Van-
couver as localities for this species. It has been taken in the New England States, Colorado,
and California. The illustration is that of the female; the male is somewhat smaller, averaging
5 mm. less in alar expanse, and is not so robust. ‘The larvx bore into the trunks of willow and
poplar. Mr. Green found the empty pupal cases on “ cottonwood,” probably Populus trichocarpa.

Hucosmide.

6818. Argyroploce capreana Hub. The specimen illustrated was taken by Mr. Marmont ta ta
Maillardville on July 7th, 1922. It is not a common insect by any means, as it only occurs
sparingly in any given district. Captain J. Wise took a single specimen at Saanichton on
July ist. Mr.-Cockle has taken a few specimens at Kaslo and Mr. T. Bryant has three specimens
in his collection taken at Wellington. These latter are labelled frigidana Pack., but they are
undoubtedly capreana. I haye also seen a poor specimen from Lillooet (Phair) which is refer-
able to this species. It is a European insect and feeds on Salix sp. .

6959. Hucosma lolana Kearf. ‘This interesting species was taken by Mr. E. R. Buckell at
Chilecotin on July 16th, 1921, and is a new addition to our list. It was described (Trans. Am.
Ent. Soc., Vol. 38, page 31, 1907) from two specimens taken at Colorado. 1 *

6965. EHucosma terrococtana Wishm. A long series of this very pretty little micro, which
is new to the Province, was taken by the Hon. J. G. Colville at Saanichton during June and
July of this year. It was beaten from arbutus trees exclusively, and it is very probable that this
is its food-plant. Mr. W. B. Anderson also took four specimens of this species at Powell River
on July 14th. These were beaten from Arctostaphylos tomentosa. Terrococtana was deseribed
in 1879 by Lord Walsingham from specimens taken in California.

69864. Hucosma nisella form criddleana Kearf. A long series of both nisella and the form
criddleana was taken by Mr. W. R. Carter at Victoria on various dates during July of this year.
The species is very variable; in colour it ranges from whitish-grey to cinereous-grey, with
scattered black scales; in some specimens there is a red-brown, somewhat triangular blotch on
the inner margin of the primaries; in others the basal area is solid black; this latter is the
form criddleana. The typical form is common in England and Ireland and also occurs in Central
Europe. The larve feed in catkins and on leaves of poplar and willow. Criddleana was
described (Can. Ent., Vol. 39, page 58, 1907) as a distinct species from specimens taken at
Aweme, Man. (Criddle), and Rounthwaite, Man. (Marmont). It was placed by Kearfott in ~_
the genus Proteopteryx Wlshm., but it has recently been removed from there and placed as a
form of nisella by Mr. Carl Heinrich.

Tortricidae.

7285. Amorbia cuncana Wlshm. Captain J. Wise took a long series of this species in fine
condition at Saanichton from June 19th to July 2nd. This is the largest of our tortricids, the
male averaging 32 mm., while the female measures 38 mm. when expanded. We are pleased to
have this nice series, as we have previously only had a few odd specimens taken at Quamichan
Lake (Hanham) and Wellington (Bryant). Mr. W. B. Anderson also took four male specimens
at Powell River on July 14th. The females are very much scarcer than the males, the latter
preponderating in the proportion of seven to one. The lary feed upon the leaves of arbutus
(Arbutus Menziesii).

*Cacecia victoriana Busck. This species was described from three specimens taken by the
writer at Victoria and Goldstream in July, 1920. I have since taken two more specimens, one
on June 23rd and the other on June 30th, 1921, and as these are in better condition than the
type series I am using one of them for illustration.

Peronea variegana Schiff. This is the first published record of this common European species
having been taken in North America. A single specimen was taken by Mr. A. Meugens at —
Victoria on July 20th, 1920. This stood as unique in my collection until this fall, when I took —

13 Guo. 5 . ProyvinciAL Museum Reporv. O 35

x

a nice series in my own garden during the second week of September. Mr. W. R. Carter also
_ took a number of specimens at Esquimalt about the same time. It is a very variable insect,
but the variation seems to run along two distinct lines. In the one form the outer area of the
primaries is a dark slate and the inner area a clear pure cream; in the other the outer half is
; » a reddish-brown, while the basal area is a chalky-white, with a small dark triangular blotch
with its base resting on the inner margin. Meyrick (Hdbk. Brit. Lepid., 1895) gives its food-
plant as hawthorn, blackthorn, rose, ete.
Adelida.

8448. Nemotois bellela Wik. This new record was taken by Mr. T. A. Moilliet at Vaveuby
on May 28th, 1922. Only one specimen was taken, but that was in a beautifully fresh condition.
It is rather a handsome insect, especially when viewed under a lens. The ground colour of tne
primaries is yellow, which is mostly obscured by overlying dark-brown scales which heavily
outline the entire margin of the wing as well as the veins, thus giving it a general dark-brown
effect. The narrow transverse band is bright yellow, bordered on both sides by light-blue scales.
The secondaries are dark brown and when viewed in certain lights the whole insect has a strong
_ purplish reflection.

The genus Nemotois Hub. is rather a large one, containing as it does something over eighty
species, most of which occur in Kurope, India, and Japan; bellela, however, being the only
_ North American representative. The species was described by Walker in 1863 and the only
Brivcaiity then given was “ Canada.”

a

NOTES AND CORRECTIONS.

In the Entomological News for July, 1922 (Vol. 383, page 211), there is an article by Dr. A. W.
S Lindsey entitled “ Notes on the Distribution and Synonymy of some Species of Pterophorid:e.”
‘The greater part of the “notes on distribution” deal with British Columbia specimens sent
_ by me to Dr. Lindsey for determination, and are included in my paper on ‘The Pterophoridie
7 of British Columbia,” which appeared in the Ann. Rept., Prov. Museum, 1921, page 384 et seq.
Included in Dr. Lindsey’s papér are “Notes on the Synonymy” communicated to him by
_ Mr. Edward Meyrick, of Marlborough, Eng.
Bit As two of the species mentioned occur in British Columbia, it is thought advisable to refer
‘to them here, as corrections to my paper, noted above. Mr. Meyrick expresses the belief that
a Platyptilia shaste Wishm. and fragilis Wishm. are synonyms of albida Wishm. In this view
_ Dr. Lindsey concurs, and the name albida Wishm. should be substituted for fragilis on page 38
of the Ann, Rep., Prov. Mus., 1921.
ee Further, Mr. Meyrick says: “ Orneodes (Alucita) montana Ckrll. is in my opinion a synonym
OE huebneri Wall. (Hurope, throughout Africa and Kashmir).” In his letter to Dr. Lindsey he
a also discusses the characters which lead him to this conclusion. _As Mr. Meyrick is a world-wide
_ authority on this group, it would be idle to dispute his dictum on the matter, and it would be
well to substitute huebneri Wall. for montana Ckrll. on page 45, l.c
7 4 In a letter received some time ago from Dr. J. MeDunnough, of Ottawa, he states that
_ specimens sent by me for the Canadian National Collection are not Oidematophorus corvus
, B. & L, as labelled, but are the closely allied species stramineus Wals. Dr. MecDunnough has
- made a slide of the male genitalia, which conclusively proves this fact. The specimens in
% - question were taken by me at Goldstream in July, 1920. This locality, together with that of
, Fraser Mills, must be removed from the list of localities given under corvus and placed under
4 _stramineus (see page 43, l.c.). Corvus, which occurs in the eastern portion of the Province, is
a somewhat larger insect and has a much smokier appearance than stramineus.

VICTORIA, B.C.:
Printed by Wit1iiAM H. Currin, Printer to the King’s Most Excellent Majesty.
1923.

$3 ryuvyugin me BRE IES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJIUy

” on |
z ate z = @
= 5 Ygy E z
” -~ SS wn n
LAY 2 z AWN g
“ = — NY — _” =
Na Spe ii = =
NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S3IY¥YVYEIT LIBRARIES

SMITHSONIAN INSTITU

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

=

=

z

ro)

22)

ac

i=

=

7)

bet mn he a
as # WW = Zz
a =a = 4 _
+ —

< e 5 = = ae

oa Z = =

co S) = 3 re |
: a z Ly = = —
Saiuvudit PYBRARTES SMITHSONIAN INSTITOTAIGN NeaIintEratt NVINOSHLINS S3/I¥Y¥W
, a
) od (2) i ro) Yo = ~
; w = 2 = =
; v 3)
a > = By > = =
= >) ak ee) — ae
: - : : : F
”
: Oo = Oo = z

INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUEIT LIBRARIES
oN coe

WO

WO

S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S3aluyv

SMITHSONIAN INSTITI

NVINOSHLINS S3I1YvVual

NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN
SMITHSONIAN

2

°) _ wo = (op) = (op)

J a uw = uw = oe Ww

e = a. YZ wy, = a = WS a

c za fff 2 = = S Ae =

4 = a Ge al = :

2 Se a are 2 S No

J me, =! yi — '

_INSTITUTION __NOIIALILSNI _NVINOSHLIWS Sa 1YVug VA LIBRARI ES_ SMITHSON t

= fs) =e re _ S) y =

D — wo ; = w = oO

; = 2 NN 5 2 = :

E 5 NOE a S 3

ss i= 3 NS = Bs = es Zs)

2) = a wo = ¢
SaIYvVUSIT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YW

A Zz 2 me ” = 2 a

= <= oe < = < S 3

7 o Xx = a

5 : z Na 3 - 3

pi ” n 10 ~~ Wr @ an a)

5 ae fe) rT MWS oO = re)

2 E z = N\S Zz, = =

—. = > > —-, si

Z ” a za soot = a Zz

INSTITUTION NOILOALILSNI

NVINOSHLINS S3l uvYy g!11 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU

LIBRARIES
NOLLMLILSNI
NOILNLILSNI

aN.
SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLINS S3JIUYY¥

NUILLIIZILONE

Saluvudi1 LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

S31YVUSIT LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSN

saiuvuagi
INSTITUTION

INSTITUTION

INSTITUTION

«

4

NVINOSHLINS S31Y¥Veal) LIBRARIES

NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN
EE
SMITHSONIAN

i

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWNS S3SIYWYUE!IT LIBRARIES

As

: WB %

LN

SJIYVYSIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Ss3iua
Sr TSN PSL Ma

SH _

> If
¥y “ Y
Uj GY

ES SMITHSONIAN

SN
ES
SN
LES
LES

wis
-

SN

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNIILSNI NVINOSHIING Salavagdi lle tie kant ese meee
ee x

NVINOSHLIWS

Y
~
ZN
‘
“se

Ji_NVINOSHLINS S31¥YVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NWINOSH.

NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN

wo
NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN

NI

Z es ie es
a = Ss ws a tu 7)
ES ce a © ve o =
= wet = < int <x 2
s = 5 = 5 fe zZ
g iy 2 a o 3 2
ool z =
S SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI. NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT_LIBRARIES_ SMITHSO
z 2 z Se ae We iG Z
: = . Oo —
S wie E ea = je E rf
Ey = & ae F 5 ~ bbe
= ad = 2 = zk = “iy
_ ae Z rn 2 ae
JI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_ NVINOSH
z= n = m8 2 FZ 3 no =
se = 4= WS = < = i
= = Zz SN > = z = ee via
fe) =m 9 NK ro} I Ney i, fe)
2 By 2 We 2 2 0 i Mf 2
E = = YS Z; = 2 Wi E
2 z ae hile,
Yn
S SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS LIBRARIES SMITHSO
wn 2 S is (ep) = (ep)
w ts a MH Ws uy ” me
t Yup 3 - = eX 8 Si «py
Ge Ss : eR = : sie,
a Ge : a NY: : = Vib
zy ‘4 Zz = a Seley Zz a
Ji NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSH
1% : E : 2 S -*
wo \ = w = WY; w = w \
2 We 5 : 5 $%2 E 2
ee Ws > - Vie, ae = = NS
es) WS = x = be Me 0 = eo] AS
=z WN ww w _ ae e eae — 5 =a \
a * ASS z ay = m > mn ~SS
S SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Saluvugi7a_ LIBRARIES SMITHSC
1 ee ate, 7) z a) Zee in
= = = < = Ss =
a z \. = = = z =
: 5 NW § z 5S WS 5
ae) SN : ac RE e)
2 E Wz. é 2 E OZ
: oo ae : = eo
WI_NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSt
a ul a tu 2 ul a
4 = _ - =i .
= os = fad yet fad =
Le = = = ec o co
ply om = 0 o oO = SS
2 3 = — iS) ot aes
— aie al
S_SMITHSONIAN_ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3ZI1YVYdIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHS!
z : z ria 7 ee fi Z
CO : mas iG: oO =
ke Says = w ey = sa = Mri
a. > =) ahi x =) > ee ow:
= aa ae eS “yy
2 rm te f 3 Vif
_ wn =a wn : = (op) —
NI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYS!IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOS!
Zz wo” Zz bagels ” = Ane no mad
AS = ys & < = < Ko = a
rs 4 JQ 2 ZN :. :
% gy ZR 2 2NR 3 Z
Zz = NS Zz = ; aoe E
> = > = > / =
Fd ” Zz ” *. z a)

DNIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSC

NS

RIES
ILSNI
RIES
ILSNI
RIES

WMH

3 9088 013